Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Hardware, Equipment & Parts / Spectris

Spectris

sxs · LSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker sxs
Exchange LSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Hardware, Equipment & Parts
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Spectris
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
S
p
e
c
t
r
i
s
p
c
A
n
n
u
a

l

l

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s
2
0
2
0

l

V
a
u
e
b
e
y
o
n
d
m
e
a
s
u
r
e

Spectris plc  
Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Cleaner.
Healthier.
More  
productive.

00 Spectris AR2020 Cover_AW.indd   3
00 Spectris AR2020 Cover_AW.indd   3

06/04/2021   17:20
06/04/2021   17:20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Spectris harnesses 
the power of precision 
measurement to 
equip our customers 
to make the world 
cleaner, healthier and 
more productive.

Our purpose 

Our purpose is to deliver value beyond measure –  
going beyond just the measurement. 

Precision is at the heart of what we do. Spectris  
provides customers with specialist insight through  
our high-tech instruments and test equipment, 
augmented by the power of our software. 

Through a combination of our hardware, analytical  
and simulation software, we provide our customers 
with superior data and invaluable insights that enable 
them to work faster, smarter and more efficiently. This 
equips them with the ability to reduce time to market, 
improve processes, quality and yield.

In this way, our know-how creates value for wider 
society, as our customers manufacture and develop 
new products to make the world cleaner, healthier  
and more productive.

Delivering value beyond measure.

spectris.com/who-we-are/delivering-value-to-society

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

00 Spectris AR2020 Cover_AW.indd   4
00 Spectris AR2020 Cover_AW.indd   4

06/04/2021   17:20
06/04/2021   17:20

2020 performance

Contents

Strategic Report

Sales

£1,336.2m

(2019: £1,632.0m)
Change yoy (18%)
LFL1 change yoy (11%)

Adjusted operating profit1

Statutory operating (loss)/profit

£173.6m

(2019: £258.1m)
Change yoy (33%)
LFL change yoy (26%)

(£23.3m)

(2019: £84.3m profit)
n/a 

Adjusted operating margin1

Statutory operating margin

13.0%

(2019: 15.8%)
Change yoy (280bps) 
LFL change yoy (270bps)

(1.7%)

(2019: 5.2%)
Change yoy (690bps) 

Adjusted earnings per share1 

Statutory (loss)/earnings per share

112.1p

(2019: 168.0p)
Change yoy (33%)

(14.6p)

(2019: 202.2p)
n/a 

Dividend  per share

Adjusted cash flow conversion1

68.4p

(2019: 65.1p)2
Change yoy +5%

141%

(2019: 91%)
Change yoy +50pp 

Spectris At a Glance

2 
4  Chairman’s Statement
6  Market Overview
8  Chief Executive’s Review
16  Our Strategy
18  Our Purpose
26  Business Model
28  Key Performance Indicators
30  Operational Review
38  Financial Review
44  Risk Management
46 
49  Viability Statement
50  Sustainability Report

 Principal Risks and Uncertainties

Governance

60  Board of Directors
64 

 Chairman’s introduction to 
corporate governance

65  Reporting in accordance with the  

2018 UK Corporate Governance  
Code

 Section 172 statement

66  Board activity
67 
68  Board effectiveness
69  Board evaluation
70  Board composition
71  Nomination Committee Report
72 
78  Directors’ Remuneration Report
98  Directors’ Report
102   Directors’ Responsibility 

 Audit and Risk Committee Report

Statement

Financial Statements

103   Independent auditor’s report to 
the members of Spectris plc
111  Consolidated income statement
 Consolidated statement of 
112 
comprehensive income
 Consolidated statement of 
changes in equity
 Consolidated statement of 
financial position
 Consolidated statement of  
cash flows

114 

113 

112 

1  Alternative performance measures (‘APMs’) are used consistently throughout this 

Annual Report and are referred to as ‘adjusted’ or ‘like-for-like’ (‘LFL’). These are defined 
in full and reconciled to the statutory measures in Note 2 to the Financial Statements.
2  The 2019 dividend of 65.1p includes the 43.2p 2019 final dividend that was declared on 

20 February 2020 and subsequently postponed in response to COVID-19. An additional 
interim dividend of 43.2p was paid in October 2020.

115  Notes to the accounts
169   Spectris plc statement of financial 

position

170   Spectris plc statement of changes 

in equity

171  Notes to the Company accounts

 Additional information

184  Additional information

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

1

Spectris Book 1.indb   1
Spectris Book 1.indb   1

24/03/2021   12:09
24/03/2021   12:09

Strategic Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Spectris At a Glance

Spectris in focus

Spectris harnesses the power of precision 
measurement to equip our customers to  
make the world cleaner, healthier and  
more productive. 

We are focusing on where we have competitive 
and differentiated offerings, and where we  
can maintain and build defendable positions,  
in attractive technology-driven end markets.

Group sales by location (%)

4

1

3

2

1  North America 
2  Europe 
3  Asia 
4  Rest of the world 

Group sales by end-user market (%)

9

1

8

7

6

2

3

5

4

1  Pharmaceutical 
2  Automotive 
3  Electronics, semiconductors 
  & telecoms 
4  Machine manufacturing 
5  Metals, minerals & mining 
6  Energy & utilities 
7  Academic research 
8  Aerospace & defence 
9  Other 

32
33
31
4

18
14

10
10
9
9
7
5
18

Our operating 
companies

What we do 
We provide high-tech instruments, 
test equipment and software for 
many of the world’s most technically 
demanding industrial applications.

Our technical expertise and  
deep domain knowledge enables  
us to provide the data and  
insights customers need to solve 
their challenges.

How we equip customers
We provide customers with  
our leading instrument and  
sensor technology, along with 
complementary software and 
services. Through a combination 
of our hardware and analytical and 
simulation software, we provide 
superior data and invaluable  
insights that enable customers  
to work faster, smarter and more 
efficiently. This also enables them  
to reduce their time to market, 
improve processes, quality and yield. 
In this way, our know-how creates 
value for our wider society, as our 
customers manufacture and 
develop new products to make  
the world a cleaner, healthier  
and more productive place. 

We also provide a broad range of 
support services, such as training, 
technical support, spare parts, 
calibration and maintenance.

Where we are
We have a predominantly direct 
sales model through a worldwide 
network of sales, marketing and 
support offices enabling us to 
be close to customers and gain 
a deeper understanding of the 
challenges they are seeking 
to address.

Our key markets

Pharmaceutical

Automotive

Electronics and 
semiconductors

Primary and advanced 
materials

Technology-led 
industrials

2 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   2
Spectris Book 1.indb   2

24/03/2021   12:09
24/03/2021   12:09

Our organisational  
structure

Our organisational structure and financial reporting reflects 
the three platform businesses – Malvern Panalytical, HBK 
and Omega – and the Industrial Solutions division which 
consists of the remaining operating companies.

Group sales by business (%)

4

1

3

2

1  Malvern Panalytical 
2  HBK 
3  Omega 
4 

Industrial Solutions 

28
29
9
34

Industrial 
Solutions 

Malvern Panalytical is a leader 
in the advanced measurement and 
characterisation of materials. The 
company provides best-in-class 
sensor technologies, insightful 
data science and domain 
knowledge. They create superior 
solutions to accelerate innovation 
and deliver greater efficiency in 
R&D and manufacturing.

HBK provides a strongly 
differentiated and integrated 
physical sensing, testing, 
modelling and simulation 
solution which helps customers 
create leading products and 
accelerate product development. 

Omega is a market-leading, 
specialist, omni-channel sensor 
provider to process engineers. 
They provide a curated and 
differentiated product 
offering via a class-leading 
e-commerce platform.

The Industrial Solutions division 
(‘ISD’) comprises a portfolio of 
high-value, niche businesses. 
A number of ISD companies have 
platform potential, with strong 
market positions, growth 
prospects and margins while 
others are run for value.  

Read more:  
Pages 30 to 31

Read more:  
Pages 32 to 33

Read more:  
Pages 34 to 35

Read more:  
Pages 36 to 37

% Group sales

% Group sales

% Group sales

% Group sales

28%

29%

9%

34%

% LFL sales growth/ 
(decline) 

% LFL sales growth/
(decline) 

% LFL sales growth/
(decline) 

% LFL sales growth/
(decline) 

(13%)

(9%)

(13%) 

(9%)

Adjusted operating margin

Adjusted operating margin

Adjusted operating margin

Adjusted operating margin

14.7%

Employees

2,250

12.5%

Employees

2,900

7.3%

Employees

600

13.5%

Employees

2,600

Spectris At a Glance

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

3

Spectris Book 1.indb   3
Spectris Book 1.indb   3

24/03/2021   12:09
24/03/2021   12:09

Strategic ReportChairman’s Statement

Mark Williamson 
Chairman

A sustainable 
future

Sales

£1,336.2m

(2019: £1,632.0m)

Dividend per share

68.4p

(2019: 65.1p)

Performance
2020 has been a demanding year and 
we have all faced many challenges 
both within the workplace and in our 
personal lives. Our priority throughout 
the year has been to safeguard the 
health, safety and wellbeing of our 
employees, their families and the 
communities in which we operate, as 
well as continuing to manufacture and 
deliver our excellent equipment and 
services to our customers as safely 
and efficiently as possible. We took a 
balanced approach to looking out for 
the interests of all of our stakeholders 
and I am extremely proud of the way in 
which we, as a company and as a team, 
have adapted quickly and flexibly to 
meet these challenges. Given this 
difficult backdrop, I am pleased with 
the operational and financial 

performance that has been achieved 
in 2020. Although our like-for-like sales 
decreased 11% to £1,336.2 million and 
adjusted operating profit reduced by 
26% to £173.6 million, the Group’s 
swift action to control costs through 
a number of temporary measures 
limited the impact on cashflow and 
profitability. This resulted in a strong 
cash conversion of 141% and allowed 
the Group to finish the year with net 
cash of £106.1 million. Whilst 2021 is 
likely to hold further challenges, we 
have proved the resilience of the 
business and this allows us to meet 
the opportunities and challenges 
ahead with renewed confidence.

The Board is proposing a final dividend 
of 46.5 pence per share which, when 
combined with the interim dividend 
of 21.9 pence, gives a total of 68.4 pence 
per share for the year. The Board is 
grateful to our shareholders for their 
support early in the year, when the 
special dividend was withdrawn and 
the 2019 final dividend was postponed 
to protect the Company in the face 
of the pandemic. However, due to the 
strong cash generation, the Board 
was pleased to be able to subsequently 
reinstate dividend payments. There 
is no change to our policy of making 
progressive dividend payments based 
on affordability and sustainability. In 
the light of our strong cash generation 
in 2020 and robust balance sheet, 
the Board has also proposed a 
£200 million share buyback to be 
executed during 2021.

Strategy update
The Board confirmed that the strategy 
and business model of the Group 
remains highly relevant. Despite the 
challenges faced during 2020, we 
continued to successfully execute our 
Strategy for Profitable Growth, while 
maintaining our investment in R&D 
and protecting as many jobs as possible. 
We completed the profit improvement 
programme and continued our portfolio 
optimisation with the announced 
divestments of Brüel & Kjær Vibro 
(‘B&K Vibro’) and Millbrook. I would 
like to thank all of our B&K Vibro 
and Millbrook employees for their 
contribution to Spectris over the years. 

Building a sustainable business
Despite the unique challenges 
presented by COVID-19, I was delighted 
to see the continued focus on 
developing and strengthening the 
culture across the Group. In particular, 
we clarified our Purpose and Values 
during the year, and it has been 
encouraging to see how quickly they 
have been adopted across the Group. 
We also refreshed our Code of Business 
Ethics and the supporting training 
programme emphasised that being 
an ethical business remains critical 
to the long-term success of the 
business. All Board members 
undertook the training programme 
alongside employees. 

The continued health and geopolitical 
risks across the world make a resilient 
business critical to the delivery of 
sustainable long-term growth, strong 

4 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   4
Spectris Book 1.indb   4

24/03/2021   12:09
24/03/2021   12:09

cash generation and robust shareholder 
value creation. As a Board, a key 
element of our role is to safeguard the 
long-term success of the Group. With 
this overarching responsibility in mind, 
the Board has been pleased to support 
management’s focus on developing 
the Sustainability Agenda of the Group 
that underpins our Strategy for 
Profitable Growth. 

The Board has worked closely with the 
new Head of Sustainability to define 
the Group’s materiality framework 
and to establish key targets for our 
operations, the environment and our 
people. To support and clearly define 
our sustainability ambition, the 
Group has adopted three of the 
UN Sustainable Development Goals  
(Goal 7 – Affordable and clean energy; 
Goal 8 – Decent work and economic 
growth and Goal 9 – Industry, 
innovation and infrastructure). 

Early progress has been made in 
improving diversity and inclusion 
across the Group and in managing 
our environmental impact, which has 
been recognised with an improved 
CDP rating of B. I look forward to 
working with the management team 
during 2021 to set our net zero target 
and to deliver on our commitment 
to scenario testing under the Task 
Force on Climate-Related Financial 
Disclosure recommendations. More 
detail is set out in the Sustainability 
Report on page 50.

The Group has a clear purpose – we 
harness the power of precision 
measurement to enable our customers 
to make the world cleaner, healthier 
and more productive. A number of our 
companies have helped support the 
fight against COVID-19 and some 
examples can be found on page 15.  
To further support our communities,  
I am also delighted to announce that 
we will be establishing the Spectris 
Foundation, a £15 million fund to 
support STEM projects and other 
charitable causes that are nominated 
by our employees. 

Stakeholder engagement 
During 2020, the Board has continued 
to embed its approach to stakeholder 
engagement. Our section 172 statement 
is set out in full on page 67 of the 
Governance Report and explains in 
more detail how the Board considers 
stakeholders in the decisions it makes. 
The pandemic sharpened our focus on 
how to best meet the needs of all our 
stakeholders. As a Board, we created 
a balanced scorecard to assess the 
quality of our decisions through the 

lens of each of our stakeholder groups, 
such as ensuring we returned our 
employees to full salary before paying 
the shareholders the dividend. While 
this approach was developed to ensure 
we adopted a balanced response to 
COVID-19 challenges, we will continue 
to use it beyond the pandemic to judge 
the quality of our future decisions. 
(See the Chief Executive’s review on 
page 8 for more detail.)

Regular engagement with our 
employees has also been critical to 
keep them abreast of events and 
remain connected with the business, 
and each other whilst working 
remotely. It has been reassuring to 
see the increased flow of internal 
communication and an increased 
focus on mental health. 

In relation to shareholders, the Board 
is regularly updated on their views 
and it has been particularly important 
during 2020 to understand their 
perception of how we have reacted 
to the COVID-19 challenges. Given the 
restrictions imposed by the pandemic, 
our shareholder engagement has 
become entirely virtual and our AGM 
in 2020 was a closed meeting. We will 
continue to keep in mind the health 
and safety of our employees and 
shareholders as we plan for the 2021 
AGM, which will be held on 14 May 2021. 

Summary
The Board would like to express its 
thanks to the management for handling 
the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic in 
such a proactive manner and to all of 
our employees for their dedication and 
effort this year. The Board would also 
like to express its gratitude to Russell 
King who retired from the Board in May 
and who made a pivotal contribution to 
the Board over the past nine years.

Whilst 2021 will continue to have its 
COVID-19 related challenges, Spectris 
demonstrated in 2020 that it is a 
resilient business that responded and 
adapted to the crisis and is well placed 
to benefit from a return to economic 
growth. Our focus will continue to be 
the health and wellbeing of our employees 
and ensuring a safe environment for 
them to work in, as well as supporting 
our customers. The Board is confident 
that the Group can continue to deliver 
a resilient performance near term,  
and is well placed to create long-term 
sustainable value for all our stakeholders.

Mark Williamson 
Chairman 
24 February 2021

Chairman’s Statement

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

5

Spectris Book 1.indb   5
Spectris Book 1.indb   5

24/03/2021   12:09
24/03/2021   12:09

Our ValuesWith a change in strategic direction, a new operating model and a revised purpose, it also made sense to revisit our values. The new values were launched during 2020. Our Values define our shared beliefs and how we behave as leaders and employees. They describe the high standards that we hold ourselves to and the standards that we expect  from others. These values will define and act as the inspiration for a common company culture aligned to  our aspiration to be a bold, high-performing business made great by our people. People who work together to perform at their best, deliver success, and do it all in the right way.Be trueWe believe in absolute integrity.  It is how we win for stakeholders, the environment and each other.• We do the right things in the right way• We speak up when something isn’t right• We show care and respect for each otherOwn itWe believe in teamwork and keeping our promises. It is how we build our brands and businesses.• We are decisive and take responsibility• We prize diversity and play to everybody’s strengths• We put customers at the heart of our businessAim highWe believe in being bold and positive. It is how we perform at our best and achieve greater success.• We continuously strive to improve• We keep an open mind and try new things• We help each other succeedStrategic ReportMarket Overview

A focus on 
our markets

Our key addressable markets have attractive, 
structural demand drivers underpinning 
long-term growth.

Industry

Market trends

Key trends shaping our offer

Pharmaceutical

COVID-19 has stimulated investment in R&D and manufacture 
of novel drug delivery systems and biologics-based therapies. 
Additionally, COVID-19 has highlighted the need for the fast 
development of new drugs, especially vaccines. Despite COVID-19 
causing near-term challenges, industry demand for innovative  
and effective therapies continues to drive long-term growth.  
The traditional small molecule market remains attractive and 
demand is expected to be underpinned by potential onshoring 
of development and manufacturing capability to ensure a robust 
supply chain.

•  Continued growth in drug 

delivery systems and therapies

•  Increasing drug complexity
•  Reducing drug development 

time and cost

•  Onshoring of development 

and manufacturing capability

Automotive

Global auto sales and production have fallen during the COVID-19 
crisis, but electric vehicles (‘EV’) sales have remained more resilient 
in many countries. Governments have been supportive in stimulating 
EVs, with incentives, such as subsidies and tax rebates, alongside 
growing investments in electric charging infrastructure. Despite 
the greater complexity and proliferation of new technologies, 
reducing the time and cost of getting new models to market is 
ever critical and automotive manufacturers are increasing their 
use of simulation and software to aid this.

•  Increasing government 
regulation of internal 
combustion engines

•  Investment into EV charging 

infrastructure

•  Rate of new product launches
•  Connected and autonomous 

vehicles

•  Rising use of simulation and 

software

One of the factors powering growth and investment in 
semiconductor technology is the rising demand for cloud servers, 
laptops and healthcare technology. Fast evolving technologies, 
such as 5G, internet of things and machine learning is fuelling 
demand for greater computing power. Continuous investment 
by the electronics industry in R&D for the development of new 
consumer products will also help drive market growth. 

•  Cloud computing
•  Internet of things 
•  Big data
•  Processing power and  

speed

•  Miniaturisation
•  5G

Electronics and 
semiconductors

Primary and 
advanced 
materials

Primary materials – COVID-19 resulted in some mines being 
closed or placed on restricted operations which led to lower 
demand. In response, companies are adopting greater use of 
automation and digitisation, fuelling demand for connected 
instruments and remote monitoring and analytics. 

Advanced materials – Innovation and developments in technology 
are underpinning demand for advanced materials testing.  
New battery technologies, environmental technologies such 
as hydrogen storage and fuel cells and the wider adoption of 
additive layer manufacturing all represent growth opportunities 
in this space.

•  Environmental and 

sustainability concerns

•  Energy efficiency
•  Autonomous operations
•  Predictive analytics
•  Cost management, lean 

principles and just-in-time 
techniques 

6 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   6
Spectris Book 1.indb   6

24/03/2021   12:09
24/03/2021   12:09

Industry

Market trends

Key trends shaping our offer

The adoption of the industrial internet of things (‘IIoT’) continues 
atpace, enabling operational intelligence at the point of use, remote 
servicing, monitoring and predictive maintenance to enhance 
operational efficiency, flexibility and conformance with regulations. 
This is increasing demand for smart sensors, testing hardware, 
control systems and software solutions. As customers increase  
R&D and develop these next-generation products, machine 
building demand also remains robust in support of these products.

•  Remote servicing and 

monitoring

•  Predictive processes
•  5G
•  IIoT
•  Process automation
•  Additive manufacturing

Technology-led 
industrials

COVID-19 impact

COVID-19 led to a contraction in demand 
in many of our end markets in 2020.  
LFL sales were most impacted in 
academic research, automotive, energy 
and utilities. In contrast, we achieved 
growth in the machine manufacturing 
and pharmaceutical markets. The LFL 
sales decline eased progressively from 
the third quarter and we expect this to 
continue through 2021.

See Operational Review pages 30 to 37

Market Overview

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

7

Spectris Book 1.indb   7
Spectris Book 1.indb   7

24/03/2021   12:09
24/03/2021   12:09

Strategic Report 
Chief Executive’s Review

Andrew Heath 
Chief Executive

A resilient 
business

Adjusted operating profit

£173.6m

(2019: £258.1m)

Adjusted operating margin

13.0%

(2019: 15.8%)

Balanced and socially responsible 
approach to 2020 
With the onset of the COVID-19 
pandemic, we consciously and 
purposefully took a balanced, socially 
responsible approach to managing our 
business, relying on the strengths of 
our culture and values, to ensure that 
we emerged from the crisis a stronger 
and even more resilient business. The 
approach is working. We delivered  
a resilient and sustainable financial 
performance in 2020, despite the drop 
in market demand. We were able to 
protect jobs and the core capabilities  
of our businesses, as we continued to 
execute our strategy. 

Whilst we worked to deliver as strong 
a financial performance as possible, we 
also acted to address the needs of all 
our stakeholders; safeguarding and 

supporting our people, working 
more closely and in new ways with 
customers and suppliers, whilst 
helping the communities in which 
we operate, as the way to deliver 
long-term sustainable value to our 
shareholders. One example of this is 
the establishment of the Spectris 
Foundation, a benevolent fund that will 
be used for community and charitable 
projects such as the promotion of 
STEM education. By taking these steps, 
we have built stronger relationships 
with our employees, customers and 
suppliers, better positioning us to 
respond positively to the new business 
environment that has emerged.

Against a challenging market backdrop, 
we delivered highly resilient results, 
ahead of our revised expectations, 
reflecting the quality of our businesses, 
and the tremendous support and 
engagement of our employees. 
Although sales were down notably,  
I am pleased with our underlying 
margin performance in the 
circumstances, which was helped  
by the swift actions taken and the 
continued execution of our profit 
improvement programme. We acted 
quickly to conserve cash and contain 
costs, by implementing a number  
of temporary mitigating actions, 
including salary cuts and part-time 
working. This enabled us to protect 
jobs and core capabilities while 
continuing to maintain investment in 
R&D, key capex projects and deploying 
the Spectris Business System (‘SBS’). 

8 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Cash generation was extremely strong, 
exceeding 2019, and the balance sheet 
was further strengthened. This meant 
we were able to reverse the temporary 
cost measures, returning staff to full 
pay and reinstating full-time working 
for the majority of employees in the 
third quarter. Additionally, we were 
able to repay the salary sacrifice in 
December. This also enabled us to 
increase the dividend, and announce a 
£200 million share buyback programme.

Although uncertainty remains as we 
enter 2021, the sales decline slowed in 
the fourth quarter and strong order 
intake in the last three months of 2020 
provides momentum coming into  
the new year. The actions taken last 
year position the Group well for the 
expected market recovery in 2021.  
The cost base has been reduced and 
capability retained, creating a strong 
operating leverage opportunity and 
balance sheet optionality. We will 
maintain our approach, acting with 
purpose, being values led, to deliver 
long-term, sustainable financial health.

Trading performance 
On an organic, constant currency 
(like-for-like, ‘LFL’) basis, sales 
decreased 11%. There was an 8% 
impact from disposals, primarily 
related to BTG, and a limited impact 
from foreign currency exchange 
movements, resulting in reported sales 
decreasing by 18% to £1,336.2 million 
(2019: £1,632.0 million). Order intake 
was impacted to a lesser degree, with 
a 7% LFL decline in the year, and slight 
growth in the fourth quarter providing 
momentum as we entered 2021.

LFL sales declined across all 
businesses, albeit with different 
profiles, with recovery starting 
progressively from the third quarter. 

Malvern Panalytical was experiencing 
weakness in a number of its end 
markets coming into 2020 and was 

05 Chief Executives Review.indd   8
05 Chief Executives Review.indd   8

24/03/2021   15:40
24/03/2021   15:40

Our investment case

strong brands and 

1 Leading technologies, 

talented employees 2 Attractive  

technology-driven  
end markets

Spectris provides leading instrument 
and sensor technology alongside 
complementary software and 
services. Our technologies reflect 
strong intellectual property, 
underpinned by investment in  
R&D and highly recognised,  
award-winning brands. Our people 
have strong domain knowledge and 
expertise and combined with our 
direct-selling model, this helps create 
long-term customer relationships.

We are positioned in attractive 
markets with favourable growth 
trends. Our businesses are leaders in 
defendable markets that have high 
barriers to entry. Our broad global 
presence and diversity of end market 
exposure helps ensure we are 
cyclically durable.

3 Clear goals

Our businesses are focused on  
clear goals, both financial and  
non-financial. Our financial goals 
centre around growth, improved 
margins, enhanced cash flow and 
return on capital whilst non-financial 
goals, such as on-time delivery and 
net promoter scores, reflect our 
customer focus. This is supported 
by a strong ethics and health and 
safety agenda.

conversion

4 Strong cash  

Our businesses have an asset-light 
manufacturing model, resulting  
in low capital requirements. 
Combined with high gross margins, 
this results in strong operating cash 
flow conversion.

sheet and  
capital discipline

5 Robust balance  

We have a strong balance sheet 
which supports investment, both 
organically in our businesses and 
through acquisition, as well as a 
progressive dividend policy with 
a 30-year track record of dividend 
growth. We have a disciplined and 
rigorous capital allocation approach 
with a focus on returns.

subsequently further impacted by 
a reduction in demand, in particular 
from metals, minerals and mining 
and from universities and research 
institutes being closed during the 
first lockdown. However, they were 
able to deliver a much-improved 
performance in the second half, with 
a strong recovery in pharmaceuticals, 
in particular. 

Being later cycle, the market impact  
to HBK was delayed and, consequently, 
has been more muted, with the decline 
easing in the fourth quarter. A buoyant 
machine manufacturing sector saw 
strong growth in the second half, along 
with strong sales in North America.  

Omega saw a similar performance 
in both halves of the year, impacted 
by lower US industrial production. 
However, sales started to recover in 
the fourth quarter.

The Industrial Solutions division  
(‘ISD’) posted 9% lower LFL sales, with  
a stronger second half performance, 
particularly in the pharmaceutical  
and electronics markets.

LFL sales decreased in all regions, with 
North America down less markedly, 
and all territories improved in the 
second half. By end market, the fall  
in LFL sales was highest in academic 
research, automotive, energy and 
utilities. In contrast, the pharmaceutical 
and machine manufacturing sectors 
both posted LFL sales growth for 
the year.

Financial performance
In reaction to the sales decline, we 
took immediate and decisive action 
on costs, alongside the activities 
already underway through the 
profit improvement programme. 
Consequently, LFL overheads declined 
8%, resulting in a highly resilient 
operating margin of 13.0% (2019: 15.8%), 
270bps lower on a LFL basis. This 
limited the full year drop-through to 
only 38% on a LFL basis, ahead of the 
guidance of 40-50%. Group adjusted 
operating profit decreased by 33%  
to £173.6 million (2019: £258.1 million). 
On a LFL basis, the decrease was 26%, 
after adjusting for the impact of 
disposals of 9% and a 0.4% positive 
foreign currency impact. 

The Group incurred restructuring costs 
of £19.5 million (2019: £52.2 million), 
and £19.4 million of transaction-related 
costs in relation to the divestments and 
the pursuit of acquisition opportunities. 
£58.4 million was recognised as an 
impairment of goodwill (2019: £35.1 million) 
and £98.9 million was recognised  
as impairment and amortisation of 
acquisition-related intangible assets 
and property, plant and equipment 
(2019: £84.6 million), with impairments 
primarily in relation to Millbrook.  
As a result, the Group booked a 
statutory operating loss of £23.3 million 
(2019 £84.3 million profit). 

The Group recorded a return on gross 
capital employed of 9.8% (2019: 13.5%), 
primarily reflecting the decrease in 
adjusted operating profit.

Cash flow and capital allocation
Our adjusted cashflow generation 
of £244.5 million was very strong, 
and ahead of 2019 (£234.2 million). 
Adjusted cash flow conversion was 
141% (2019: 91%). 

Chief Executive’s Review

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

9

Spectris Book 1.indb   9
Spectris Book 1.indb   9

24/03/2021   12:09
24/03/2021   12:09

Strategic ReportChief Executive’s Review continued

We have continued to invest to 
support our core businesses, spending 
£92.0 million (6.9% of sales) in R&D 
(2019: £100.9 million, 6.2% of sales) 
and £42.9 million in capex, net of 
grants (2019: £81.6 million). In line 
with the strategy, we reduced capex 
at Millbrook to a total of £11.2 million  
in the year (2019: £37.1 million). 

Our balance sheet has been 
strengthened further. The Group 
ended the year with net cash of 
£106.1 million (2019: £33.5 million). 
During the year, there was a net cash 
inflow from proceeds of disposals of 
£20.6 million and a further £223 million 
is expected from the divestments of 
Millbrook and B&K Vibro in the first 
quarter of 2021. Our leverage is outside 
the target range of our long-term 
policy. Reflecting this, and in order to 
make the balance sheet more efficient, 
the Board has approved a share 
buyback programme of £200 million 
to take place during 2021 and this will 
commence as soon as possible. This is 
in alignment with our capital allocation 
policy. The Group still has considerable 
financial flexibility and will continue 
to target acquisitions in support of 
its strategy. 

The Board is proposing to pay a final 
dividend of 46.5 pence per share. 
This would represent a 7.6% increase 
on the declared 2019 final dividend, 
which was postponed. The Group  
paid an additional interim dividend  
of 43.2 pence in October and the  
2020 interim dividend of 21.9 pence in 
November. Although the Group took 
a short-term decision to defer the  
2019 final dividend in response to the 
uncertainty caused by COVID-19, there 
is no change to our underlying policy 
of making progressive dividend 
payments based upon affordability  
and sustainability. The dividend will  
be paid on 30 June to shareholders on 
the register at the close of business on 
14 May. The ex-dividend date is 13 May.

Taking a balanced approach to 
managing the business
2020 delivered challenges on many 
fronts as a result of COVID-19. However, 
the Group delivered a highly resilient 
performance. I would again like to 
acknowledge and thank all our people 
for their outstanding commitment  
and for their patience, understanding 
and personal sacrifice as we pulled 
together, supported one another and 
delivered for our customers. I would 
also like to thank our shareholders for 
their support during this time. 

Throughout, we have endeavoured  
to address the needs of all our 

Stepping up in 
challenging times

1

2

3

Our response 
to COVID-19

Supporting our people
The health, safety and wellbeing 
of our people is our key priority. 
We moved quickly to enable 
working from home arrangements 
where possible, and this 
continues for the majority of 
our office-based people. 

To protect employees still 
deployed at our sites, we 
implemented revised working 
practices and heightened safety 
standards, including social 
distancing and split shifts within 
our facilities, PPE provision, 
enhanced cleaning and 
disinfection processes. 

In addition, we have enhanced our 
mental health support, provided 
practical guidance and focused 
on staying connected with those 
people who are working remotely. 

Working with our customers 
and suppliers
We innovated how we engage 
with our customers, many of whom 
have been working remotely 
themselves. We increased our  
use of digital engagement, 
including virtual training and 
webinars, online demonstrations 
and product introductions and 
expanded our online marketing 
campaigns and programmes. We 
accelerated self-installation and 
remote support tools to keep 
customers operational.

We have also been working  
more closely with our suppliers  
to mitigate any potential impact 
to customers, maintaining our 
payment terms and offering to 
provide early payment to any 
small business suffering hardship.

10 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   10
Spectris Book 1.indb   10

24/03/2021   12:09
24/03/2021   12:09

Stepping up in 

challenging times

4
5

6

“An immense thank  
you to all of our people 
for their selfless 
dedication, flexibility  
and outstanding support 
in what was a most 
challenging year. 

We looked after each 
other and supported our 
customers, suppliers and 
our local communities; 
really living by our values 
and demonstrating the 
strength of our culture.  
I couldn’t be prouder of 
the entire Spectris team.” 

Andrew Heath

1. Sue Pickup, Servomex

2. Amber Hazelden and  
Lauren Butler, Servomex

3. Dodo-Leonie  
Husmann-Pegher, HBK

4. Korri Colon and Meredith 
Beecher, Red Lion Controls

5. Pierre-Etienne Petit,  
NDC Technologies

6. Les Meijers,  
Malvern Panalytical

stakeholders. I believe we have been 
successful on that front and as a result, 
the Company is well positioned for the 
recovery in 2021, and beyond.

In response to COVID-19, we managed 
the crisis in three phases: React; 
Respond; Reset.

React – supporting employees, 
customers and suppliers
The health, safety and wellbeing of our 
people has been and remains our key 
priority. We moved quickly to enable 
working from home arrangements 
where possible, and implemented 
revised working practices and 
heightened safety standards in our 
facilities to ensure they remained safe 
and operational. We worked more 
closely with our suppliers to mitigate 
any potential supply chain impacts  
and innovated how we engaged 
with customers to help keep them 
operational. As a result, disruption 
to our manufacturing activities and 
supply chains has been very limited, 
enabling us to support our customers, 
with customer satisfaction scores 
improving through the year.

Respond – reducing costs and 
preserving cash to protect the 
business 
As the extent of the impact of COVID-19 
started to become apparent, we 
enacted our business continuity plans 
and took swift action to protect the 
Company, while retaining capabilities 
and protecting jobs for as long  
as possible. 

We prioritised short-term costs 
savings over structural long-term  
cost reduction; for example reducing 
discretionary spend, withdrawing 
the annual pay award and asking 
employees to take a salary reduction or 
working reduced hours, to support our 
financial performance and mitigate the 
impact on our capability. These were 
difficult but necessary actions to 
protect the Company, and as many 
jobs as possible, in the face of an 
unprecedented, emerging crisis. 

We also withdrew the special dividend 
and deferred the 2019 final dividend, in 
order to conserve cash.

The reduction in discretionary 
expenditure undertaken through 2020 
helped underpin our profit generation 
and the strong cash flow performance, 
further strengthening our already 
robust balance sheet and liquidity 
position. This also supported continued 
investment in the business with R&D 
expenditure similar to prior year levels 
and capex on key projects upheld.

Chief Executive’s Review

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

11

Spectris Book 1.indb   11
Spectris Book 1.indb   11

24/03/2021   12:09
24/03/2021   12:09

Strategic Report 
Chief Executive’s Review continued

Reset – preparing for the recovery
As we progressed through the year, 
it became evident that we were facing 
an extended recovery. While we 
continue to believe in the long-term 
growth prospects for our end markets, 
it was clear that there would 
be continued disruptions in the 
short term. 

Consequently, in anticipation that 
a recovery would extend through 
2021, we took the decision to transition 
away from temporary measures to 
implementing sustainable reductions 
in our cost base. In the third quarter, 
we extended our restructuring 
programme to further reduce our cost 
base such that we entered 2021 sized 
for an extended recovery and able to 
deliver strong operating leverage. As 
a result, the permanent cost benefits 
achieved in 2020 were ahead of 
expectations at £30 million. 

Many of the cost actions being taken 
revolve around lessons learned from 
the new ways of working under 

COVID-19. For example, our people 
wish to work more flexibly and 
consequently, a number of physical 
facilities will be closed or reduced in 
size. We have also expanded the use 
of virtual engagement with our 
customers and this will continue, 
reducing the need to physically meet 
and therefore we do not expect to fully 
reinstate our travel and entertainment 
spend in 2021. In addition, we have 
been implementing a targeted 
headcount reduction programme by 
business. Headcount reduced by 4% 
of which the majority was through 
natural attrition and voluntary means. 
Of the £20 million of temporary costs 
saves achieved in 2020, £10 million will 
be sustained by these actions. We 
no longer expect additional material 
restructuring costs to achieve this, 
given the achievements in 2020.

I am delighted that, due to our financial 
performance and cash generation, 
we were able to reverse most of the 
temporary measures. During the third 
quarter, we reinstated dividend 

Keeping employees engaged

With employees working from home or socially distanced in our facilities, it 
has been important to ensure we remain connected and maintain our sense 
of community and culture. Our internal communication has increased with 
virtual town halls, wellbeing workshops and social events to bring us together. 

Melissa Piner, Anna-Lisa Miller, Emma McAdam, Sulaja Sharma, Angela Mills,  
Karen Kresonja, Spectris 

payments, returned employees to full 
salary and, wherever possible, full-time 
working. Executive Director salaries 
and Board fees were only reinstated 
in October, after this was completed. 
And in the December payroll, it was 
equally pleasing that we were able to 
recompense our people for the salary 
sacrifice they had foregone earlier in 
the year. 

We continue to execute our Strategy 
for Profitable Growth 
We have reviewed both our strategy 
and business model in light of the 
events of 2020 and are confident that 
they remain appropriate and highly 
relevant. Although our financial 
performance has been impacted by 
COVID-19 in 2020, we have continued 
to be successful in executing our 
strategy since it was launched in 2019. 
With significant achievements in 
terms of improving the Group’s cost 
structure, maintaining investment in 
R&D and carrying out divestments, the 
Group is now much better positioned 
in terms of end market focus, operating 
leverage and portfolio structure. 

We made further progress in 
successfully implementing our 
portfolio optimisation strategy in 2020. 
We will continue to optimise our assets 
and review the portfolio at both the 
Group and business level. Further 
businesses are expected to be sold, 
along with lower profitability business 
activities; for example, we sold the CLS 
food testing business early in 2021. 

As markets recover, we turn again 
to a focus on driving growth and 
further improving our operating 
leverage to enhance margins and 
deliver long-term value to our 
shareholders. Although we have 
participated in several buy-side 
M&A processes last year, we did not 
consummate any acquisitions, while 
remaining disciplined to our capital 
allocation framework. Compounding 
growth through M&A remains a core 
part of the strategy. 

Delivering value beyond measure for 
our customers, to drive growth 
Driving organic growth remains a key 
priority. Being close to our customers 
in 2020 was often difficult to achieve 
physically. Consequently, we quickly 
innovated our sales and marketing 
approach to meet our customers 
‘where they are’, virtually. Order intake 
held up well in the circumstances, 
being only 7% down on a LFL basis, 
underlining the strength of the online 
support we were able to offer, and the 
importance and relevance of our 
products and services.

12 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   12
Spectris Book 1.indb   12

24/03/2021   12:09
24/03/2021   12:09

Our purpose is to harness the power 
of precision measurement to equip our 
customers to make the world cleaner, 
healthier and more productive. In  
a number of our end markets, the 
significance of our purpose was 
heightened in 2020; not more so than 
in pharmaceuticals and life sciences. 
Last year, our Servomex business rose 
to the challenge of supporting the 
rapid rise in ventilator demand to treat 
COVID-19 with a significant increase in 
the production of its Paracube oxygen 
sensors, supporting six of the world’s 
ten largest ventilator manufacturers. 
Malvern Panalytical’s systems and 
applications expertise also helped 
with the rapid development and 
production of the COVID-19 antigen 
test and the vital research and 
development of vaccines.

We maintained our level of spend on 
R&D in 2020 to ensure we are developing 
the next generation of products and 
services that our customers demand 
and in order to drive growth. As 
technologies and customers’ needs 
evolve, we are innovating and 
extending our offering to continue to 
meet their requirements and provide 
the valuable insights they need to 
develop and manufacture their own 
products and services. 

For example, Malvern Panalytical 
launched OmniTrust and Amplify 
Analytics, which in combination 
provide a powerful partnership 
of instrumentation and analytics 
know-how, enabling pharmaceutical 
customers to accelerate successful 
drug development. 

In automotive, to support the 
proliferation of electric propulsion and 
simulation, HBK extended its eDrive 
offering to provide more complete 
e-powertrain testing and optimisation, 
including eGrid testing; launched 
the DiM®400, the first of its new  
line of high-performance, scalable, 
cable-driven simulators and expanded 
its capability with the acquisition of 
IMTEC Engineering, which provides 
vehicle driving simulators and machine 
automation systems.

Omega launched 94 new product lines 
during 2020, including broadening its 
temperature offering in response to 
greater COVID-19-related demand in 
this segment. And PMS released the 
IsoAir® Pro-E Remote Particle Counter, 
the next-generation remote particle 
counter used to streamline cleanroom 
monitoring while meeting global 
manufacturing practice regulations. 

These are examples, from a wide  
range of initiatives, designed to 
enhance our product proposition for 
customers, ensuring they get the 
insights and analysis they need to 
meet their own challenges. Being 
positioned in attractive end markets 
and with products our customers 
highly value means we are better 
placed to drive future growth and 
profitability for our shareholders.

Driving operating leverage with 
restructuring and deploying the 
Spectris Business System
Improving operating leverage also 
remains a key focus, with the aim 
of returning our margin to at least 
previous highs. The performance on 
this front at HBK, resulting from the 
merger, has been particularly pleasing. 
Although overheads benefited  
from £20 million of short-term cost 
measures in 2020, we remain focused 
on turning £10 million of these savings 
into sustainable benefits in 2021 
through footprint rationalisation, 
a reduction in discretionary costs, 
including more productive ways of 
working digitally, as well as the 
headcount reduction in 2020. 

In addition, we continued to invest  
in strengthening and deploying our 
SBS. While it was more challenging  
to deliver improvements with remote 
working and social distancing in our 
facilities, good progress continued to 
be made last year. Cross functional 
teams delivered virtual or socially 
distanced kaizens, training and 
improvements in health and safety. 
As ever, improvements addressed  
a broad range of activities, including 
enhancing productivity, working 
capital efficiency, sales forecasting, 
order accuracy, inventory and 
production planning, lead time 
reductions and removal of waste. 
For example, notable improvements 
were made in inventory management 
at Malvern Panalytical and on-time 
delivery at HBK. We further deepened 
our focus on use of the Hoshin Kanri 
strategic planning system for effective 
strategy deployment entering 
2021 with clear alignment to our 
business strategy and competitive 
process capability. 

Portfolio optimisation 
In December, in line with our strategy 
to simplify and focus the portfolio,  
we announced the divestment of  
B&K Vibro and Millbrook for headline 
values of €180 million (£163 million) 
and £133 million, respectively. The 
Millbrook transaction completed in 

February with B&K Vibro expected  
to complete in March. Although both 
are good businesses, they did not  
have the attributes of a ‘Spectris’ 
company and we were pleased to find 
highly-complementary owners for 
both businesses. Further portfolio 
management is planned in 2021. 

On the acquisition side, the  
Group participated in a number of 
processes during 2020. Of particular 
note, the Group made an approach  
to acquire a US publicly-listed 
company. Following our approach,  
they conducted a competitive process 
for the potential sale of the business. 
Although the Group believes it would 
have been a value creating opportunity 
for shareholders, ultimately, we 
maintained our capital discipline and 
were unsuccessful in the transaction. 
If successful, the transaction would 
have been in line with the Group’s 
strategy to make synergistic 
acquisitions focused on its existing 
and potential platforms. 

To support the approach and 
demonstrate our intent, we acquired 
a minority holding in the company for 
a total consideration of $19.8 million. At 
the year end, our holding was valued at 
$52.3 million (£38.3 million), resulting in 
a mark-to-market gain of $32.5 million 
(£23.2 million). It is proposed that 
£15 million of this gain is used to 
establish the Spectris Foundation, a 
benevolent fund that will be used for 
community and charitable projects. 

Our balance sheet gives us good 
optionality, and during 2021, we 
will continue to review and renew 
our opportunity pipeline in order 
to seek suitable acquisition targets. 
Delivering long-term, sustainable 
value creation for shareholders, in 
a capitally-disciplined manner, will 
remain the priority. 

Our Values and Code of Business 
Ethics underpin how we behave
Each of our businesses has unique 
traits and company cultures, yet 
certain characteristics connect all  
of us that work at Spectris. How we 
conduct our business matters to all  
of us and to our many stakeholders. 
During 2020, we refreshed the Group’s 
Values and Code of Business Ethics. 

Our Values – Be true, Own it, Aim  
high – underpin our behaviour. They 
represent Spectris at its best and 
reflect what we want to see every day: 
integrity, accountability and ambition. 

Our Code of Business Ethics was also 
revised, in line with our new Values, 

Chief Executive’s Review

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

13

Spectris Book 1.indb   13
Spectris Book 1.indb   13

24/03/2021   12:09
24/03/2021   12:09

Strategic ReportChief Executive’s Review continued

and rolled out to help us perform 
and do business the right way. Doing 
this during the pandemic was seen 
by employees as a testament to 
our commitment in conducting 
business ethically.

targets that are relevant to our 
business for the long term. It will 
provide a clear line of sight to the key 
commitments around our people, the 
environment and our operations to 
ensure that we are true to our purpose.

New sustainability strategy being 
implemented
In October, the Board approved a 
Group-wide sustainability strategy to 
ensure that we remain a sustainable 
employer, partner, supplier and 
investment proposition. The strategy 
emanates from the Group’s business 
model and builds on our wider 
purpose ‒ supporting our customers 
to make the world cleaner, healthier 
and more productive. The strategy 
focuses on further embedding 
sustainable thinking in our operations 
and business aims. It also works on 
mitigating the risks arising from 
changing regulation and evolving 
stakeholder expectations, while also 
capturing opportunities from an 
increasing focus on sustainability 
across many of our customers, suppliers, 
communities and our employees. 

Following a detailed and externally 
facilitated materiality assessment 
process, we identified three areas  
of focus which form the basis of our 
strategy over the next two years: 
environment, people and operations. 
In line with these focus areas, three 
UN Sustainability Development Goals 
(Goal 7 − Affordable and clean energy; 
Goal 8 − Decent work and economic 
growth and Goal 9 − Industry, 
innovation and infrastructure) were 
identified to inform our strategy, 
enable prioritisation and planning. 
During the year, initiatives to support 
these goals were undertaken. These 
included: work on diversity and 
inclusion and the provision of 
wellbeing and resilience support  
for our people; the development  
of Group-wide health and safety 
reporting in line with OSHA standards; 
the approval of a five-point plan to 
accelerate the Group’s management 
of the environmental impact of our 
operations, including the setting of our 
Group Net Zero target; and compliance 
with the Task Force on Climate-Related 
Financial Disclosures recommendations 
during 2021. On our environmental 
performance, we were pleased to 
see an improved CDP B rating during 
the year.

We are also committed to creating a 
positive legacy in the communities in 
which we live and work and we aim to 
be industry leading in our approach  
to social responsibility. To add focus 
and momentum to our aims, we are 
launching the Spectris Foundation.  
The Foundation will receive a one-off 
investment of £15 million from  
Spectris and the ongoing costs of the 
Foundation will be met by Spectris.  
The Foundation will adopt a general 
charitable purpose, which means that 
it is able to donate to a wide variety of 
charities within the UK and overseas. 
The intention is to focus on making 
donations that promote STEM 
education. The Foundation will 
enhance and improve our charitable 
giving at a global level and will also 
support our operating companies  
and individual employees in their 
fundraising efforts. We recognise that 
the economic impact of COVID-19  
may lead to barriers being raised for 
some young people to enter the field 
of science. To tackle this challenge,  
a key aim of the Foundation will be  
to improve access to a quality STEM 
education, to enable a cleaner, 
healthier and more productive world.

Executive Committee changes 
There were a number of changes 
during the year that have further 
strengthened both the calibre and the 
diversity of the Executive leadership 
team. Mark Fleiner, Business Group 
Director, ISD, was appointed to 
succeed Paolo Carmassi as President 
of Malvern Panalytical. Andy Cowan 
took over as interim Business Group 
Director, ISD. Rebecca Dunn was 
appointed to the new role of Head  
of Sustainability to promote our 
commitment to environmental, social 
and governance matters. Judith 
Wettach joined Spectris as Group Head 
of Corporate Development and Amit 
Agarwal joined Omega in October as 
its President following the departure  
of Greg Wright. In February 2021, Mary 
Beth Siddons joined Spectris as the 
Business Group Director, ISD, replacing 
Andy Cowan who returned to his role 
as Finance Director, ISD. 

all our people for their outstanding 
commitment and for their patience, 
understanding and self-sacrifice  
as we pulled together, supported  
one another and delivered for our 
customers. I would also like to thank 
our shareholders for their support 
during this time. 

Throughout 2020, we consciously and 
purposefully took a balanced, socially 
responsible approach to managing our 
business, consistent with our culture 
and values, ensuring we addressed the 
needs of all our stakeholders. I believe 
we have been successful on that front 
and as a result, the Group delivered a 
highly resilient performance, reflecting 
both the quality of our businesses  
and our people. Although sales were 
down notably, I am pleased with our 
underlying margin performance in  
the circumstances, which was helped 
by the swift actions taken and the 
continued execution of our profit 
improvement programme. At the same 
time, we were able to protect jobs and 
the core capabilities of our businesses, 
while also continuing to execute  
our strategy, with the divestment  
of B&K Vibro and Millbrook being 
notable achievements.

Cash generation was extremely strong 
and the balance sheet was further 
strengthened. This enabled us to 
reverse the temporary cost measures, 
returning staff to full pay, reinstating 
full-time working for the majority of 
employees and repaying the salary 
sacrifice. It also meant we were able 
to increase the final dividend and 
announce a £200 million share 
buyback programme. 

The stronger order intake in the  
last three months of 2020 provides 
momentum for the first quarter  
of 2021 although, clearly, much 
uncertainty remains and we expect  
the immediate economic backdrop  
to remain challenging. However,  
the actions taken last year position  
the Group well for any market recovery 
in 2021. The cost base has been 
reduced and capability retained, 
creating a strong operating leverage 
opportunity and balance sheet 
optionality. We will maintain our 
approach, acting with purpose, and 
being values-led, to deliver long-term, 
sustainable financial health. 

Our sustainability strategy is 
deliberately set over the short term 
to agree a base position. During 2021, 
we will set stretching and meaningful 

Summary and outlook
2020 delivered challenges on many 
fronts as a result of COVID-19. I would 
again like to acknowledge and thank 

Andrew Heath 
Chief Executive 
24 February 2021

14 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   14
Spectris Book 1.indb   14

24/03/2021   12:09
24/03/2021   12:09

Supporting our 
customers and 
communities

Throughout the COVID-19 
pandemic, we supported 
our customers by providing 
them with the products, 
services and expertise they 
needed, some of which 
directly helped in the fight 
against the virus. We also 
supported our communities 
with the provision of PPE.

Helping in the 
development of 
treatments and 
vaccines

Malvern Panalytical is helping 
companies in the global effort to 
develop treatments and vaccines, 
providing analytical instruments 
and expert support to labs around  
the world. 

Malvern Panalytical provided the 
equipment and expertise to aid rapid 
vaccine development. A Zetasizer  
Ultra was used to generate the critical 
vaccine size and concentration data 
required to support rapid development 
of the manufacturing process for the 
COVID-19 vaccines.

Malvern Panalytical systems and 
applications expertise were also used 
in the development and production of 
a COVID-19 antigen test. 

Providing PPE

Like many of our businesses, a  
cross-functional team from  
Malvern Panalytical worked around 
the clock using their own 3D printers, 
spending their own time and money  
to print and assemble face shield parts. 
They also worked with other businesses 
in the supply chain who donated 3D 
printing materials, mask straps and 
visors. More than 500 shields were 
manufactured and distributed to local 
hospitals, doctors surgeries, hospices 
and care homes. 

Similarly, the R&D team at HBK’s 
FiberSensing plant in Portugal, 
responded to a call from the national 
health service asking for donations of 
face shields and other PPE. They used 
the 3D printer they have in the plant to 
produce face shields, supporting three 
local hospitals around the Porto area. 
The HBK team also collaborated with 
other local partners to help supply PPE 
to healthcare workers.

Supporting the 
manufacture of 
medical hose

ONYX Hose & Tube Inc. (‘ONYX’) is a 
Canadian manufacturer of medical 
hose for oxygen supply and ventilators, 
equipment which is vitally needed in 
the fight against COVID-19. ONYX uses 
several of NDC Technologies’ AccuScan 
and BenchMike gauges in their 
production process to measure and 
control the diameter and ovality of 
medical hose products. With the help 
of NDC Technologies' in-process and 
off-line gauging products, ONYX 
confidently produces life-critical 
products to support the demands of 
healthcare operations on the front line 
in the treatment of COVID-19 patients.

Temperature 
monitoring 
products

As businesses across the USA prepared 
for re-opening post lockdown, Omega 
launched and increased the supply  
of its temperature measurement 
products and expertise to help 
customers tackle the new challenge 
of implementing remote temperature 
sensing. Omega’s infra-red cameras 
include face detection technology that 
allows for fast group temperature 
screening at a social distance, while 
hand-held infra-red thermometers 
offer a simple solution for easy 
screening. These products can also be 
utilised in medical-related situations, 
such as hospital room pressure and 
temperature monitoring.

Supporting the 
supply of medical 
equipment

On short notice, one aerospace 
company converted its production to 
medical technology in order to support 
the national health system. For fatigue 
testing of new components, HBK’s 
nCode Premium Materials Database 
was used free of charge, reducing test 
and development time to a minimum.

Various companies worldwide 
switched their production to 
respirators on short notice. HBK 
provided a wide range of test 
equipment for this purpose. For 
example, its QuantumX data 
acquisition system and catman 
software has been used for testing 
ventilator equipment. For another 
company, HBK provided an LDS 
vibration controller as a free loan. This 
helped the company to identify and 
solve potential problems with the 
energy supply of its new ventilators.

Chief Executive’s Review

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

15

Spectris Book 1.indb   15
Spectris Book 1.indb   15

24/03/2021   12:09
24/03/2021   12:09

Strategic ReportOur Strategy

Our strategy is driven  
by our purpose

Our purpose to deliver value beyond measure defines  
our Strategy for Profitable Growth.

Our Values underpin how we deliver for our stakeholders.

Driving our  
strategy

Our  
purpose

Our  
Values

Our 
stakeholders

Be true
We believe in absolute 
integrity. 

It’s how we win for 
stakeholders, the 
environment and each other.

Own it
We believe in teamwork  
and keeping our promises. 

It’s how we build our brands 
and businesses.

Aim high
We believe in being bold 
and positive. 

It’s how we perform at our 
best and achieve greater 
success.

Our purpose is to deliver 
value beyond measure - 
going beyond just the 
measurement. 

Precision is at the heart 
of what we do. Spectris 
provides customers with 
specialist insight through 
our high-tech instruments 
and test equipment, 
augmented by the power 
of our software. 

Through a combination  
of our hardware, analytical  
and simulation software, we 
provide our customers with 
superior data and invaluable 
insights that enable them 
to work faster, smarter and 
more efficiently. This equips 
them with the ability to 
reduce time to market, 
improve processes, quality 
and yield.

In this way, our know-how 
creates value for wider 
society, as our customers 
manufacture and develop 
new products to make the 
world cleaner, healthier and 
more productive.

People
The welfare of our people 
comes first. They are 
highly-skilled, many of 
whom are qualified 
engineers, technicians 
and professionals.

Customers
Customers are at the heart 
of what we do and we 
strive to meet their current 
and future needs every 
day and develop long-term 
relationships with them.

Suppliers
Relationships with our 
suppliers are integral to 
the delivery of our quality 
products to customers.

Shareholders
We act to work in the 
long-term interests of 
shareholders.

Communities
We are committed to 
driving positive impacts 
within our communities.

Delivering value 
beyond measure

Our Values  
Page 5

Section 172 statement  
Page 67

16 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   16
Spectris Book 1.indb   16

24/03/2021   12:09
24/03/2021   12:09

Strategic Report

How to configure
Our capability

Core capabilities reside in 
the operating companies
•  Customer intimacy and 

value selling
•  Go-to-market
•  Strong domain knowledge
•  Application and technical 

expertise

•  Commercial excellence
•  R&D effectiveness
•  G&A efficiency
•  Acquisition integration
•  ESG

Lean head office 
•  Group strategy
•  Financial performance
•  Target setting
•  Capital allocation
•  Portfolio transition
•  Corporate governance 

and services

How we will achieve  
our strategy

What are the goals
Our philosophy,  
characteristics and focus

Where to play
Our position 
and influence

How to win
Leveraging  
our unique attributes

Group philosophy 
•  Small number of scale 

platforms

•  Tight financial control
•  Drive increasing 

shareholder value
•  Cyclically durable

Clear platform 
characteristics
•  Scalable
•  Attractive end markets
•  High gross margins
•  Asset light
•  Strong capabilities and 

performance

Clear financial goals  
to create enhanced 
shareholder value
•  Sales growth
•  Operating margin 

expansion

•  Cash conversion
•  Free cash flow growth
•  Return on gross capital 

employed

Group non-financial goals
•  On-time delivery
•  Quality
•  Net promoter score
•  Ethics and compliance
•  Employee engagement
•  Health, safety and 

environment
•  Sustainability

Precision instrument-
focused businesses
•  High-tech instruments 
and test equipment 

•  Associated aftermarket 

service

•  Synergistic software and 
service, where Spectris 
has the right to play  
and win

Focusing on sustainable 
attractive technology-
driven end markets
•  Defendable markets with 

barriers to entry

•  Favourable growth trends 

in end markets:
 – pharmaceutical
 – automotive
 – electronics and 
semiconductors

 – primary and advanced 

materials

 – technology-led 

industrials

Global reach
•  Optimising presence in 
each key region where 
relevant

Ensuring a beneficial 
social and environmental 
impact of our operations 
and the downstream 
value chain

Clear, compelling 
customer value 
proposition
•  Leading instrument/
sensor technology

•  Strong domain 

knowledge and customer 
intimacy

•  Complementary software 

and service

•  Generating superior 

insights

Digitally-enabled

Innovation focused on 
growth and maintaining 
leadership positions and 
driving sustainable 
portfolio management

Group-wide focus on 
continuous performance 
improvement through:
•  Spectris Business System 
•  Talent management
•  Performance 
management
•  Ethics and safety

Ethical leadership

M&A strategy
•  Synergistic acquisitions 
focused on existing and 
potential platforms

KPIs: Pages 28 to 29  
Operational review:  
Pages 30 to 37

Market overview:  
Pages 6 to 7

Operational review:  
Pages 30 to 37

Our Strategy

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

17

Spectris Book 1.indb   17
Spectris Book 1.indb   17

24/03/2021   12:09
24/03/2021   12:09

Cleaner.

18 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   18
Spectris Book 1.indb   18

24/03/2021   12:09
24/03/2021   12:09

Our PurposeCleaner.

Future-proofing  
hybrid and electric 
powertrain testing   
Customer: Loccioni

Challenge 
The automotive industry has evolved 
rapidly and sales of hybrid and electric 
cars have risen continuously. Loccioni 
has been a leader in this technological 
evolution, producing everything from 
end of line and laboratory test benches 
to measurement instruments, as well 
as offering outsourced testing services, 
for hybrid and electric powertrains. 
To keep up with such fast-paced 
evolution in technology, there must be 
an equally rapid development in the 
analytical methodology used. Due to 
the industry’s frequently changing 
testing requirements, Loccioni needed 
a measurement solution with a high 
amount of expandability and flexibility

Benefit to customer
HBK’s eDrive system provides that 
future-proof test and measurement 
system. The acquisition system is easily 
integrated with Loccioni’s existing 
equipment, plus the expandability 
and flexibility of the hardware means 
that it can be readily upgraded in 
response to future measurement 
requirements. In addition, unlike 
other electrical power analysers, the 
eDrive testing solution is capable of 
measuring in both stationary and 
transient states of the system. During 
the development of new hybrid and 
electric systems, the ability to record 
and save data relative to transient 
states is of crucial importance to  
assess its efficiency, helping in the 
development of ever more efficient 
and durable powertrains.

Our Purpose

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

19

Spectris Book 1.indb   19
Spectris Book 1.indb   19

24/03/2021   12:09
24/03/2021   12:09

Strategic ReportHealthier.

20 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   20
Spectris Book 1.indb   20

24/03/2021   12:09
24/03/2021   12:09

Our PurposeHealthier.

Supporting GE Healthcare 
in ventilator production  
Customer: GE Healthcare

Challenge 
Hummingbird Sensing Technology 
produces high-performance, 
paramagnetic oxygen sensors that  
are used in critical care ventilators  
to monitor the amount of oxygen 
administered to a patient. The 
COVID-19 pandemic required the 
whole supply chain to increase  
the supply of respiratory care and 
patient monitoring technology.  
GE Healthcare provide critical care 
ventilation solutions and worked  
with Servomex to rapidly ramp up  
the supply of sensors. 

Benefit to customer
Servomex swiftly expanded its 
production to meet the new increase 
in demand for oxygen sensors. This 
included a large increase in the size 
of the clean room operation where 
they are produced. Servomex also 
launched a new variant of the 
Paracube that meets GE Healthcare’s 
specific requirements, yet is much 
faster to manufacture, at much greater 
volumes. This rapid development 
project, which saw 18 months of 
development work being condensed 
into under three months was only 
made possible by the determination  
of the Servomex team, as well as  
a strong partnership with its key 
customers and with certified bodies.  

Our Purpose

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

21

Spectris Book 1.indb   21
Spectris Book 1.indb   21

24/03/2021   12:09
24/03/2021   12:09

Strategic ReportMore  
productive.

22 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   22
Spectris Book 1.indb   22

24/03/2021   12:09
24/03/2021   12:09

Our PurposeMore  

productive.

Improving mining 
productivity, quality  
and safety  
Customer: Rio Tinto

Challenge 
Mining companies need to ensure  
the safe and efficient operation of  
their mining facilities. Additionally, they 
are actively working on reducing the 
cost of mineral extraction and energy 
consumption. Milling the product to 
the correct grade size, with frequent 
monitoring of the mineralogical and 
elemental composition during ore 
processing helps mining companies 
improve efficiency by enabling 
constant and optimal mineral 
processing conditions. 

Benefit to customer
Malvern Panalytical was selected  
by SCOTT Technology Ltd, for the 
engineering, design, equipment supply 
and the provision of a fully automated 
robotic analytical system at Rio Tinto’s 
Koodaideri iron ore project in Australia. 
Malvern Panalytical offers analytical 
X-ray instrumentation for sample 
preparation to complete analysis, and 
by using SCOTT’s automated solutions, 
Rio Tinto will be assured of the highest 
quality ore possible. This project is a 
major step forward in the combined 
offering of automated solutions from 
Malvern Panalytical and SCOTT, 
enabling this facility to be one of the 
safest, highest quality and most 
productive iron ore laboratories globally, 
and which can then be deployed in 
mining locations around the world.

Our Purpose

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

23

Spectris Book 1.indb   23
Spectris Book 1.indb   23

24/03/2021   12:09
24/03/2021   12:09

Strategic ReportHarnessing 

the power  

of precision.

24 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   24
Spectris Book 1.indb   24

24/03/2021   12:09
24/03/2021   12:09

Our PurposeHarnessing 
the power  
of precision.

Remote monitoring in 
extreme environments 

Challenge 
Ski resort operators, nature 
observatories and other high-altitude, 
difficult-to-reach facilities need to  
store perishable foods year-round in 
mountain-top facilities. To maintain 
freshness and ensure food safety, food 
storage areas are required to operate 
continuously under minus 14 degrees 
Celsius. Given their extreme locations, 
these companies need to be able to 
continuously monitor and control 
temperatures remotely.

Benefit to customer
Omega developed an IIoT-based 
solution for the customer with 
Omega’s new Layer N eco-system  
of smart sensors and gateways, 
connecting multiple sensors to the 
chillers and providing the ability for 
remote temperature measurement 
and monitoring, with critical alarm 
events from any connected device. 
The continuous monitoring improves 
efficiency and cost by reducing the risk 
of spoilage, waste and costly re-supply 
efforts. It also helps minimise the risk 
of lost revenue and poor customer 
experiences due to supply disruptions.

Our Purpose

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

25

Spectris Book 1.indb   25
Spectris Book 1.indb   25

24/03/2021   12:09
24/03/2021   12:09

Strategic ReportBusiness Model

Continued focus on 
creating value

Our purpose

Our resources

Spectris harnesses the power of 
precision measurement to equip our 
customers to make the world cleaner, 
healthier and more productive

Our strategy

We are customer focused 
Targeting attractive end markets 
where we are best placed to drive 
growth and profitability with 
compelling and differentiated 
offerings.

We create operational leverage 
Improving profitability as  
we grow.

We have active portfolio 
management  
Optimising our assets, supported 
by active portfolio management 
and synergistic acquisitions.

We are focused on delivering 
value beyond measure for all 
our stakeholders.

Revenue growth

Winning technology and brands 
Our products use high-quality, 
innovative technologies which are 
award-winning, increasingly focused 
on helping our clients achieve their 
sustainability objectives, and have 
strong, recognisable brands.

In-depth expertise 
We have a highly-qualified team of 
people who have in-depth product, 
application and industry expertise in 
their sectors.

Strong customer relationships 
We build strong, collaborative 
customer relationships, underpinned 
by a deep understanding of our 
customers’ businesses.

Financial strength 
Spectris is a highly cash-generative, 
asset-light business with a strong 
balance sheet and a disciplined and 
rigorous approach to capital allocation.

Valued suppliers and partners 
Our global supply chain and partners 
are an essential and integral part of 
our business. 

Clear values and culture 
Our Values underpin the way we work, 
guide our decision making and shape 
our culture.

Our operating 
model

We have a devolved operating 
model, with core capabilities 
embedded in our operating 
companies and a lean head office.

Lean head office
At a Group level, we drive a 
consistent approach to:

•  Developing our talent and 

leadership

•  Performance management
•  Underpinned by a strong ethics 

and safety culture.

Our business divisions
•  Malvern Panalytical
•  HBK
•  Omega
•  Industrial Solutions

Our core capabilities:
•  Customer knowledge
•  Sales expertise
•  Strong domain knowledge
•  Application and technical 

expertise

•  Commercial excellence
•  R&D effectiveness
•  G&A efficiency
•  Acquisition integration

Spectris Business System
The Spectris Business System 
has been put in place to drive 
continuous performance 
improvement and increase 
profitability, following Lean 
principles.

d talent
Leadership an

P

e

r

f

o

r

m

a

n

d

g

r

o

w

Customer 
focus

SBS

Portfolio 
management

Operating 
leverage

Ethics, HSE and  sustainability

Enhanced returns and 
cash flow generation

Margin 
expansion

Our purpose is driven by  
our commitment to being  
a sustainable business partner, 
investment proposition  
and employer

26 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Our sustainability strategy sets a clear line of sight to key 
commitments around our people, the environment and our 
operations, to ensure that our strategy and operations align 
with our Values. 

•  Reflecting our Values in how we do business, taking  

a balanced, socially responsible approach

•  Providing long-term, rewarding careers in a safe and 

inclusive working environment 

•  Taking our environmental responsibilities seriously 

Spectris Book 1.indb   26
Spectris Book 1.indb   26

24/03/2021   12:09
24/03/2021   12:09

 
 
Our financial model

We are an asset-light, highly cash-generative 
business. We operate a rigorous and disciplined 
capital allocation process.

Sources of capital

Cash 
generation

Proceeds 
from  
disposals

Equity/ 
debt

How we use 
this capital

Appropriate capital structure

•  Our target balance sheet 

leverage will be 1-2x EBITDA

1. Maintaining the business

3.  Growing the business 

•  Maintenance capex
•  Maintenance R&D 
(product refresh)

inorganically

•  Acquisitions

2.  Growing the business 

4.  Returning surplus capital  

organically

•  Growth capex
•  Growth R&D 

to shareholders

•  Special dividends
•  Share repurchases

(new products and technology)

•  Working capital

Our focus is underpinned by a 
detailed materiality assessment 
that defines and prioritises the 
issues that matter most to our 
stakeholders. To support our focus, 
the Board has adopted three 
UN Sustainability Development 
Goals to inform our strategy, enable 
prioritisation and planning.

Benefits to our 
stakeholders

   People

We ensure that our culture openly 
reflects our values and meets the 
expectations of our people. We are 
committed to creating the best 
possible working environment 
and culture where our employees 
can thrive.

   Customers

Our hardware, software, services  
and solutions allow our customers  
to manufacture and develop new 
products that make the world cleaner, 
healthier and more productive.

   Suppliers

We believe that our suppliers should 
have the opportunity to benefit  
from their relationship with us,  
working together with shared purpose 
and values. 

  Shareholders

We work to ensure the long-term 
success of the Group to deliver 
enhanced shareholder value through 
our financial performance and capital  
distributions.

  Communities

We are committed to creating a 
positive legacy in our communities. 
The Spectris Foundation will enhance 
and improve our charitable giving to 
support them.

 For our Section 172 statement,  
see page 67

 For more information on our 
approach to sustainable growth, 
see the Sustainability Report  
on page 50

Business Model

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

27

Spectris Book 1.indb   27
Spectris Book 1.indb   27

24/03/2021   12:09
24/03/2021   12:09

Strategic Report 
Key Performance Indicators

Measuring our 
performance

We monitor progress against the delivery of our 
strategic goals using both financial and non-financial 
key performance indicators (‘KPIs’). 

Financial

Like-for-like (‘LFL’) sales growth  
LFL sales growth is a measure of how our 
R&D and other investments help to grow 
our business organically, i.e. excluding the 
effects of currency translation and 
acquisitions or divestments.

Like-for-like sales growth (%)

In 2020, we introduced a new 
remuneration policy with a new 
Long Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’) 
replacing the prior Performance 
Share Plan (‘PSP’). As a result, the 
economic profit KPI was withdrawn. 

2020

-10.7

2019

2018

2017

2016

1   4

5.2

6.2

0.4

-1.9

The aim of our Strategy for Profitable 
Growth is to maintain growth over the 
medium to long term and therefore we 
show the KPIs for the last five years. 

A number of the KPIs are adjusted 
operating metrics, as we believe  
these provide a view of our underlying 
performance because they exclude 
foreign exchange movements and the 
impact of acquisitions and disposals. 
See Note 2 to the Financial Statements, 
for a reconciliation between adjusted 
and statutory items.

For further details, see the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report 
page 78.

The Directors’ Report (page 98) 
contains the statement on  
non-financial information  
and provides an index for  
where information relating  
to non-financial matters can  
be found.

Link to strategy

Customer focus
Operating leverage
Portfolio management
Perform and grow
Ethics, HSE and sustainability
Leadership and talent

1

2  
3

4

5

6

Performance 
In 2020, sales were £1,336.2 million, a 10.7% 
decrease on a LFL basis compared with 2019,  
as a result of the COVID-19 impact on our end 
markets. All businesses saw a decline in LFL 
sales, with HBK and Industrial Solutions less 
impacted, and a better performance across 
the Group in the second half.

Regionally, LFL sales decreased in all regions, 
with North America faring better than 
Europe and Asia, although all improved in 
the second half.

Objective 
Our aim is to achieve year-on-year growth  
in LFL sales.

Adjusted operating margin 
Adjusted operating margin is a measure of 
improving profitability in our business and  
is defined as adjusted operating profit as  
a percentage of sales. 

Adjusted operating margin (%)

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

13.0

2   4

15.8

15.5

15.7

15.2

Performance 
The 2020 adjusted operating margin was 
13.0%, a decrease of 280 basis points (‘bps’) 
from 15.8% in 2019. 

On a LFL basis, the adjusted operating 
margin declined by 270bps, reflecting the 
decline in sales partially offset by a flat gross 
margin year-on-year and a decrease in 
overhead costs. To offset the impact of the 
decline in sales, the Group took decisive 
action on costs and also benefited from costs 
savings under its restructuring programme.

Objective 
Our aim is to improve gross margin and 
constrain overheads to drive future operating 
margin expansion, and return our operating 
margin to at least our previous highs of 
around 18%.

28 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   28
Spectris Book 1.indb   28

24/03/2021   12:09
24/03/2021   12:09

Cash conversion 
Cash conversion represents an effective 
measure of the quality of our earnings. Cash 
conversion is defined as adjusted cash flow 
as a percentage of adjusted operating profit.

Cash conversion (%)

141

3   4

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

91

59

77

114

Performance 
Cash conversion was 141%, an increase  
from 91% in 2019. Despite the lower 
profitability, the improvement principally 
resulted from a favourable working capital 
movement, mainly attributable to a 
reduction in inventories and trade 
receivables, and lower capital expenditure. 

Objective 
Our aim is to deliver a high level of cash 
conversion consistently every year.

Link to remuneration 
Cash conversion is one of the criteria  
for the annual bonus. See page 81 for  
more information.

Return on gross capital employed (‘ROGCE’) 
ROGCE is calculated as adjusted operating 
profit divided by the average of opening  
and closing gross capital employed.  
Gross capital employed is net assets 
excluding net (cash)/debt and excluding 
accumulated amortisation and impairment 
of acquisition-related intangible assets 
including goodwill.

Return on gross capital employed (%)

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

9.8

3

13.5

13.7

14.6

14.1

Performance 
ROGCE was 9.8% in 2020, with the decline 
from 13.5% primarily reflecting the fall in 
adjusted operating profit, with a small 
reduction in the Group’s capital base.

Objective 
Our aim is to improve ROGCE year-on-year.

Link to remuneration 
ROGCE is one of the criteria for the LTIP.  
See page 81 for more information.

Adjusted earnings per share growth 
Adjusted earnings per share (‘EPS’) is the 
ratio of adjusted earnings for the year to the 
weighted average number of ordinary shares 
outstanding during the year, excluding 
certain items.

Growth in adjusted EPS (%)

2020

-33

2019

2018

2017

2016

4

2

7

19

13

Performance 
Adjusted EPS decreased 33% to 112.1p, 
reflecting a 33% decline in adjusted profit 
before tax, partly offset by a higher effective 
tax rate.

Objective 
Our aim is to achieve year-on-year growth 
in adjusted EPS. 

Link to remuneration 
EPS performance is one of the criteria  
for the LTIP and the prior PSP award.   
See page 81 for more information.

Non-financial

Energy efficiency 
Energy efficiency makes a significant 
contribution to environmental sustainability 
and helps us to reduce our operating costs.

Energy efficiency (MWh per £m revenue)

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

5

92.2

93.1

66.5

67.2

68.3

Performance 
Energy efficiency, measured in MWh per  
£m revenue, was 92.2 in 2020, compared  
with 93.1 the prior year. The 1% decrease is 
primarily attributable to changes in working 
patterns as a result of COVID-19. We have 
restated 2019 data to remove BTG, following 
its divestment in December 2019, to support 
a fair comparison of the Group’s in-year 
environmental performance

Objective 
We monitor our use of key sources of  
energy (electricity, gas, oil and steam) with 
the aim of reducing our carbon emissions 
and improving energy efficiency.

Accident incidence rate  
We are committed to ensuring the health, 
safety and wellbeing of our people and 
monitor how we are performing by 
measuring work-related accidents or ill 
health resulting in lost time in excess of  
one day (years prior to 2017, three days).

Reportable accidents per 1,000 employees

4   5

2020

1.3

2019

2018

2017

2016

2.4

2.9

5.3

4.5

Performance 
There were 1.31 reportable accidents per  
1,000 employees in 2020. This is a further 
improvement over prior years which 
demonstrates our increased focus on health 
and safety and has been further enhanced  
by remote working arrangements during 
the COVID-19 pandemic.

Objective 
Our aim is to reduce accidents and  
injuries at our sites to as low a level as 
reasonably practical.

Key Performance Indicators

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

29

Spectris Book 1.indb   29
Spectris Book 1.indb   29

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

Strategic ReportOperational Review

Malvern 
Panalytical

Mark Fleiner 
President, Malvern Panalytical

Sales (£m)

Adjusted operating profit (£m)

Adjusted operating margin (%)

2020

2019

2018

372.5

448.2

436.7

2020

2019

2018

54.9

76.2

73.0

2020

2019

2018

14.7

17.0

16.7

Statutory operating profit (£m)

Statutory operating margin (%)

2020

2019

2018

-17.7

44.6

52.9

2020

2019

2018

-3.9

12.0

12.1

Financial performance
Sales decreased 17% to £372.5 million, 
reflecting a 13% decrease in LFL sales,  
a minimal negative impact from 
foreign currency exchange movements 
and a 4% impact from disposals  
(the rheology and environmental 
consultancy and testing businesses). 
All regions saw lower LFL sales with 
North America faring slightly better 
than Asia and Europe. All geographies 
saw an improved performance in the 
second half, with China posting 7% 
growth in this period. Orders, similarly, 
had an improved performance in the 
second half. Our order book is stronger 
than in prior years and with customers 
having adapted to COVID-19-related 
restrictions and our now extended 
experience in remote working, we  
have a positive outlook for 2021.

On a LFL basis, adjusted operating profit 
decreased 27% and adjusted operating 
margins declined 280bps. Despite an 
adverse volume and mix impact, gross 
margin improved. Overheads were 
lower, reflecting favourable production 
overheads, receipt of government 
subsidies, employee costs savings,  
a reduction in discretionary spend, 
including travel and entertainment, 
and lower selling costs.

Strategic initiatives and product 
launches
During 2020, Malvern Panalytical 
launched a number of new products  
to enhance its customer offering, with 

software, services and analytics being 
a key focus area. In June, Amplify 
Analytics was launched, combining 
Malvern Panalytical’s instruments, 
analytical expertise, and pharmaceutical 
discovery and development services. 
Amplify Analytics focuses on 
accelerating and de-risking drug 
development by helping customers 
rapidly identify those drug candidates 
that meet bio-availability and 
processability requirements. 

OmniTrust was launched in October, 
offering a new, comprehensive suite of 
data integrity and compliance software 
solutions for regulated environments, 
such as pharmaceutical development 
and manufacture. In combination, 
OmniTrust and Amplify Analytics 
services and software provide a 
powerful partnership of instruments, 
analytics know-how and validation 
support. The combination enables 
customers to ensure accelerated and 
successful development, whilst easing 
the regulatory burden associated with 
data integrity and compliance.

In July, a new and expanded Zetasizer 
range was unveiled. The Zetasizer 
Advance gives greater flexibility for 
customers, including the ability to 
upgrade the instrument remotely, to 
both match and future-proof customer 
requirements across a wide variety  
of applications. In August, Malvern 
Panalytical launched its new 1Der 
(‘Wonder’) detector for its Empyrean 

30 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   30
Spectris Book 1.indb   30

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

Sales by end-user market (%)1 Pharmaceuticals & fine chemicals 382 Metals, minerals & mining 253 Academic research 164 Other 2112341234Sales by location (%)1 North America 232 Europe 313 Asia 394 Rest of the world 7X-ray diffractometer (‘XRD’) platform. 
This new addition has improved 
processing sensitivity that excludes 
unwanted fluorescence background 
from the final data, providing significant 
increases in XRD system capability and 
a step-change in data quality.

In January 2021, the legacy Concept 
Life Sciences’ food testing business 
was sold. It is based in a single site 
laboratory and serves UK-based 
food retailers, food processors  
and manufacturers. The sale was 
undertaken given the lack of synergy 
with the food instrumentation 
business of Malvern Panalytical.

Market trends and outlook
Pharmaceutical and food
LFL sales to the pharmaceutical sector 
were slightly up in 2020, with a decline 
in the first half of the year offset by 
good growth in the second half. LFL 
sales into Europe were flat, with Asia 
lower year-on-year, although China 
recorded good growth. North America 
saw a notable recovery with a strong 
second half, leading to good growth for 
the full year. We see opportunities in 
both North America and China returning 
to pre-COVID levels in 2021. This is 
supported by an increase in onshoring 
in the traditional small molecule areas 
in these two markets, prompting 
investment in pharmaceutical facilities 
as healthcare providers look to increase 
the robustness of supply chains.  
We see good opportunities for our  
new Amplify Analytics solutions, as 
customers seek to access additional 
expertise, to de-risk and accelerate 
their development pipelines. 

Although COVID-19 led to an initial 
pause in activity in the first half of 2020, 
due to laboratory closures and social 
distancing requirements, there has 
been a significant uplift across the 
industry in support of vaccine and viral 
vector manufacturing. The growth rate 
for the vaccine market is projected to 
double as a result, with the largest 
markets being North America, Europe, 
China and India. Malvern Panalytical 
has supported the global effort to 
develop treatments and new vaccines, 
providing analytical instruments  
and expert support to vaccine labs 
around the world. We are also seeing 
accelerated investment in the research, 
development and manufacture of 
novel drug delivery systems and 
biologics-based therapies.

Demand at academic research institutes 
was also impacted earlier in the year by 
closures. Although activity levels have 

Aurora Water uses a 
Malvern Panalytical 
Zetasizer to monitor 
and control its water 
treatment process to 
ensure water clarity 
and cleanliness, using 
the right balance of 
chemicals. This on-line 
technology can reduce 
chemical usage costs 
and simplify process 
operation, delivering  
further gains in energy 
consumption.

risen, new lockdowns, such as those 
announced in Europe, will continue 
to have an impact. Revenue in this 
particular segment is therefore not 
expected to return to 2019 levels this 
year. We will continue to look for 
opportunities within industry, for 
example from pharmaceutical companies, 
as this is where government funding 
is focused in response to COVID-19.

LFL sales to the food sector were lower 
and although more resilient within 
manufacturing and quality control, we 
saw customers dedicating less time to 
food development projects. However, 
the continued focus on sustainable 
sourcing and manufacture, food quality 
and safety, represent opportunities 
relevant to our solution portfolio 
moving forward.

Primary materials
LFL sales were notably lower  
year-on-year, with all regions impacted 
by COVID-19 installation delays.  
Sales into Europe were down more 
markedly than other regions and have 
remained slow. 

Within mining, social distancing 
requirements earlier in the year meant 
some sites were closed or placed on 
restricted operations, leading to lower 
demand. An economic recovery will drive 
demand, which is already increasing in 
certain countries, with India, south-east 
Asia and Australia seeing a revival in 
mining and building materials. A key 
contract win in this area was with 
Hyundai Steel to develop the world’s  
first XRD on-line system to monitor  
the galvannealed coating of steel.

Amongst oil and chemicals customers, 
we have seen a material decline in 
requests from petrochemical 
companies. Recovery is expected to  
be slow as companies close sites and 
rationalise their businesses to focus  
on value over volume. 

In the metals market, the second  
half performance was significantly 
better, but with many metal suppliers 
dependent on customers significantly 

impacted by COVID-19 (e.g. automotive), 
we expect this market to be uncertain 
in the near-term, and potentially 
recovering in the second half of 2021. 

Against this backdrop, customers will 
need to further focus on delivering 
improved yields, productivity, product 
quality and lowering cost. This is a 
helpful trend towards greater automation 
and digital solutions, as well as a focus 
on sustainability. Malvern Panalytical  
is well placed to help customers  
deliver on these fronts and will look  
to provide customer specific products, 
services and specialised solutions to  
its extensive installed base to generate 
additional revenues. 

Advanced materials
LFL sales to advanced materials 
customers were also lower year-on-year. 
With research institutes being closed, 
demand reduced in the first half of 
2020, although we saw a strong return 
in the second half. Lower demand from 
the automotive and aerospace sectors 
has been a negative factor in additive 
manufacturing. However, we expect 
this softening to be temporary and  
for investment to expand. COVID-19 
demonstrated with PPE and medical 
devices how this versatile technology 
can help with shorter production runs, 
on-demand solutions and more 
resilient supply chains.

Demand within the battery segment 
also declined. However, given the 
prevalence of emerging battery 
technologies and growth in electric 
vehicles and new applications, we 
expect demand to recover in 2021.  
This is especially the case in R&D  
where our instruments help customers 
control both the quality and function  
of battery materials, enhancing both 
performance and cycle life.

We expect growth in this sector overall 
to recover in the second half of 2021, 
with Asia being the key driver. Other 
trends, such as a greater environmental 
focus and a shift to digital solutions, will 
support the research, development and 
manufacturing of these new materials.

Operational Review | Malvern Panalytical

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

31

Spectris Book 1.indb   31
Spectris Book 1.indb   31

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

Strategic ReportOperational Review continued

HBK

Joe Vorih 
President, HBK

Sales (£m)

Adjusted operating profit (£m)

Adjusted operating margin (%)

2020

2019

2018

392.6

429.0

426.5

2020

2019

2018

49.1

60.4

56.6

2020

2019

2018

12.5

14.1

13.3

Statutory operating profit (£m)

Statutory operating margin (%)

14.2

18.1

2020

2019

2018

43.1

2020

2019

2018

3.6

4.2

10.1

Financial performance
HBK delivered a resilient performance 
in 2020. For the year, LFL sales only 
decreased 9%, with a robust machine 
manufacturing sector, offset by 
broader weakness in the automotive 
sector. There was a 1% positive impact 
from foreign currency exchange 
movements leading to an overall 8% 
sales decline. 

In North America, growth in aerospace, 
defence and machine manufacturing 
offset lower sales to automotive 
customers, such that LFL sales were 
flat. Europe and Asia both recorded a 
notable decrease in LFL sales, although 
there was very strong growth to 
machine manufacturers in Europe. 

Adjusted operating profit decreased 
20% on a LFL basis, while LFL adjusted 
operating margin decreased 170bps. 
The restructuring activities through  
the merger and other measures taken 
in 2020 have better positioned HBK. 
The impact of lower volume and 
adverse mix was partly mitigated  
by improved pricing, labour cost 
reductions and resilient software sales. 
Net overheads, a key focus area of the 
merger activities, were also lower, with 
operational improvements arising from 
the profit improvement programme 
and temporary COVID-19-related cost 
saving measures . 

Strategic initiatives and product 
launches 
As part of its ongoing merger 
initiatives, HBK has been building  
a global standardised operating  
model for sales covering organisational 
structure, processes and tools.  
In support of this, a new singular 
customer engagement platform has 
been selected and will be deployed in 
2021. Alongside this, a digital marketing 
transformation project has been 
initiated. Both of these programmes 
will enhance the sales and marketing 
effort in order to further drive growth 
and better serve customers.

Following the launch last year of 
HBK’s new eDrive testing system 
for electrical inverters and machines, 
new products have been launched 
to extend the offering to a more 
complete e-powertrain testing and 
optimisation offering, as well as 
expanding into eGrid (energy 
distribution systems) testing. The new 
package for eDrive and eGrid consists 
of measurement hardware, intuitive 
software packages and accessories, 
designed to optimise costs. 

Simulation in product design and 
development is becoming more 
prevalent and more important. To tap 
into this trend, HBK’s existing noise 
and vibration simulation technology 
was consolidated into VI-grade in the 

32 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   32
Spectris Book 1.indb   32

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

Sales by end-user market (%)1 Machine manufacturing 312 Automotive 293 Aerospace & defence 94 Academic research 85 Electronics, semiconductors  & telecoms 76 Other 16123456Sales by location (%)1 North America 242 Europe 443 Asia 294 Rest of the world 31234first half of 2020, with a new suite  
of simulator and simulation tools  
made available. The combination 
provides a unique set of tools to 
simulate noise, vibration and 
harshness, driving dynamics and 
advanced driver assistance systems 
(‘ADAS’). New products included the 
initial release of WorldSim, a rich  
and immersive simulation software 
environment for testing ADAS and 
autonomous driving scenarios. With 
the release of the DiM®400 platform, 
VI-grade also launched a new line  
of high-performance and highly 
scalable, cable-driven driver-in-motion 
simulators. It brings a host of new 
technologies to advance driving – 
including a longer exposure to  
steady state acceleration and better 
immersion through improved motion. 
A key customer order for VI-grade’s 
products was from Goodyear in the 
USA for its DiM®250 simulators.

During the year, VI-grade acquired 
IMTEC Engineering (‘IMTEC’), a provider 
of larger vehicle driving simulators 
and machine automation systems. 
With this new addition, VI-grade 
augments its offering, blending the 
software pedigree and expertise of 
VI-grade with the mechatronic 
hardware expertise of IMTEC, to help 
customers reduce time-to-market  
for new products, while lowering risk 
and cost. Prior to acquisition, IMTEC 
was awarded a project by a major 
automotive OEM to build a full-scale 
vehicle vibration simulator. 

With several new launches in 2020, 
HBK has further advanced its 
leadership in force measurement 
technology. New ultra-miniature 
transducers, highly robust strain 
gauge-based force washers and 
miniature force sensors, with in-line 
amplifiers, have been added to the 
portfolio. The latest addition is a 
further step in building a portfolio 
of smart sensors. 

During the year, HBK also launched 
B&K Tescia, a new software solution 
targeting high channel count vibration, 
acoustics testing and monitoring 
of rotating machinery. The system 
incorporates unique capabilities and 
a user-centric workflow to reduce 
set-up time, safeguard the equipment 
under test, and improve data quality 
and test-result validation. The system 
is structured to address the needs 
of users for each stage in the 
testing process.

Politecnico di Milano will 
use the DiM®400 simulator 
in the design of new 
environmentally friendly 
vehicles and the development 
of components with 
innovative materials,  
plus applications related  
to vehicle dynamics,  
ADAS functioning and 
autonomous driving. They 
can therefore see the 
potential of innovations  
in a safe environment  
and verify the interaction 
between road users and 
infrastructure safely.

Market trends and outlook
Automotive
Within automotive, a material 
reduction in sales reflected the impact 
of a continued slowdown in the overall 
sector where the OEMs have faced 
lower cash flows. LFL sales fell in all 
regions, with a more marked decline 
in Europe and after LFL sales growth in 
the first half of 2020 in North America, 
sales were down notably in the 
second half. 

The electric vehicle market continues 
to remain a bright spot as OEMs 
maintain spend on R&D budgets in  
this area. Manufacturers are competing 
to release newer electric and hybrid 
models to capture market share. HBK 
secured a large order for its QuantumX 
and Somat XR data acquisition systems 
from a major European automotive 
OEM to be used for powertrain, battery 
and component part testing.

Machine manufacturing
LFL sales to the machine 
manufacturing sector rose strongly 
during the year. Sales into North 
America were particularly strong due 
to the exposure to the automotive 
supply chain, which rebounded  
quickly, and good onward demand  
for weighing technologies from the 
process and medical markets. LFL  
sales also rose very strongly in Europe 
reflecting similar trends, but were 
lower in Asia. 

Aerospace and defence 
LFL sales to this sector declined 
sharply, driven by Europe and Asia.  
In contrast, North America posted  
very strong growth, with a particularly 
robust performance in the second half. 
Although the commercial aerospace 
sector has been heavily impacted by 
COVID-19 and disruption is expected  

to continue in 2021, HBK’s exposure  
to commercial aviation is limited  
and aerospace firms have kept large 
investment programmes running. 
Investment in new carbon-neutral 
propulsion concepts using hybrid  
or full electric concepts, as well  
as hydrogen or synthetic fuels, is 
expected to support demand going 
forward. HBK is more exposed to 
defence and satellite/space markets 
where there has been less of an  
impact on spending, and this has 
underpinned the growth in North 
America within the software and 
services area. Key wins in analysis 
software, vibration testing and data 
acquisition underpinned continued 
growth in the sector.  

Consumer electronics and telecoms
LFL sales to electronics and telecoms 
customers were notably lower in  
the year, with both Europe and Asia 
much weaker, whilst sales were flat  
in North America. Underlying demand  
in the consumer electronics and 
telecoms markets was impacted by the 
continued weaker macro-economic 
backdrop and the resulting lower levels 
of customer spending. We would 
expect demand to improve as we go 
through 2021. A notable order received 
in the year was from a virtual reality 
equipment manufacturer for HBK’s 
high-frequency head and torso 
simulators (‘HATS’) to assess acoustical 
performance during development. 
Building on the success of HATS since 
its launch in 2017, a new tabletop 
version was launched in 2020 to 
support customers looking to test 
headphones on their desk or in small 
anechoic chambers.

Operational Review | HBK

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

33

Spectris Book 1.indb   33
Spectris Book 1.indb   33

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

Strategic ReportOperational Review continued

Omega

Amit Agarwal 
President, Omega

Sales (£m)

Adjusted operating profit (£m)

Adjusted operating margin (%)

2020

2019

2018

119.2

138.3

147.2

2020

2019

2018

8.7

16.9

26.8

2020

2019

2018

7.3

12.2

18.2

Statutory operating profit (£m)

Statutory operating margin (%)

2020

1.2

2019

2018

12.0

18.0

2020

1.0

2019

2018

8.7

12.2

Financial performance
LFL sales decreased 13%. There was  
a 1% negative impact from foreign 
currency exchange movements, 
resulting in reported sales being 14% 
lower year-on-year. Omega has a high 
exposure to North America (69%), 
where it recorded a notable decline  
in LFL sales, the majority of which  
was driven by the temporary closure  
of many US businesses during 
COVID-19 lockdowns. Similarly, LFL 
sales growth was notably lower in 
Europe. In contrast, Asia experienced 
growth, driven by a very strong 
performance in South Korea reflecting 
high electronics and semiconductor 
demand and market share gains. 

LFL adjusted operating profit declined 
49% and LFL operating margins fell 
500bps. This resulted from the lower 
LFL sales and headwinds in overheads, 
due to higher licence and depreciation 
costs in relation to the new digital 
platform, partially offset by other  
cost reductions. 

Strategic initiatives and product 
launches
The performance of Omega remains 
unsatisfactory. In October, Amit 
Agarwal was appointed as the new 
President. Amit has spent over 20  
years with Thermo Fisher Scientific, 
including a three-year period leading 

Cole-Parmer Instrument Company;  
the scientific, laboratory, industrial 
equipment and supplies distribution 
business. He started his career in 
finance, before spending the last  
14 years managing global businesses 
based in the USA, Australia and India, 
where he led several turnarounds and 
delivered growth. He brings significant 
and relevant experience to lead the 
required turnaround in performance.

Achieving greater scale through 
organic sales growth is a key 
requirement for the recovery in 
performance at Omega. Four focused 
initiatives have been enacted to drive 
above market growth and in turn, 
recover lost margin: enhancing the 
digital experience; expanding the  
sales channels; accelerating product 
development and improving 
operational performance. 

Omega made progress in all four  
focus areas last year, despite the 
COVID-19-related disruption. Further 
refinements to the digital platform 
were implemented through 2020, 
completing in November, to simplify 
the user experience and improve 
search functionality. Additional 
enhancements are planned for 2021  
to improve functionality and enhance 
product content.  

34 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   34
Spectris Book 1.indb   34

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

Sales by end-user market (%)1 Electronics, semiconductors & telecoms 272 Distribution 163 Metals, minerals & mining 54 Other 52 12341234Sales by location (%)1 North America 692 Europe 103 Asia 194 Rest of the world 2NASA and its partners 
launched a manned 
capsule in 2020. The 
capsule and rocket 
each had over 200 
Omega temperature 
and pressure sensors 
and load cells on them 
which act as the eyes 
and ears of the systems 
that control these 
machines, critical to 
the mission’s success.

many US businesses during the various 
lockdowns. Growth is expected to be 
modest in the first six months of 2021, 
with the recovery gaining pace in the 
second half. US industrial production is 
expected to grow, rising through 2023. 

In Europe, LFL sales decreased, also 
impacted by nationwide lockdowns 
and customers not being able to 
access premises. In contrast, LFL  
sales in Asia increased, led by strong 
performance in South Korea, due to 
high demand from customers in the 
semiconductor market and continued 
share gains. The global semiconductor 
market is on track for further growth  
in 2021 with global wafer shipments 
expected to reach a record high in 
2022, despite geopolitical tensions  
and the COVID-19 pandemic.

Efforts to increase sales growth 
through focusing on key accounts  
and under-penetrated channels 
started to bear fruit. Omega has been 
expanding its distribution channels 
both in North America, and globally,  
by developing new partnerships  
to complement its omni-channel 
go-to-market strategy. For example,  
in 2020, it notably increased the 
revenue through its partnership with 
Newark (part of Avnet group) in the 
USA and is now looking to expand this 
partnership into Europe and Asia. Its 
efforts to develop strategic accounts 
also made progress, with a key win in 
2020 to supply temperature sensors, 
pressure sensors and load cells to a 
major space exploration customer. 

Investment was maintained in R&D 
and Omega launched 94 new products 
in key growth areas. The temperature 
offering was broadened in response to 
greater demand. To enable customers 
to achieve excellent repeatability or 
eliminate point measurement errors  
in high-speed processes, Omega 
launched several new infra-red sensors. 
These are used to measure objects  
in motion across a wide range of 
applications from food processing, 
automotive and asphalt. Omega also 
introduced a new range of resistance 
temperature detectors (‘RTD’s). The 
new PR RTD Series now offers higher 
accuracy, extreme temperature 
measurements for semiconductor, 
food and beverage and R&D 
applications. 

As a result of COVID-19, Omega 
significantly increased the supply of  
its hand-held temperature products, 
such as the OS820-series digital display 
forehead thermometer, used as a 
non-contact screening device to 
measure body temperature. This is 
suitable for initial screening in areas 
such as large gatherings, buildings, 
factories, schools and universities. 

In pressure, Omega released the  
first wave of the DPG509 series, a 
digital pressure gauge designed to 
offer a broad range of configurations 
with its modular design. A new, 
user-friendly interface has been 
incorporated alongside an engineered 
thermoplastic housing to provide 
greater durability in harsh environments 
and a longer-lasting power supply.

In flow, Omega added a compact, 
Bluetooth-compatible, electromagnetic 
flow meter to its portfolio. This product 
is compatible with most established 
industrial networking systems and 
captures the growing demand for 
lower-cost electromagnetic flow 
meters for non-hazardous location  
use, providing reliable monitoring  
of industrial, cooling, heating or  
rinsing water.

We expect the trend towards greater 
connectivity and wireless sensing  
to continue to grow. Through the 
course of 2020, Omega expanded  
its IIoT solution range to provide 
customers with an eco-system of 
smart devices that provides more 
insight and control, allowing access  
to process data remotely and  
on demand. This helps Omega’s 
customers accurately measure 
environmental conditions for a wide 
range of applications and connect and 
display the information in one place via 
Omega’s cloud-based solution. 

Significant progress was also made in 
improving operational performance 
and customer satisfaction, with  
35 kaizen events undertaken in  
2020. The kaizen events focused on 
material flow, production cell layout 
optimisation and the creation of  
more flexible assembly capabilities  
to support Omega’s configurable 
product offering.

Market trends and outlook
Industrial production was negatively 
impacted globally by COVID-19. 
Consequently, LFL sales growth was 
down in North America, with the main 
driver being the temporary closure of 

Operational Review | Omega

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

35

Spectris Book 1.indb   35
Spectris Book 1.indb   35

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

Strategic ReportOperational Review continued

Industrial  
Solutions

Andy Cowan 
Interim Business Group Director, ISD

Sales (£m)

Adjusted operating profit (£m)

Adjusted operating margin (%)

2020

2019

2018

451.9

616.5

593.8

2020

2019

2018

60.9

104.6

91.9

2020

2019

2018

13.5

17.0

15.5

Brüel & Kjær Vibro  
(being divested, expected  
to complete March 2021) 
ESG Solutions  
Millbrook (divested February 2021) 
NDC Technologies   
Particle Measuring Systems  
Red Lion Controls  
Servomex

Statutory operating profit (£m)

Statutory operating margin (%)

-83.3

2020

2019

2018

71.9

62.4

2020

-18.4

2019

2018

11.7

10.5

Financial performance
In 2020, LFL sales only decreased 9%. 
There was a minimal impact from 
foreign currency exchange movements 
and an 19% negative impact from the 
disposal of BTG, resulting in reported 
sales falling 27% to £451.9 million.  
On a regional basis, LFL sales fell in  
all regions, more so in Asia although 
orders in this region grew. For the 
division overall, orders only declined  
3% for the year, setting up a stronger 
2021. Key order highlights included 
significant growth to key electronics 
and semiconductor customers at 
Particle Measuring Systems (‘PMS’), 
food and drink customers at  
NDC Technologies and healthcare  
at Servomex. LFL adjusted operating 
profit decreased 25% and LFL adjusted 
operating margins decreased 290bps. 
This primarily resulted from the 
decrease in LFL sales. Notably, 
Servomex and PMS, which are higher 
margin, were particularly resilient,  
with only a 6% and 4% sales decline, 
respectively. Overheads were lower 
from the successful implementation  
of the profit improvement programme 
and temporary cost measures across 
the operating companies. 

Divisional strategy
In February 2021, Mary Beth Siddons 
joined Spectris as the Business Group 
Director, ISD, replacing Andy Cowan 

who returned to his role as Finance 
Director, ISD. Mary Beth brings 
extensive experience in leading  
and successfully developing global 
industrial businesses, optimising 
operations and driving profitability.  
She was previously Sector President at 
Marmon Group, a Berkshire Hathaway 
Company, responsible for the strategic 
direction of 15 global businesses and 
prior to that, was CEO of Spatz 
Laboratories and spent more than 
seven years at Illinois Tool Works.

Good progress has been made in 
executing the strategy in 2020, 
improving the performance of the 
businesses, as well as executing on  
the divestment strategy. In December, 
the divestments of B&K Vibro and 
Millbrook were announced for headline 
values of £163 million (23x EBITDA) and 
£133 million (23x EBITDA), respectively. 
Both businesses were dilutive to the 
Division’s and Group’s profitability,  
and the sale of Millbrook significantly 
reduces the future capital expenditure 
profile for the Group. The Millbrook 
divestment completed in February 
with that of B&K Vibro expected in 
March 2021. The divestment of these 
businesses enhances the margin for 
the Industrial Solutions Division.  
On a pro-forma basis, the adjusted 
operating margin in 2020, excluding 

36 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   36
Spectris Book 1.indb   36

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

Sales by location (%)1 North America 362 Europe 313 Asia 294 Rest of the world 41234Sales by end-user market (%)1 Energy & utilities 202 Pharmaceutical 193 Automotive 144 Electronics, semiconductors & telecoms 135 Web, print, converting, packaging 76 Metals, minerals & mining  37 Other 241234567B&K Vibro and Millbrook, would have 
been 18.1%, with only a 51bps reduction 
compared with 2019.

Market trends and outlook
Semiconductor and electronics
Sales to the semiconductor industry 
declined notably due to a strong 
comparator in 2019, with much lower 
sales in Asia, in particular South Korea 
and China. In contrast, orders have 
grown very well, including expansion  
in North America and China. PMS 
continue to benefit from the growth 
drivers in the semiconductor industry, 
with rising demand for chips expected 
to drive an increase in global fabricated 
equipment spending in 2021. In 
particular, it has seen strong order 
growth in particle measuring counters 
and cleanroom monitors coming from 
chip manufacturers.

Sales in electronics recovered in  
2020, recording strong growth, 
driven by a recovery in North America 
and Asia. The pipeline for sales into 
the electronics industry continues 
to strengthen supported by LED demand 
in consumer products, cloud computing 
and 5G infrastructure roll-out, as well  
as the development of new consumer 
‘smart’ electronic products.

Pharmaceutical and life sciences
The pharmaceutical and life sciences 
industries saw strong LFL sales  
growth in 2020, particularly so in  
North America, and good growth in 
Asia. Demand from pharmaceutical 
customers is increasing due to the 
large investment in vaccine production 
taking place across many countries, 
including nearshoring of production, 
which should benefit PMS. In 2020, 
PMS released the next generation 
IsoAir® Pro-E Remote Particle Counter 
to streamline cleanroom monitoring 
while meeting good manufacturing 
practice regulations. Additionally,  
PMS helped Walwax Biotechnology 
build a world-class environmental 
monitoring data management system, 
through the customer deploying  
its PharmaIntegrity contamination 
monitoring solution. This integrated 
solution helps identify contamination 
in production processes before it 
occurs. With the ability to pre-emptively 
correct a problem, it is easier to achieve 
and maintain a state of control. This 
helps maintain consistent prodUct 
quality, improving yield and reducing 
the costly risk associated with  
product recalls.

Red Lion provided a   
child safety product 
manufacturer with a 
monitoring and display 
system to record assembly 
line data, providing a 
detailed analysis of set-up 
times and downtime. This 
helped identify the reasons, 
consequences and 
production losses caused  
as a result and ensure a 
continuous improvement  
of processes.

In response to COVID-19, we have 
supported manufacturers in increasing 
the production of ventilators. The 
Paracube oxygen sensors, manufactured 
by Servomex’s sensor technology 
brand Hummingbird, are used in 
ventilators to monitor the amount of 
oxygen administered. Servomex  
swiftly expanded its production to 
meet the new increase in demand.  
It also launched a new variant of the 
Paracube that meets the specific 
requirements of its customers, yet  
is much faster to manufacture, at 
much greater volumes. This rapid 
development project saw 18 months  
of development work being done  
in under three months. NDC Technologies 
is also aiding in the effort, supplying  
a manufacturer of medical hose for 
oxygen supply and ventilators with  
its AccuScan and BenchMike gauges, 
providing high-accuracy, off-line 
diameter and ovality measurement  
of the hose products. 

Energy and utilities
In energy, the COVID-19 demand  
shock and supply-side actions have  
led to lower sales at Servomex  
year-on-year. However, the drive to 
reduce emissions, driven by climate 
change concerns, is expected to create 
demand for Servomex’s products 
which deliver effective solutions for 
process control, safety and quality  
in a wide range of midstream and 
downstream applications. 

B&K Vibro saw LFL sales to this end 
market fall in all regions. This was 
largely driven by declines in sales to 
industrial customers only partially 
offset by a strong performance in wind. 
There were a number of large project 
orders in 2020 which helped grow the 
backlog compared to the prior year.  

At ESG, LFL sales were lower to  
both energy and mining customers, 
with induced-seismic monitoring  
and hydraulic fracture monitoring  
sales both lower. Activity is expected  

to increase as the recent rise in  
energy prices will potentially improve 
capex demand.

Automotive
LFL sales into automotive fell notably, 
reflecting a wider slowdown in the 
automotive industry and reduced 
capex spending by Millbrook’s 
customers. To counter this, Millbrook 
continues to push into the EV testing 
market. In October, Millbrook opened  
a battery turnover facility to simulate 
rollover crash scenarios, continually 
improving the safety of EVs. The new 
facility will particularly help customers 
looking to test battery coolants and  
is a result of the growing demand for 
safer batteries as well as longer battery 
life and higher power output. In 
August, Millbrook secured funding  
for an additional electrical feed to its 
proving ground, allowing it to continue 
to expand its test facilities. 

Industrial and other markets
In our other end markets, Red Lion  
saw notably lower LFL sales with 
industrial production slowdown in  
its main market, North America,  
and the weaker oil and gas market 
impacting demand. Orders fared 
slightly better, with Ethernet product 
orders showing growth year-on-year.  
A key achievement in 2020 was the 
launch of its FlexEdge™ Intelligent 
Edge Automation Platform which 
allows industrial customers to 
effortlessly connect systems and 
process data, and is available with 
advanced automation features.  
Its ease of use helps customers make 
productivity gains as they digitise  
their factories.

NDC Technologies experienced a 
decline in sales in the converting and 
film extrusion industries and in cable 
and tubing However, LFL sales into 
food and beverage increased, with a 
strong order performance in Europe 
and Asia, with the snack products 
market showing good demand. 

Operational Review | Industrial Solutions

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

37

Spectris Book 1.indb   37
Spectris Book 1.indb   37

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

Strategic ReportFinancial Review

Derek Harding 
Chief Financial Officer

A resilient 
performance

Financial performance
Sales decreased by 18% or £295.8 million 
to £1,336.2 million on a reported basis 
(2019: £1,632.0 million). LFL sales 
decreased by £159.2 million (-11%)  
and the impact of disposals, net  
of acquisitions, reduced sales by  
£136.5 million (-8%), whilst favourable 
foreign exchange movements 
contributed £0.1 million. 

Adjusted operating profit decreased by 
33% or £84.5 million to £173.6 million on 
a reported basis (2019: £258.1 million). 
LFL adjusted operating profit decreased 
by £61.0 million (-26%) and the impact 
of disposals, net of acquisitions was 
£24.3 million (-9%), whilst favourable 
foreign exchange movements 
contributed £0.8 million.

Adjusted operating margins reduced 
by 280bps, with LFL adjusted operating 
margins down 270bps compared  
to 2019. The reduction in the LFL 
operating margin was due to a 160bps 
decrease in LFL gross margin to 55.0% 
(2019: 56.6%), reflecting the high 
drop-through on the adverse sales 
volume partially offset by favourable 
pricing, procurement and production 
overhead cost savings. This was 
partially offset by an 8% reduction  
in LFL overheads. Savings were 
generated from the cost reduction 
initiatives put in place across the 
Group, including hiring freezes, 
furloughs, part-time working, lower 
incentive-related accruals and 

restructuring. These initiatives, as  
well as significantly lower travel  
costs,  more than offset overhead  
cost inflation and an increase in 
depreciation and bad debt provisions. 

with the remaining £31.4 million  
mainly due to the amortisation and 
impairment of ongoing activities. 
Statutory operating margins of -1.7% 
were 690bps lower than 2019 (5.2%).

Investment in our R&D programmes 
amounted to £92.0 million or 6.9%  
of sales (including £7.3 million of 
capitalised development costs)  
(2019: £100.9 million or 6.2% of sales, 
including £7.3 million of capitalised 
cost). R&D investment costs decreased 
by 1.1% on a like-for-like basis in the  
year to 31 December 2020.

The statutory operating loss was  
£23.3 million, a decrease in profit  
of £107.6 million compared to the  
2019 statutory operating profit of  
£84.3 million. This decrease results 
from a £177.8 million volume-driven 
gross profit reduction, offset by a  
£70.2 million reduction in SG&A 
expenses. Restructuring costs in  
the period were £19.5 million. Net 
transaction costs of £19.4 million were 
incurred relating to the disposals of 
Millbrook and B&K Vibro and a number 
of potential acquisition opportunities, 
including the costs associated with the 
pursuit of a US-listed business, which 
resulted in the £23.2 million investment 
gain discussed below. Impairment  
of goodwill in 2020 relates entirely  
to the Millbrook business, as does  
£67.5 million of the amortisation and 
impairment of intangible assets and 
other property, plant and equipment, 

Statutory loss before tax of £4.1 million 
(2019: £259.3 million profit before tax)  
is calculated after charging net finance 
costs of £8.4 million (2019: £3.5 million), 
lower predominantly as a result of 
foreign exchange gains in 2019, and 
benefits from a £23.2 million gain on 
fair value on equity investments, and 
£4.4 million predominantly in relation 
to a net profit on disposal from  
the sale of the Malvern Panalytical 
rheology range and the EMS B&K joint 
venture. Adjusted profit before tax 
decreased by 33% to £166.4 million 
(2019: £247.4 million).

The effective tax rate on adjusted  
profit before tax was 21.8% (2019: 21.4%), 
an increase of 40bps. On a statutory 
basis, there is a tax charge on the loss 
before tax (effective tax rate: -314.6%,  
2019: 9.7%), primarily resulting from 
impairment charges which do not give 
rise to tax relief. In 2021, the Group 
expects its effective tax rate on adjusted 
profit before tax to be broadly in  
line with the rate in 2020. The Group’s 
approach to tax matters is set out in  
its tax strategy which, in compliance 
with the Finance Act 2017, has been 
made available on our website at  
www.spectris.com/sustainability/
tax-strategy.

38 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   38
Spectris Book 1.indb   38

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

Financial highlights

Sales (£m)

A  2019 
B  Disposals 
C  2019 organic
D  Currency 
E  LFL 
F  Acquisitions 
G  2020 

YoY
Change 
(8.4%)

(10.7%) 

(18.1%)

1,800

1,600

1,400

0

Adjusted operating profit (£m)

.

0
2
3
6
,
1

)
1
.
0
(

.

)
9
6
3
1
(

1
.
5
9
4
,
1

4
0

.

.

)
2
9
5
1
(

.

2
6
3
3
,
1

Operating performance

2020

2019

Change

Like-for-like
change

Adjusted

Sales (£m)

1,336.2

1,632.0

Operating profit (£m)

173.6

258.1

(18%)

(33%)

(11%)

(26%)

Operating margin (%)

13.0%

15.8% (280bps)

(270bps)

GFEDCBA

Statutory

Sales (£m)

1 1,336.2

1,632.0

(18%)

Operating (loss)/profit (£m)

(23.3)

84.3

n/a

Operating margin (%) 

(1.7%)

5.2% (690bps)

A  2019 
B  Disposals
C  2019 organic
D  Currency
E  Gross profit
F  Overheads
G  Acquisitions
H  2020

300

200

100

0

1
.
8
5
2

.

)
9
3
2
(

.

2
4
3
2

.

8
0

1
.
0
5

)
4
0
(

.

.

6
3
7
1

)
1
.
1
1
1
(

HGFEDCBA

Restructuring costs 
The Group has incurred costs of  
£19.5 million relating to restructuring  
in 2020 (2019: £52.2 million). These 
restructuring costs include £8.2 million 
related to impairments and disposal 
of owned and right of use property, 
plant and equipment, £7.8 million 
of staff-related costs including 
redundancy and related costs and 
£3.5 million of other costs.

Acquisitions, disposals and other 
investments
The Group completed one acquisition 
during the year with a net cash cost 
of £2.6 million. £8.3 million was paid  
in respect of prior year acquisitions, 
making the net cash outflow in the 
year £10.9 million. Furthermore, the 
Group incurred a £19.4 million expense 
on transaction-related costs, of which 
£13.6 million was a cash outflow  
during the year, which makes the  
total transaction-related cash outflow 
for the year £24.5 million.

In support of a potential acquisition 
opportunity, the Group acquired a 
minority holding in a US-listed entity 
for a total consideration of £15.2 million. 
At the year end, our holding was 
valued at £38.3 million, resulting in a  
mark-to-market gain of £23.2 million.

On 31 January 2020, the Group sold  
its interest in the Malvern Panalytical 
rheology product range to Netzsch 
Group for consideration of £8.8 million 
in cash, generating a profit on disposal 

of £5.9 million. The net assets disposed 
were £2.1 million, and transaction 
costs were £0.8 million. The Consolidated 
Statement of Cash Flows includes  
£6.9 million of net proceeds from this 
disposal, which consists of £8.8 million 
of sales proceeds offset by £1.1 million 
of tax payments on the disposal 
and £0.8 million of transaction  
cost-related payments.  

On 28 February 2020, the Group  
sold its interest in the EMS B&K joint 
venture for total consideration of  
£17.7 million, consisting of £16.8 million  
in cash received in 2020 and  
£0.9 million in shares in Envirosuite 
Limited. The net assets disposed were 
£18.1 million and transaction costs 
incurred in 2020 were £0.1 million, 
resulting in a loss on disposal of  
£0.5 million. The Consolidated 
Statement of Cash Flows includes  
£14.0 million of net proceeds related  
to the EMS B&K joint venture, 
consisting of £16.8 million in cash 
proceeds from the sale of the interest 
offset by £2.6 million payment of 
deferred consideration relating to  
the 2018 disposal and £0.2 million of 
transaction cost-related payments.

Also included in profit on disposal of 
business, is £1.0 million of transactions 
costs on the sale of BTG. The 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 
includes £0.3 million of net payments 
from the sale of BTG. This consists of 
£1.2 million of tax payments on the 
disposals and £0.9 million of 

transaction fees, offset by £1.8 million 
of deferred consideration received  
in cash.

On 10 December 2020, the Group 
announced that agreement had been 
reached for the sale of the Group's B&K 
Vibro and Millbrook businesses, which 
form part of the Industrial Solutions 
division. The transactions were subject 
to customary completion conditions 
and regulatory approvals. The Millbrook 
sale completed on 1 February 2021. 
Completion of the sale of B&K Vibro is 
expected to take place on 1 March 2021.

During 2020, the Group entered into 
preliminary discussions for the disposal 
of Concept Life Sciences’ legacy food 
testing business based in Cambridge, 
and the sale was completed on  
5 January 2021 for sales proceeds of 
approximately £6 million. This business 
forms part of the Malvern Panalytical 
Platform operating segment.

The above operations have been 
classified as disposal groups held  
for sale and presented separately  
in the Consolidated Statement of 
Financial Position.

The proceeds from the B&K Vibro and 
the Concept Life Sciences’ food testing 
businesses are expected to exceed the 
book value of the related net assets 
and accordingly no impairment  
losses have been recognised on the 
classification of these operations as 
held for sale.

Financial Review

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

39

Spectris Book 1.indb   39
Spectris Book 1.indb   39

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

Strategic Report 
 
Financial Review continued

Reconciliation of statutory to adjusted measures

Sales

Gross profit

Overheads and other operating costs

Operating (loss)/profit1

Fair value through profit and loss 
movements on equity investments

Share of post-tax results of joint venture

Impairment of non-current receivable 
from joint venture

Profit on disposal of businesses

Financial income

Finance costs

(Loss)/profit before tax1

Taxation charge

(Loss)/profit after tax1

Statutory
£m

Adjustments
£m

1,336.2

736.4

(759.7)

(23.3)

–

0.3

196.6

196.9

23.2

(23.2)

–

–

4.4

1.8

(10.2)

(4.1)

(12.9)

(17.0)

–

–

(4.4)

–

1.2

170.5

(23.4)

147.1

2020

Adjusted
£m

1,336.2

736.7

(563.1)

173.6

–

–

–

–

1.8

(9.0)

166.4

(36.3)

130.1

Statutory
£m

Adjustments
£m

1,632.0

914.2

(829.9)

84.3

–

(4.9)

(21.3)

–

 7.0 

 166.8 

 173.8 

–

 1.0 

 21.3 

 204.7 

(204.7) 

 7.9 

(11.4)

 259.3 

(25.2) 

 234.1 

(4.0) 

 0.7 

(11.9) 

(27.7)

(39.6) 

2019

Adjusted
£m

 1,632.0 

 921.2 

(663.1) 

 258.1 

–

(3.9)

– 

 –  

 3.9 

(10.7) 

 247.4 

(52.9) 

 194.5 

1  Further detail on the reconciliation of statutory operating (loss)/profit, (loss)/profit before tax and (loss)/profit after tax to their related adjusted 

measures is provided in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Details of the impairment recognised 
on classification of the Millbrook 
business as held for sale are provided 
below.

achieved resulted in a further 
impairment of £44.8 million of 
property, plant and equipment and 
£5.3 million of other intangible assets.

Impairment of goodwill, acquisition-
related intangible assets and other 
property, plant and equipment
During the year, £58.4 million was 
recognised as an impairment of 
goodwill (2019: £35.1 million) and  
£70.9 million impairment recognised 
in the amortisation and impairment 
of acquisition-related intangible 
assets and other property, plant and 
equipment line of the Consolidated 
Income Statement (2019: £47.1 million).  

An impairment of the whole of 
Millbrook’s goodwill balance of  
£58.4 million, £11.0 million of other 
intangibles and £6.4 million of other 
property, plant and equipment was 
charged to the Consolidated Income 
Statement during the first half of 
2020, reflecting the recoverable 
amount at that time. 

During the second half of 2020, a 
comprehensive sale process relating  
to Millbrook was concluded resulting  
in the announcement on 10 December 
2020, that agreement had been 
reached for the sale of the Millbrook 
business. The structure of the 
transaction provided an immediate 
cash inflow plus the chance to 
participate in the future performance 
of the combined group, which will now 
be able to provide a more extensive 
and comprehensive range of services 
to its clients. The commercial valuation 

Cash flow
Adjusted cash flow improved by  
£10.3 million to £244.5 million during 
the year, resulting in an adjusted  
cash flow conversion rate of 141%  
(2019: 91%). The improvement was 
driven by proactive working capital 
management resulting in a reduction 
in inventories and trade receivables. 
Capital expenditure was lower 
throughout the Group as a result  
of prudency in spending commitments 
earlier in the year. Given the momentum 
in the fourth quarter, we expect capital 
expenditure to be higher in 2021 at 
circa £50 million.

Capital expenditure (net of grants 
related to capital expenditure) on 
property, plant and equipment and 
intangible assets during the year  
of £42.9 million (2019: £81.6 million) 
equated to 3.2% of sales (2019: 5.0%) 
and was 71% of adjusted depreciation 
and software amortisation (2019: 140%).

Financing, treasury and going 
concern
The Group finances its operations from 
both retained earnings and third-party 
borrowings. The 31 December 2020 
gross debt balance consists of fixed 
rate borrowings of £104.5 million plus 
bank overdrafts of £15.3 million. 

In determining the basis of preparation 
for the Consolidated Financial 
Statements, the Directors have 

considered the Group’s available 
resources, current business activities 
and factors likely to impact on its 
future development and performance, 
including the impact of COVID-19 on 
the Group, which are described in the 
Chief Executive’s Review, Financial 
Review and Operating Review.

As at 31 December 2020, the Group had 
£690.5 million of committed facilities 
denominated in different currencies, 
consisting of an $800.0 million  
(£586.0 million) revolving credit facility 
maturing in July 2025 and a seven-year 
€116.2 million (£104.5 million) term 
loan maturing in September 2022. 
From these facilities, the Group had 
total gross borrowings of £104.5 million 
at 31 December 2020. The revolving 
credit facility (‘RCF’) was undrawn at  
31 December 2020. During the year, 
the Group requested a further one-
year extension of its $800 million RCF, 
as permitted under the agreement. 
The extension was approved by all ten 
banks in the syndicate, ensuring the 
Group continues to have access to the 
full amount under the facility until 
July 2025.

These facilities have a leverage (net 
debt/EBITDA) covenant of up to 3x 
for the term loan and up to 3.5x for 
the RCF. The Group regularly monitors 
its financial position to ensure that it 
remains within the terms of its banking 
covenants. At 31 December 2020, 
interest cover (defined as adjusted 
earnings before interest, tax and 
amortisation divided by net finance 
charges) was more than 40 times, 

40 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   40
Spectris Book 1.indb   40

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

Operating (loss)/profit

Adjusted operating profit

Restructuring costs

Net transaction-related costs and fair value adjustments

Depreciation of acquisition-related fair value adjustments to 
property, plant and equipment

Profit on disposal of property

Impairment of goodwill

Amortisation and impairment of acquisition-related 
intangible assets and impairment of other property,  
plant and equipment

Statutory operating (loss)/profit

2020
£m

173.6

(19.5)

(19.4)

(0.7)

–

(58.4)

2019
£m

258.1

(52.2)

(6.1)

(1.0)

5.2

(35.1)

(98.9)

(23.3)

(84.6)

84.3

Adjusted cash flow

Adjusted operating profit

Adjusted depreciation and software amortisation1

Working capital and other non-cash movements

Capital expenditure, net of government grants

Adjusted cash flow

Adjusted cash flow conversion

Other cash flows

Tax paid 

Net interest paid

Dividends paid

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

Transaction-related costs paid

Purchase of equity investments

Proceeds from disposal of businesses, net of tax paid of  
£2.3 million (2019: £1.9 million)

Loan repaid by/(made to) joint venture

Lease payments and associated interest

Adjusting proceeds from disposal of property

Restructuring costs paid

Exercise of share options

Foreign exchange

Total other cash flows and foreign exchange

Adjusted cash flow

Increase in net cash

2020
£m

173.6

60.7

53.1

(42.9)

244.5

141%

2020
£m

(28.6)

(4.5)

(75.7)

(10.9)

(13.6)

(15.2)

20.6

3.0

(21.6)

–

(15.1)

0.3

(10.6)

(171.9)

244.5

72.6

2019
£m

258.1

58.3

(0.6)

(81.6)

234.2

91%

2019
£m

(37.0)

(6.3)

(72.3)

(9.7)

(1.6)

–

260.1 

(2.2)

(20.5)

9.1 

(34.3)

1.0 

10.1 

96.4 

234.2 

330.6 

1 

 Adjusted depreciation and software amortisation represents depreciation of property, 
plant and equipment, software and internal development amortisation, adjusted for 
depreciation of acquisition-related fair value adjustments to property, plant and equipment.

Further detail on the reconciliation of net cash inflow from operating activities to adjusted 
cash flow are provided in Note 2 to the Financial Statements.

against a minimum requirement of 
3.75 times, and leverage (defined as 
adjusted earnings before interest, tax, 
depreciation and amortisation divided 
by net cash/(debt)) was less than zero 
due to the Group’s net cash position, 
against a maximum permitted 
leverage of 3 times. 

In addition to the above, after adjusting 
for £3.7 million of cash and cash 
equivalents reported under Assets 
held for sale, at 31 December 2020, the 
Group had a cash and cash equivalents 
balance of £225.9 million and various 
uncommitted facilities and bank 
overdraft facilities available, resulting 
in a net cash position of £106.1 million, 
an increase of £72.6 million from  
£33.5 million at 31 December 2019.

In April 2020, Spectris successfully 
applied for access to the Bank of 
England’s Covid Corporate Financing 
Facility (‘CCFF’), resulting in the ability 
to raise up to £600 million of additional 
short-term funding, if required, before 
23 March 2021 by issuing commercial 
paper for purchase by the Bank under 
the programme. The Group is under no 
obligation to utilise the facility and, in 
view of the Group’s other undrawn 
facilities and current financial position, 
we do not anticipate accessing the 
programme before its expiry. 

The Group has prepared and reviewed 
cash flow forecasts, which reflect 
forecasted changes in revenue across 
its business as set out and compared 
these to a reverse stress test of the 
forecasts to determine the extent of 
downturn which would result in a 
breach of covenants. Assuming 
similar levels of cash conversion as 
experienced in recent months since 
the outbreak of COVID-19 occurred, 
a monthly decline of revenue well in 
excess of that experienced in any 
month during 2020 would need to 
persist throughout the entire going 
concern period for a covenant breach 
to occur, which is considered very 
unlikely. In addition, the reverse stress 
test does not take in account any 
mitigating actions which the Group 
would implement in the event of a 
severe and extended revenue decline, 
which would increase the headroom 
further. This assessment indicates that 
the Group can operate within the level 
of its current facilities, as set out above, 
without the need to obtain any new 
facilities for a period of not less than  
12 months from the date of this report. 

Following this assessment, the Board 
of Directors are satisfied that the Group 
has sufficient resources to continue 
in operation for the foreseeable future, 

Financial Review

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

41

Spectris Book 1.indb   41
Spectris Book 1.indb   41

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

Strategic ReportFinancial Review continued

a period of not less than 12 months 
from the date of this report. Accordingly, 
they continue to adopt the going 
concern basis in relation to this 
conclusion and preparing the 
Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Net bank interest costs for the  
last 12 months were covered by 
adjusted operating profit 42 times 
(2019: 35 times). 

Currency 
The Group has both translational and 
transactional currency exposures. 
Translational exposures arise on the 
consolidation of overseas company 
results into Sterling. Transactional 
exposures arise where the currency of 
sale or purchase invoices differs from 
the functional currency in which each 
company prepares its local accounts. 
The transactional exposures include 
situations where foreign currency 
denominated trade receivables, trade 
payables and cash balances are held.

After matching the currency of  
revenue with the currency of costs 
wherever practical, forward exchange 
contracts are used to hedge a 
proportion of the remaining forecast 
net transaction flows where there is 
reasonable certainty of an exposure.  
At 31 December 2020, approximately 
66% of the estimated transactional 
exposures for 2021 were hedged using 
forward exchange contracts, mainly 
against Sterling, the Euro, the US Dollar 
and the Danish Krone.

The largest translational exposures 
during the period were to the US Dollar, 
Euro and Chinese Yuan Renminbi. 
Translational exposures are not 
hedged. The table above shows the 
average and closing key exchange 
rates compared to Sterling. 

During the year, currency translation 
effects resulted in operating profit 
being £0.8 million higher (2019:  
£3.0 million higher) than it would  
have been if calculated using prior  
year exchange rates. Transactional 
foreign exchange losses of £1.1 million 
(2019: £3.5 million loss) were included 
in administrative expenses, whilst  
sales include a gain of £0.2 million 
(2019: £2.9 million loss) arising on 
forward exchange contracts taken  
out to hedge transactional exposures 
in respect of sales.

Brexit
The Group operates in a range of end 
markets that remain exposed to Brexit 
developments. Mitigating actions have 
been put in place following enhanced 

US Dollar (USD)

Euro (EUR)

Chinese Yuan Renminbi (CNY)

US Dollar (USD)

Euro (EUR)

Chinese Yuan Renminbi (CNY)

2020
(average)

2019
(average)

Change

1.28

1.12

8.85

1.28

1.14

8.82

-%

(2%)

-%

2020
(closing)

2019
(closing)

Change

1.37

1.11

8.92

1.32

1.17

9.18

4%

(5%)

(3%)

analysis, including stress testing  
to determine severe but plausible 
potential scenarios, and the Group is 
continuously monitoring events. As 
part of this analysis, management have 
considered the measurement impact 
on the Group’s balance sheet. Now that 
the UK has officially left the EU, close 
attention is being paid to potential 
trade deals and their associated 
impact, both positive and negative, on 
the Group. Although the longer term 
outcome of Brexit remains difficult to 
quantify, we do not expect the direct 
consequences of Brexit to have  
a material impact to the Group. 

Dividends and share buyback
The Board is proposing to pay a final 
dividend of 46.5 pence per share  
(2019: 43.2 pence) which, combined 
with the interim dividend of 21.9 pence 
per share (2019: 21.9 pence) paid in 
November, gives a total dividend of 
68.4 pence per share for the year  
(2019: 65.1 pence), an increase of 5%. 

The Board has reviewed the balance 
sheet in light of the better than 
expected performance at the end  
of the year and the outlook for 2021.  
Given the net cash position and highly 
cash generative nature of the business, 
it has approved a £200 million share 
buyback programme. This still allows 
adequate bandwidth for M&A 
opportunities whilst maintaining  
the Group’s leverage discipline. 

Derek Harding 
Chief Financial Officer  
24 February 2021

42 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   42
Spectris Book 1.indb   42

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

Good cost control and 
cashflow generation

In response to the impact of COVID-19 
on our end markets, the Group took 
swift action on costs with a number  
of temporary actions initiated, 
including a reduction in discretionary 
spend, reduced hours/furloughs and 
restructuring. As a result of these,  
the benefits of the Group's profit 
improvement programme as well  
as the receipt of government  
COVID-19-related subsidies, there  
was an 8% LFL reduction in overheads.

In combination with good cost control, 
which limited the impact on adjusted 
operating profit, there was proactive 
working capital management, 
resulting in a reduction in inventories 
and trade receivables. Key investments 
were maintained, however capital 
expenditure was lower throughout  
the Group as a result of prudency  
in spending commitments. This all 
resulted in strong cashflow generation 
with our adjusted cash flow conversion 
improving 50pp to 141%.

Photo: Jan Hallink, 
Malvern Panalytical

Financial Review

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

43

Spectris Book 1.indb   43
Spectris Book 1.indb   43

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

Strategic ReportRisk Management

Our approach

We recognise that effective management of risk is 
essential to the successful delivery of our strategic 
objectives. As such, risk management is built into 
our day-to-day activities and forms an integral part 
of how we operate.

The Group has a well-established 
process, which delivers visibility and 
accountability for risk management 
across our businesses. This process 
forms part of the Group’s overall 
internal control framework, as 
described on page 76.

Risk management process
Our approach to risk management 
combines a granular bottom-up 
assessment of day-to-day operational 
risk (managed by the platforms)  
with a top-down assessment of  
those risks that are most significant  
at the Group level (managed by the 
Executive/Audit and Risk Committee). 

Platform risk management 
Each business unit undertakes a 
detailed assessment of risk across  
their markets, processes and 
operations, including a consolidation  
of any emerging risks that should  
be formally evaluated. In 2020,  
we established Audit and Risk 
Committees for each of our platform 
businesses and the Industrial Solutions 
Division. These Committees represent 
a further strengthening of the second 
line (see page 45) in respect of Internal 
and External Audit matters, internal 
control, risk management, and other 
areas of compliance. 

A formal risk register is reviewed  
and finalised in each respective 
Platform Audit and Risk Committee  
and submitted to the Group, with  
each risk assessed in terms of gross 
and net impact and likelihood. Key 
mitigations, both planned and existing, 
have formal owners and are subject  
to regular operational review as  
well as independent assurance  
where appropriate.

Group risk management 
The above approach informs a 
continuous top-down assessment  
of risk, undertaken by the Executive 
Committee and Audit and Risk 
Committee throughout the year. The 
aim of this process is to identify those 
Group Principal Risks that represent  
a significant severity in terms of the 
achievement of the Group’s 
performance against its strategic 
objectives and/or those risks that are 
more suitably assessed, monitored  
and mitigated centrally. 

An Executive owner is assigned to each 
Group Principal Risk, which is formally 
assessed in terms of its gross and net 
severity, an appetite is defined, and 
mitigations are identified within the 
four lines of defence framework. Each 
risk is subject to a formal assessment 
by the Executive Committee during 
the year and the suite of Group 
Principal Risks is reviewed twice yearly 
by the Audit and Risk Committee.

Our risk management approach 
includes the consideration of  
emerging risks, whether they be 
operation-specific or broader in  
scope, such as climate change and 
environmental matters. 

In recognition of the importance of 
climate change in global political and 
economic agendas, as well as our 
increased understanding of climate 
impacts on the Group’s operations, the 
Executive Committee has identified 
climate change as an emerging risk.  
The risk will be considered as part of 
our existing risk management process. 
This consideration will also support 
alignment with the Task Force on 
Climate-Related Financial Disclosures 
(‘TCFD’) recommendations. Further 
detail on the Group’s sustainability 
strategy and the 2021 work plan to 
develop our alignment with TCFD  
is set out on pages 50 to 59.

During 2020, the Executive Committee 
and Audit and Risk Committee have 
agreed that Intellectual Property will 
be removed as a Group Principal Risk. 
This risk continues to be managed at 
the operating company level. With the 
platform Audit and Risk Committees 
monitoring this risk and its related 
mitigations, it has been agreed that 
this risk does not require specific 
management at the Group level.

The COVID-19 pandemic
The COVID-19 pandemic has driven  
a near-term increase in business 
disruption risk and a medium/ 
long-term increase in market/financial 
shock risk. Both risks are existing 
Group Principal Risks, and therefore 
have been subject to Executive 
oversight and formal assessment  
prior to and during the pandemic. 
Consequently, many of the mitigations 
already in place have proven to  
be effective from the outset or  
have informed a refined/enhanced 
approach to risk mitigation throughout 
2020 such that the economic/
disruption impact has been limited  
to an appropriately managed net 
exposure. Since March 2020, the  
Group has had in place and continues 
to operate a consistent Crisis 
Management framework, with weekly 
reports summarising key developments, 
metrics, and mitigations. 

44 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   44
Spectris Book 1.indb   44

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

Four lines of risk management

The Group has in place a four lines  
risk management model. 

The first line is responsible for the 
identification of all risks in the ‘risk 
universe’ of each business unit. This 
risk awareness informs the control 
environment (the first line is primarily 
responsible for the execution of key 
controls), specific mitigations and is  
a key consideration driving any 
business decision.

The second line is responsible for the 
risk management framework that the 
first line operates within. This includes 
the development of a standardised 
approach to identifying and reporting 
risk, an internal control framework 

aligned to those risks, and a suite  
of policies to ensure the consistent 
application of business processes  
and controls. The second line is also 
responsible for monitoring the 
performance of first line activities  
and for taking a holistic view of risk,  
to determine which risks are of 
principal importance to the Group.

The third line is responsible for 
providing assurance over the 
effectiveness of the Group’s risk 
management and internal control 
framework. This is most commonly 
undertaken by Internal Audit on 
behalf of the Audit and Risk 
Committee and Board of Directors.

The fourth line is the Audit and  
Risk Committee, Board of Directors 
and External Audit, providing 
independent, external, and/or 
non-executive oversight across  
the entire risk management 
framework, holding accountable 
those responsible for all activities 
within the three lines of defence. 

Oversight and  
independent  
assurance

Board

Audit and  
Risk Committee

External Audit

Executive  
Committee

Internal Audit / Other 
Assurance

Platform Management /  
Platform Audit and Risk Committees/ 
Group Corporate Functions

Ownership  
and control

Platform/Operating Company  
Employees and Managers

Group Principal Risks

Fourth line 
External/Non-executive oversight

Third line 
Independent assurance

Second line 
Risk management framework, policies,  
processes and controls

First line 
Risk identification and control execution

Operational risks

Risk Management

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

45

Spectris Book 1.indb   45
Spectris Book 1.indb   45

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

Strategic Report 
Principal risks and uncertainties

Managing our principal risks

Revenue growth

Strategic transformation

Cyber threat

Definition
Failure to successfully deliver the 
Group strategy, including business 
transformation and key mergers, 
acquisitions and divestments activity.

d talent
Leadership an

P

e

r

f

Customer  
focus

SBS

o

r

m

a

n

d

g

r

o

w

Portfolio 
management

Operating  
leverage

Ethics, HSE and sustainability

Enhanced returns and 
cash flow generation

Margin 
expansion

Link to strategy
•  Customer focus
•  Operating leverage
•  Portfolio management
•  Spectris Business System (‘SBS’)
•  Perform and grow

Definition
Failure to appropriately protect  
critical information/physical assets 
from cyber threats, including external 
hacking, cyber fraud, and inadvertent/
intentional electronic leakage of  
critical data. 

Link to strategy
•  Customer focus
•  Operating leverage
•  Ethics, HSE and sustainability

Risk assessment
High

Change in rating

Risk appetite
Cautious

Risk assessment
High

Change in rating

Risk appetite
Balanced

Impact

Risk assessment scale*

Very low

Low

Moderate

High

Very high

*  The combined impact and likelihood of a 
risk occurring, net of mitigation activities

Change in rating

Increase

No change

Decrease

New risk

Risk appetite

Highly cautious

Cautious

Balanced

Opportunistic

Highly opportunistic

Our day-to-day activities are 
inherently aligned to the successful 
achievement of the Group’s strategic 
objectives. Nevertheless, we 
recognise the importance of 
specifically managing some of the 
more transformative elements of 
strategic execution as a Principal Risk. 
These elements include mergers, 
divestments and acquisitions, 
growth initiatives including capital 
investment, R&D, technology and 
digitising our offering.

Our businesses face both internal 
and external information security 
risks, the nature and complexity of 
which are constantly changing, 
becoming more sophisticated and 
unpredictable. With the introduction 
of data privacy regulatory requirements, 
and a continuing trend of high-profile 
information security breaches 
occurring across a wide range of 
businesses, the Group takes 
a necessarily proactive and cautious 
approach to safeguarding its 
information assets. 

Mitigation

Mitigation

•  Remuneration policy aligned to 

•  Information security and data privacy 

•  Strong cultural alignment to the 

•  Event monitoring and horizon scanning

•  Market monitoring and horizon 

incentivise delivery of the strategy

policies and controls

•  Deployment of the SBS
•  Continued review of acquisition/

merger integration processes and 
capability

•  Cyber risk assurance undertaken by 

Internal Audit

•  Online and face-to-face awareness 

and ‘cyber fitness’ training

•  Regular reviews to track strategy 

•  Regular Board and Audit and Risk 

execution 

•  Platform Audit and Risk Committees
•  Restructuring and cost saving 

activities as required

Committee sessions on cyber threat

•  Continued strengthening of IT 

systems

Spectris value of ‘Be true’

•  Working groups and sub-committees 

scanning

•  Formal compliance programme 

to limit the impact of materialising risks 

•  Maintain a strong balance sheet

including policies, procedures and 

•  Operate in a broad spread of 

•  Operate in a broad spread of 

geographical markets and end users

geographical markets and end users

•  Contract review and approval 

•  Response planning

•  Response planning

•  Maintain a strong balance sheet

•  Temporary / permanent 

restructuring and cost saving 

activities

training

processes

Ethics

•  Roll-out of new Code of Business 

•  Investment in experienced 

compliance professionals

Compliance

Definition

Political

Definition

Market/financial shock

Definition

Failure to comply with laws and 

Material adverse changes in the 

Material adverse changes in market 

regulations, leading to reputational 

geopolitical environment putting at 

conditions, such as economic 

damage, substantial fines and 

risk our ability to execute our strategy. 

recession, sudden negative investor 

potential market exclusion.

Includes trade protectionism, punitive 

sentiment and currency fluctuation.

tax/regulatory regimes, and general 

heightened tension between trading 

Link to strategy

•  Ethics, HSE and sustainability

•  Customer focus

Risk assessment

High

Change in rating

Risk appetite

Highly cautious

Impact

parties or blocs.

Link to strategy

•  Customer focus

•  Operating leverage

•  Perform and grow

Risk assessment

Moderate

Change in rating

Risk appetite

Balanced 

Link to strategy

•  Customer focus

•  Operating leverage

Risk assessment

High

Change in rating

Risk appetite

Balanced

We operate in many jurisdictions  

We operate in a range of end markets 

As a public company, and one that 

and, consequently, are subject to 

around the world and may be affected 

conducts business in a large number 

wide-ranging laws and regulations, 

by political or regulatory developments 

of markets, we recognise the global or 

including export controls, data privacy, 

in any of these countries. Material 

local impact that a recession or period 

fair competition and anti-bribery and 

adverse changes in the political 

of instability could have on the Group. 

corruption. Any compliance failure  

environment in the countries in which 

As with political risk, we are limited  

by the Group or its representatives 

we operate have the potential to put at 

in our ability to reduce the likelihood 

could result in civil or criminal liabilities, 

risk our ability to execute our strategy. 

of such events, but with careful 

leading to significant fines and 

penalties or the disqualification  

We continually monitor the geopolitical 

monitoring and response planning 

landscape and develop response  

we can ensure that the potential 

of the Group from participation in 

plans accordingly.

impact is restricted.

government-related contracts or  

entire markets. 

46 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   46
Spectris Book 1.indb   46

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic transformation

Cyber threat

Compliance

Political

Market/financial shock

Definition
Failure to comply with laws and 
regulations, leading to reputational 
damage, substantial fines and 
potential market exclusion.

Definition
Material adverse changes in the 
geopolitical environment putting at 
risk our ability to execute our strategy. 
Includes trade protectionism, punitive 
tax/regulatory regimes, and general 
heightened tension between trading 
parties or blocs.

Definition
Material adverse changes in market 
conditions, such as economic 
recession, sudden negative investor 
sentiment and currency fluctuation.

Link to strategy
•  Ethics, HSE and sustainability
•  Customer focus

Link to strategy
•  Customer focus
•  Operating leverage
•  Perform and grow

Link to strategy
•  Customer focus
•  Operating leverage

Risk assessment
High

Change in rating

Risk appetite
Highly cautious

Impact

Risk assessment
Moderate

Change in rating

Risk appetite
Balanced 

Risk assessment
High

Change in rating

Risk appetite
Balanced

We operate in many jurisdictions  
and, consequently, are subject to 
wide-ranging laws and regulations, 
including export controls, data privacy, 
fair competition and anti-bribery and 
corruption. Any compliance failure  
by the Group or its representatives 
could result in civil or criminal liabilities, 
leading to significant fines and 
penalties or the disqualification  
of the Group from participation in 
government-related contracts or  
entire markets. 

We operate in a range of end markets 
around the world and may be affected 
by political or regulatory developments 
in any of these countries. Material 
adverse changes in the political 
environment in the countries in which 
we operate have the potential to put at 
risk our ability to execute our strategy. 
We continually monitor the geopolitical 
landscape and develop response  
plans accordingly.

As a public company, and one that 
conducts business in a large number 
of markets, we recognise the global or 
local impact that a recession or period 
of instability could have on the Group. 
As with political risk, we are limited  
in our ability to reduce the likelihood 
of such events, but with careful 
monitoring and response planning 
we can ensure that the potential 
impact is restricted.

Definition

Definition

Failure to successfully deliver the 

Failure to appropriately protect  

Group strategy, including business 

critical information/physical assets 

transformation and key mergers, 

from cyber threats, including external 

acquisitions and divestments activity.

hacking, cyber fraud, and inadvertent/

intentional electronic leakage of  

critical data. 

Link to strategy

•  Customer focus

•  Operating leverage

•  Ethics, HSE and sustainability

Risk assessment

High

Change in rating

Risk appetite

Cautious

Link to strategy

•  Customer focus

•  Operating leverage

•  Portfolio management

•  Spectris Business System (‘SBS’)

•  Perform and grow

Risk assessment

High

Change in rating

Risk appetite

Balanced

Impact

Our day-to-day activities are 

Our businesses face both internal 

inherently aligned to the successful 

and external information security 

achievement of the Group’s strategic 

risks, the nature and complexity of 

objectives. Nevertheless, we 

recognise the importance of 

which are constantly changing, 

becoming more sophisticated and 

specifically managing some of the 

unpredictable. With the introduction 

more transformative elements of 

of data privacy regulatory requirements, 

strategic execution as a Principal Risk. 

and a continuing trend of high-profile 

These elements include mergers, 

information security breaches 

divestments and acquisitions, 

occurring across a wide range of 

growth initiatives including capital 

businesses, the Group takes 

investment, R&D, technology and 

a necessarily proactive and cautious 

digitising our offering.

approach to safeguarding its 

information assets. 

•  Remuneration policy aligned to 

•  Information security and data privacy 

incentivise delivery of the strategy

policies and controls

•  Deployment of the SBS

•  Cyber risk assurance undertaken by 

•  Continued review of acquisition/

Internal Audit

merger integration processes and 

•  Online and face-to-face awareness 

capability

execution 

•  Regular reviews to track strategy 

•  Regular Board and Audit and Risk 

Committee sessions on cyber threat

•  Platform Audit and Risk Committees

•  Continued strengthening of IT 

•  Restructuring and cost saving 

systems

and ‘cyber fitness’ training

activities as required

Mitigation

Mitigation

•  Strong cultural alignment to the 

Spectris value of ‘Be true’

•  Event monitoring and horizon scanning
•  Working groups and sub-committees 

•  Formal compliance programme 

to limit the impact of materialising risks 

geographical markets and end users

geographical markets and end users

•  Response planning
•  Maintain a strong balance sheet

•  Response planning
•  Temporary / permanent 

restructuring and cost saving 
activities

including policies, procedures and 
training

•  Contract review and approval 

processes

•  Roll-out of new Code of Business 

Ethics

•  Investment in experienced 
compliance professionals

•  Market monitoring and horizon 

scanning

•  Maintain a strong balance sheet
•  Operate in a broad spread of 

•  Operate in a broad spread of 

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

47

Spectris Book 1.indb   47
Spectris Book 1.indb   47

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

Strategic Report 
 
 
 
Principal risks and uncertainties continued

Talent and capabilities

Business disruption

Definition
Failure to attract, retain, and deploy
the necessary talent to deliver  
Group strategy. 

Definition
Failure to appropriately prepare for and 
respond to a crisis or major disruption 
to key operations either across the 
Group, in a key region/location, or via  
a critical supplier.

Link to strategy
•  Leadership and talent
•  SBS

Risk assessment
Moderate

Change in rating

Risk appetite
Balanced

Impact

Link to strategy
•  Customer focus
•  Operating leverage
•  Perform and grow

Risk assessment
Low

Change in rating

Risk appetite
Cautious

The Group needs to attract, develop, 
motivate and retain the right people 
to achieve our operational and 
strategic targets. Effective talent 
management is essential to 
successfully delivering our current 
business requirements and strategic 
goals, and to realising the full 
potential of our businesses. 
Therefore, failure to leverage talent 
and capabilities could significantly 
impact the successful execution of 
our strategy.

The nature of our geographically 
diverse and segmented businesses 
provides a degree of natural hedging 
from Group-wide disruption arising 
from a major event, be it a physical 
disaster at a major site, or a global 
external event, such as the COVID-19 
pandemic. However, we acknowledge 
the importance of proactively 
ensuring a consistent and effective 
business continuity management 
process across the Group.

Mitigation

•  Structured recruitment and 

succession processes for senior 
Group talent

•  Phase 1 of Global HR information 
systems complete and phase 2 
underway

•  Business continuity plans
•  IT disaster recovery plans
•  Testing plans
•  Risk identification and monitoring
•  Crisis management processes, 

forum and reporting

•  Annual organisation capability 

•  Effective internal and external 

review process

•  Appropriate incentives

communications

48 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   48
Spectris Book 1.indb   48

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

 
 
Scenario modelled

Link to Principal Risks

Scenario 1:  
Reduction in sales
The Board considered a number of events that could 
notably impact planned sales performance, either in  
a specific operating company, country, or across the 
entire Group. This included global disruption events 
similar to but more severe than the impact of the 
COVID-19 pandemic in 2020; as well as more specific 
events such as the failure of a key product.

Scenario 2:  
Significant operational expenses
Large, one-time or recurring fines and other notable 
expenses were considered, including those arising  
from a breach of export control or data privacy laws  
and regulations.

•  Strategic transformation
•  Political
•  Market/financial shock
•  Compliance
•  Cyber threat

•  Compliance
•  Political
•  Market/financial shock
•  Cyber threat

Scenario 3:  
Trading disruption/exclusion from market
The Board considered certain instances in which the 
Group or its operating companies might be debarred 
from or otherwise excluded from a particular market, as 
well as a major disruption in a critical operation caused 
by, for example, a critical system outage.

•  Compliance
•  Cyber threat
•  Political

Viability Statement
Based on the outcomes of the  
viability assessment, the Board has 
a reasonable expectation that the 
Group would be able to withstand 
the impact of each of these scenarios, 
in isolation and in a number of 
plausible combinations, should they 
occur in the course of the three-year 
assessment period. In each event the 
Group would continue to operate and 
meet its obligations and liabilities as 
they fall due over the period to 
31 December 2023.

In assessing the viability of the  
Group, the Directors have modelled 
over a three-year period the impact 
that these scenarios would have on  
the financial performance of the 
Group. As part of this assessment, the 
Directors have considered the natural 
hedging that occurs across the broad 
spread of markets, products and 
customers maintained by the Group. 
Assumptions have also been made in 
terms of the Group’s ongoing ability  
to raise finance, deploy capital, and 
re-finance debt in order to maintain 
sufficient headroom. In certain 
instances, the Directors have included 
necessary mitigation actions as part 
of the assessment, including cost 
reduction, reduced capital expenditure, 
and tactical recovery processes 
following from a major disruption.

Viability  
Statement

Longer-term viability of the Group
In accordance with section 4,  
provision 31 of the 2018 UK Corporate 
Governance Code, the Directors have 
assessed the viability of the Company 
over a three-year period, taking into 
account the Group’s current position 
and the assessment of the Principal 
Risks and Uncertainties as set out  
on pages 46 to 48. The assessment 
considers both the Company’s 
long-term prospects and also the 
viability of the Company over a 
three-year period.

Analysis of business prospects
The Board has considered the  
long-term prospects of the Company 
based on the strategy, markets and 
business model as outlined previously 
within this report. In the Strategic 
review of the Company, the Board 
highlights a number of factors that 
underpin its long-term prospects  
and viability. These include:

•  Key addressable markets which have 
attractive, structural demand drivers 
underpinning long-term growth;

•  Leading technologies and continued 

investment in R&D;

•  The implementation of our new 

sustainability strategy; and

•  Our financial model which is asset 
light, highly cash generative with  
a clear capital allocation process.

Assessment of viability 
In determining the appropriate period 
over which to assess viability the Board 
has considered budgeting, forecasting 
and strategic planning cycles, the 
timeframe within which we assess our 
risks, the maturation of the Group’s 
credit facilities and the approach taken 
by our peers. Subsequently the Board 
is of the view that a three-year period 
allows the Group to perform a reliable 
assessment; the value of extending 
that assessment beyond three years 
would be outweighed by a decline in 
the reliability of data as well as the 
predictability of each event.

The Directors carried out a robust 
assessment of the Principal Risks 
facing the Group, including those that 
could threaten its business model, 
future performance, solvency or 
liquidity. In assessing the viability of the 
Group, the Board has set out the future 
prospects of the business as outlined 
by the Group’s strategy and considered 
the financial/liquidity impact that a 
number of scenarios might have on 
those prospects.

Spectris Book 1.indb   49
Spectris Book 1.indb   49

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

49

Strategic ReportSustainability

Global sustainable growth

“Sustainability sits at the heart of our Purpose. As a Group, our 
services and solutions allow our customers to manufacture 
and develop new products that make the world cleaner, 
healthier and more productive. In designing our first formal 
Group-wide sustainability strategy, our initial focus has been 
to capture the great work that already exists within our 
businesses. We are now building on this work with the 
intention of creating a constant and clear line of sight to key 
commitments around our People, the Environment and our 
Operations to ensure that we live our Values every day.”

Rebecca Dunn 
Head of Sustainability

Sustainability strategy

Our focus
An initial two-year strategy approved by the Board in October 2020. This 
strategy establishes our base position, ambition and a commitment to set 
stretching but achievable targets to ensure that our strategy and operations 
align with our Values. This strategy is anchored in a detailed materiality 
assessment which will ensure that our ambition is fully aligned with our 
stakeholders and our Strategy for Profitable Growth.

Our approach is underpinned by our Values:

Aim high

Be true

We constantly challenge ourselves  
to develop long-term sustainable 
products and solutions that allow our 
customers to make the world cleaner, 
healthier and more productive.

Own it

We are focused on becoming more 
efficient, reducing our waste profile 
and working towards carbon neutrality.

We are building Spectris for the  
future by being a great place to  
work, and by ensuring our operations 
and our supply chain meets with  
our Values.

Our ambition
Through the execution of this strategy we will ensure that we continue to 
deliver value beyond measure for all our stakeholders.

50 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Setting our 
sustainability strategy

In 2020, we set our first formal 
sustainability strategy as a Group. 
Sustainability is at the heart of our 
Purpose and we are supporting  
our customers to make the world 
more sustainable by developing 
new innovations and technology  
to create a cleaner, healthier and 
more productive world. 

To bring our purpose to life and 
to become even more relevant to 
all our stakeholders, we recognise 
that we must demonstrate 
clear commitment to our own 
sustainability as a business and we 
must ensure that our strategy and 
the way we do business clearly 
reflects our values.

Alignment to the UN Sustainable 
Development Goals
Our materiality assessment  
defined and prioritised the  
issues that matter most to our 
stakeholders. To support our focus, 
the Sustainability Steering Group 
identified three UN Sustainability 
Development Goals to inform our 
strategy, enable prioritisation and 
planning and these Goals have 
been adopted by the Board. 

Spectris Book 1.indb   50
Spectris Book 1.indb   50

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

Operations

People

Environment

Categories 

Materiality issues 

Responsible Water 

Consumption

Human Rights & 

Labour Practices

Waste Management

Sustainable Markets

10

11

Greenhouse Gas 

Emissions

12

Health & Safety

Responsible Material 

Selection

13

Talent Attraction 

& Development

Energy Efficiency

14

Data Privacy & Security

Local Community 

Impact & Engagement

15

Business Ethics 

& Governance

Supply Chain 

Risk Management

Employee Diversity 

& Inclusion 

Sustainable Products 

and Solutions

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

s

r

e

d

l

o

h

e

k

a

t

S

o

t

e

c

n

a

t

r

o

p

m

I

15

14

12

10

8

7

11

9

3

5

13

2

4

6

1

Business impact

 
 
Governed by our businesses
The setting and implementation  
of the strategy is managed by our 
Sustainability Steering Group which  
is formed of leaders from each of our 
operating businesses. Chaired by the 
Head of Sustainability, the steering 
group meets monthly and has a direct 
reporting line to the Group Executive. 
The steering group’s remit is to ensure 
that the strategy and its implementation 
remains coordinated and reflects 
business need as well as wider 
stakeholder requirements. By 
collaborating to develop ideas, the 
steering group has direct access to 
experts from across the business and 
clear line of sight of new risks and 
opportunities as they emerge.

In setting our sustainability strategy, 
we considered what the Group will 
need to do to become more successful 
over a 10–15-year time horizon and we 
have sought to answer the question, 
‘What does it mean for Spectris to be a 
sustainable business partner, employer, 
supplier and investment proposition?’ 

To meet this challenge, the Board has 
approved a sustainability strategy that 
dovetails with our business model and 
wider Strategy for Profitable Growth. 
This strategy will focus on embedding 
sustainable thinking in our operations 
and in our business aims. 

Success will allow the Group to  
capture the opportunities arising  
from changing regulation and evolving 
stakeholder expectations. By listening 
to our stakeholders and partnering 
with them to prioritise sustainability, 
we will further support the Group’s 
Strategy for Profitable Growth. By so 
doing, the Group will attract and retain 
world-class talent, secure investment 
and build on existing and new 
partnerships with our customers. 

This strategy is initially set over  
the short term with an initial two-year 
time frame to establish our base 
position and to set stretching and 
meaningful targets that are relevant 
to our business.

Underpinned by materiality 
Our first step was to undertake a 
detailed and externally facilitated 
materiality assessment process  
which was supported by Finch  
and Beak. This process included 
workshops with over 40 employees 
from different businesses and  
with different responsibilities and 
individual interviews with senior 
leaders. The outcomes of this work 
were supplemented by a review  
of the position and supplier guidelines 
of our top ten customers for each 
Platform and ISD operating company 
and the published views of our top  
20 investors. 

The resulting materiality assessment 
was subject to review and approval by 
the Executive and the Board and 
defines and prioritises the issues that 
matter most to our stakeholders. From 
this, we identified three areas of focus 
which form the basis of our strategy 
over the next two years: Environment, 
Operations and People. 

Our materiality 
matrix

l

s
r
e
d
o
h
e
k
a
t
S
o
t
e
c
n
a
t
r
o
p
m

I

15

14

12

10

8

3

5

13

7

11

9

2

4

6

1

Business impact

Categories 

Operations

People

Environment

Materiality issues 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Responsible Water 
Consumption

Waste Management

10

11

Human Rights & 
Labour Practices

Sustainable Markets

Greenhouse Gas 
Emissions

12

Health & Safety

Responsible Material 
Selection

13

Talent Attraction 
& Development

Energy Efficiency

14

Data Privacy & Security

Local Community 
Impact & Engagement

15

Business Ethics 
& Governance

Supply Chain 
Risk Management

Employee Diversity 
& Inclusion 

Sustainable Products 
and Solutions

Read more on  
pages 54 to 59

Sustainability

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

51

Spectris Book 1.indb   51
Spectris Book 1.indb   51

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

Strategic Report 
 
Sustainability continued

Sustainability at a glance

Bringing our purpose to life – our role in the 
development of electric vehicle technology

Across the Group, our technical expertise and deep 
domain knowledge enables us to provide the data and 
insights customers need to build sustainable solutions  
to make the world cleaner, healthier and more productive. 
In 2020, companies across the Group brought our Purpose 
to life through their development of solutions to support 
the electric future of transportation and we are proud of 
our role in directly supporting the reduction of 
transportation’s impact on climate change and other 
environmental issues.

HBK
How vehicles use and distribute 
energy is crucial for electric vehicle 
development and certification. To 
support the efficiency of next-
generation machines, it is essential 
that every machine is precisely 
tested and improved, wherever 
possible. HBK provide the entire 
measurement chain for electrical 
power testing.

Omega
Omega’s temperature pressure 
and load sensors are used by 
leading manufacturers in the  
R&D and testing processes for 
passenger electric vehicles.

Red Lion Controls
Red Lion’s networking products 
are part of the primary 
communication backbone for 
electric vehicle plant operations, 
ensuring equipment stays online 
for critical uptime and reliability.

VI-grade
VI-grade simulation software 
enables manufacturers to carefully 
and efficiently investigate electric 
vehicle technology. Manufacturers 
can assess performance within a 
complex and realistic driving 
scenario and build exact predictions 
of energy consumption and 
battery life, which is crucial to the 
optimised use of electrical vehicles 
in real operating conditions. It is 
also possible to easily explore more 
innovative designs. 

Malvern Panalytical 
Battery technology has a crucial role  
in the development of electric vehicle 
technology. Malvern Panalytical offer  
a wide range of physical, chemical, and 
structural solutions for battery-based 
energy storage and analysis. These 
solutions support customers to develop 
efficient, high-performance, and 
recyclable battery materials, helping  
to drive the transition to renewable 
battery-based energy storage.

52 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   52
Spectris Book 1.indb   52

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

We believe that our sustainability, business continuity  
and long-term success are closely tied to the health of all 
our stakeholders. In addition to supporting our customers 
to develop long-term sustainable solutions, we are also 
committed to being a positive contributor to the welfare 
of our people, our suppliers, our communities and the 
environment.

Omega’s history of supporting 
women in STEM
Omega was founded by Betty Ruth 
Hollander, back in 1962. A time when 
women in STEM, let alone women 
owned businesses were incredibly rare. 
Omega maintains a strong legacy in 
supporting women in STEM and for 
their 2020 global day of giving 
campaign, they supported the Girls 
Science Technology Engineering Art 
and Maths (‘S.T.E.A.M.’) Institute.  
The Institute’s goal is to provide a 
framework and platform that informs, 
inspires and empowers young girls to 
explore entrepreneurial opportunities 
that can change the world through 
S.T.E.A.M.

Malvern Panalytical – Business  
Hero Award 2020 
Having gone the extra mile to support 
local communities during the COVID-19 
pandemic, Malvern Panalytical was 
identified as a UK Chamber of 
Commerce Business Hero of 2020.  
The award recognised the adaptability 
and determination of the Malvern 
Panalytical team, who continued to 
operate throughout the pandemic as 
an essential business to support the 
food and pharmaceutical industries,  
as well as producing PPE to support 
local care providers.

Expanding our use of solar energy
As part of our commitment to 
renewable energy, in 2020 Malvern 
Panalytical expanded their use of solar 
energy by opening a new solar park in 
Eindhoven. The solar park consists of 
1,800 panels and will yield approximately 
500 Mwh per year, which is a third of 
their need in Eindhoven and 147 times 
the annual requirement of an average 
family. This supplements the existing 
solar capability at Malvern Panalytical’s 
site in Malvern UK where solar panels 
currently provide 20% of the total 
electricity usage. 

Keeping our employees cyberfit
Launched in 2020, the cyberfit 
campaign is supporting employees 
to face one of the biggest personal 
and commercial risks of this decade 
– cybercrime. Through a series of 
engaging short videos and ethical 
phishing simulations, employees are 
building an understanding of our 
adversaries, the kinds of attack we 
face, the types of data we handle, how 
our behaviour impacts cyber security 
and what to do in the event of an 
attack to help keep them safe at work 
and at home.

Supporting women to join or return 
to data science 
Malvern Panalytical’s data science 
team were used to hearing: ‘My 
daughter is thinking of a career in 
data science, how will she know if it’s 
a good fit’, or ‘My wife used to be a 
software engineer and is now returning 
to the workplace, she’s intrigued by 
data science, but doesn’t know if 
it’s right for her’. To help answer 
these questions, the team gave a 
glimpse into a day in the life of a data 
scientist at Malvern Panalytical via an 
interactive workshop. 

At the inaugural Data Science 
Experience Workshop, attendees 
spent time learning about the kinds of 
precision instruments being developed 
by Malvern Panalytical and the Group’s 
digital transformation. Rowena Innocent, 
VP of R&D, joined the session to help 
put the data science journey into 
context and to explain how Malvern 
Panalytical are trying to support more 
women to enter engineering. Despite 
the need for the workshop to be virtual, 
the team included interactive elements 
to give participants a hands-on 
experience of several data science 
techniques, to see how they might be 
used in practice and encouraged 
participants to think critically about 
the results. 

Overall, the participants rated the 
workshop 4.5 out of 5 stars and all 
said it had helped them to decide 
whether to pursue a career in data 
science. Malvern Panalytical will be 
using the feedback to help improve 
the workshop further, and will hold 
more events like this in 2021.

Sustainability

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

53

Spectris Book 1.indb   53
Spectris Book 1.indb   53

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

Strategic ReportSustainability continued

Global sustainable growth continued

Focus on our people

The long-term success of the Group 
relies on the engagement, ambition 
and expertise of our people. We are 
committed to creating the best 
possible working environment and 
culture, where employees can thrive. 
This year, we have focused on our 
approach to mental health, wellbeing, 
and diversity and inclusion and we 
renewed our commitment to ensuring 
that our culture openly reflects 
our Values.

Diversity, equality and inclusion
We believe that people should be 
recruited, developed and promoted 
based on their talent, commitment 
and experience. We endeavour to 
ensure that everyone is treated equally 
and fairly, irrespective of race, colour, 
religion, national origin, gender, sexual 
orientation, age, background or 
disability. There is a zero-tolerance 
policy in place for any form of 
discrimination or harassment. 

Wherever possible, we offer flexible 
working options both through part-
time roles and job-share opportunities 
to support inclusion. If an employee 
became disabled, we would make 
every effort to retain them, offering 
retraining or adjustments to the 
working environment where necessary. 
During 2020, we focused on the 
development of our approach to 
diversity and inclusion across the 
Group. Our leadership community 
undertook unconscious bias training 
and took a privilege walk to develop 
awareness of themselves and how  
they relate to others. With Board  
and Executive endorsement, we 
established three working groups in 
the USA, Asia, the UK and Europe to 
develop geographically appropriate 
systemic interventions to support 
diversity and inclusion across the 
Group. These groups will hold their 
initial design workshops in early 2021. 

Our full employment policy is set 
out at www.spectris.com. The 
Board’s diversity policy is also set 
out at www.spectris.com and 
commits to further promoting all 
types of diversity and inclusiveness 
throughout the Group.

Employees by gender and role as at 31 December 2020

Board

Executive Committee (excl. Executive Directors)

Leadership community

Total employee population

Total

% of total

Employee turnover 

Male

Female

Total

6

6

101

3

2

27

9

8

128

5,700

2,529

8,229

5,813

2,561

8,374

69.42% 30.58%

2020

13.57%1

2019

11.4%

2018

14.2%

2017

7.6%

2016

7.2%

1  Of this total, 3.29% were compulsory redundancies and 0.3% were voluntary 

redundancies. In total, 8.95% were regretted leavers.

Leadership engagement survey on the Group’s response  
to the COVID-19 pandemic

Communications from the business have been 
very effective and helpful since the crisis began

I have been able to lead my team and manage 
them effectively during this time

The expectations from senior management of 
what I can deliver during the crisis are reasonable

When working from home, I have everything  
I need to maintain contact with colleagues and 
deliver work objectives

Favourable Unfavourable

87.20%

0.61%

78.96%

0.91%

77.68%

10.09%

86.89%

2.13%

Overall, I feel the company’s response to COVID-19 
has been very well handled

92.31%

0.62%

Gender Pay Gap Reporting
For the year ended 31 December 2020

Gender Pay Gap – MEAN

Bonus Pay Gap – MEAN

21.6%

40.9%

Gender Pay Gap – MEDIAN

Bonus Pay Gap – MEDIAN

22.1%

13.5%

Men receiving a bonus in 2020

Women receiving a bonus in 2020

55.0%

56.6%

Further detail is set out in the 
Remuneration Report on page 96

54 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   54
Spectris Book 1.indb   54

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

The Executive team has also agreed 
that the leadership community will 
review and address one key element 
of diversity each year. This will improve 
our leaders’ understanding of the 
challenge and support them in 
addressing any challenges within their 
own area of responsibility. In 2021, the 
focus will be racial diversity.

We are confident that across the 
Group, men and women are paid 
equally for doing equivalent jobs. 
To underline our commitment to 
equal pay, we voluntarily comply 
with the UK gender pay gap reporting 
requirements. A summary of our 
gender pay gap reporting for the year 
ended 31 December 2020 is set out 
on the opposite page, with a detailed 
note included on page 96 of the 
Remuneration Report.

Talent management 
During 2020, a considered focus has 
been placed on the refreshment of  
the Group’s talent pipeline which has 
included succession planning for 
leadership roles across the Group. 
Through this process we have 
identified high-potential talent within 
the Group, and we have used this 
knowledge to prepare and promote 
high-potential individuals. The Group 
supports individual employees to 
progress their career through tailored 
technical and management training. In 
2021 we will launch a global mentoring 
programme to offer further opportunities 
for employees to develop their careers 
within the Group.

Employee engagement 
Employee engagement has historically 
been owned and assessed individually 
by each business within the Group. In 
2019, the Group committed to periodic 
surveys of the leadership population. 
During 2020, three leadership 
engagement surveys were undertaken, 
with additional questions posed to 
monitor the Group’s handling of the 
COVID-19 pandemic. A summary of the 
survey results is set out on the opposite 
page. To support a more consistent 
approach to measuring employee 
engagement at a Group level, we  
will launch an annual Group-wide 
engagement survey in the first quarter 
of 2021. 

Health, safety and wellbeing 
As a responsible employer, we take  
the health and safety of our employees 
very seriously and we are proud to have  
a strong track record of safety in our 
workplaces. There were no work-

related fatalities in 2020 and details of 
recorded injuries during the year and 
the prior four years are set out below. 

Accident incidence rate reports
received in 2020
Number of reportable 
accidents per 1,000 employees

Focus for 2021

Continuing our culture of 
values-based high performance 
through local mental health and 
wellbeing programmes.

2020

1.3

2019

2018

2017

2016

2.4

2.9

5.3

4.5

The Spectris Health and Safety 
Committee provides a Group-wide 
community for the consideration  
of ongoing safety best practice,  
with representatives from each 
operating company. The Committee 
meets monthly to discuss key themes, 
policies and challenges that have 
arisen and considers whether these  
are best managed at a Group or  
local level. During 2020, the Group  
led a recommendation to develop 
consistent safety metrics across the 
Group which will be implemented 
during 2021 and will follow the reporting 
standards set by the US Occupational 
Safety and Health Administration 
(‘OSHA’). The Group will oversee the 
implementation of the standards and 
the development of the necessary 
reporting mechanisms.

During 2020, our businesses have 
focused on supporting the mental 
health and resilience of employees.  
This provision has been managed by 
each business, with close collaboration 
across the Group in recognition of the 
most appropriate approach in different 
countries. In China we held our first 
ever mental health workshops. In the 
USA, we expanded our employee 
assistance programme to offer 
personalised coaching and online 
mental health support. Head Office 
and Malvern Panalytical in the UK and 
US, worked with The Wellbeing Project 
to pilot a resilience programme 
centred around their ‘5 Pillars of 
Resilience’ methodology and more 
details are set out on the right.

As we move into a new working 
environment following the pandemic, 
we will maintain our focus on the 
mental health and wellbeing of our 
employees with the aim of continuing 
to build on a culture of values-based 
high performance.

Developing our health and 
safety reporting Group-wide  
in line with OSHA standards.

Developing our approach to 
diversity and inclusion through 
systematic local interventions 
and leadership training on  
racial diversity.

Launching our first global 
employee engagement survey.

Supporting healthy high 
performance with the  
Wellbeing Project
During 2020, many employees 
faced new challenges at home 
and at work due to the COVID-19 
pandemic, and were often facing 
these without many of their usual 
support structures in place. To 
provide additional support and to 
develop our culture of healthy 
high performance, Head Office 
and Malvern Panalytical worked 
with The Wellbeing Project to 
deliver a resilience programme 
centred around their ‘5 Pillars  
of Resilience’ methodology. 
Employees were offered the 
opportunity to take part in 
individual coaching sessions and 
team workshops, to help address 
the challenges they faced in 
managing their own resilience. 
In 2021 this work will being 
bolstered by optional lunch and 
learn sessions on each Pillar.

Sustainability

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

55

Spectris Book 1.indb   55
Spectris Book 1.indb   55

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

Strategic ReportSustainability continued

Global sustainable growth continued

Operations

We are committed to holding 
ourselves to the highest standards of 
responsible conduct throughout our 
operations, including reflecting our 
Values in our products and solutions 
and across our supply chain.

Human rights 
We believe human rights to be of  
the upmost importance. Our human 
rights policy is consistent with the 
Core Conventions of the International 
Labour Organization and requires 
that we comply with internationally 
recognised human rights standards. 
It sets out our position on non-
discrimination, harassment and forced 
labour. Training on modern slavery 
and human trafficking is available 
to all employees. Human rights 
considerations are also a key element  
of our M&A due diligence processes.

Ethics
We recognise that the way we conduct 
business and how we treat all our 
stakeholders is determined by the 
culture of the Group. We demand the 
highest ethical standards from our 
employees, partners and suppliers.  
The Board and Executive set the tone 
for the Group’s ethics and compliance 
programme and undertake regular 
reviews of the efficacy of the Group’s 
approach. Further details are set out  
on page 66.

In 2020, the Group rolled-out a 
refreshed Code of Business Ethics  
and supporting behavioural-based 
training. The revised Code is available 
in 12 languages and has been 
communicated using both digital and 
traditional programmes. Our Code and 
supporting training were rolled out  
to every employee and the Board, to 
ensure that every person understands 
and meets our high expectations. 

In 2020, the Group also completed 
a review of all of its third-party 
distributors and sales representatives. 
As part of this review, the Chief 
Executive, the General Counsel and 
Company Secretary and the Group 
Chief Ethics and Compliance Officer 
reviewed all sales channel relationships 
and met with each business to 
understand the justification for 
continuing these relationships. As a 
result of the review, 204 relationships 
were cancelled or suspended pending 
further review. The learnings from this 
review will be built into a revised policy 
and processes for the management of 
third parties, including sales channel 
partners. To affect this, work has been 
undertaken to configure and test a 
software-based compliance workflow 
tool to help manage the Company’s 
third-party process and this will be 
implemented in 2021.

Speak Up 
We are committed to encouraging an 
open ‘speak up’ culture. Members of 
the workforce are encouraged to raise 
any issues that arise in the course of 
their work with their managers. We 
recognise the importance of making 
sure employees feel supported and 
comfortable to report wrongdoing  
or concerns in good faith with the 
knowledge that managers and ethics 
officers are trained and confident in 
discussing such issues. We also have  
a confidential, independent helpline 
that employees and stakeholders can 
use to raise questions and concerns, 
anonymously if they wish. Our helpline 
reporting processes are regularly 
reviewed to ensure they remain 
effective. Reports are assessed and 
investigated fully. There is a commitment 
to address all concerns made in  
good faith. 

The Audit and Risk Committee receives 
regular updates on cases with the 
Board undertaking an annual review. 

Focus for 2021

Updating our policy and 
procedures for the management 
of third parties, including  
sales channel partners and 
implementing a compliance 
workflow tool to manage  
the Company’s third-party 
processes relating to ethics  
and compliance risks.

Establishing a new supplier  
code of conduct building on  
our commitment to ensuring 
that our supply chain reflects 
our Values. 

Continually refreshing our  
ethics and compliance training, 
ensuring staff regularly receive 
appropriate and impactful 
training suitable for their roles.

Following the conclusion of any 
investigation process, additional 
guidance, training or disciplinary  
action may be taken as appropriate, 
and the impact of any actions is closely 
monitored by senior management. 
Root causes are identified and 
addressed. During 2020, the total 
number of reports received by the 
Spectris Helpline was 37 (2019: 54).  
This was lower than 2019 due to low 
case submissions in the initial phases 
of the pandemic. Case rates increased 
in the second half of the year. 

Number of helpline reports received

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

37

54

25

24

19

Embedding our ethical culture
At times we all face decisions where the ‘right’ answer is not clear or where finding the 
courage to act is difficult. The Ethics and Compliance team recognised that discussing 
ethical dilemmas is an important way to avoid becoming isolated in our decision 
making, which can lead to poor choices.

To support employee discussion around ethical decision making, we created a support 
guide that has been rolled out across the Group as part of the refresh of the Code of 
Business Ethics. Employees have used the dilemma cards in the guide to ‘practice’ 
making decisions on the different topics covered in Our Code. Among the many topics 
highlighted, the dilemma cards remind employees of our commitment to preventing 
modern slavery, child labour and human trafficking and the role of employees in 
ensuring that our supply chains are free from these practices.

56 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   56
Spectris Book 1.indb   56

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

Environment

As a responsible business, we 
recognise that we have a role to play  
in tackling environmental degradation 
and climate change. We do this in  
two ways. First, through providing 
products and services that reduce  
our customers’ environmental impact 
and, secondly, through the active 
management and mitigation of  
the environmental impact of our  
own operations.

In October 2020, the Board approved  
a five-point plan to accelerate the 
Group’s management of the 
environmental impact of our own 
operations as part of our wider 
sustainability strategy. This plan is set 
out below. Updates on our progress  
will be provided in the 2021 Half Year 
results and the 2021 Annual Report.

2020 Performance and actions 
In 2020, the Group’s operations  
and usual business practices were 
impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. 
We kept our manufacturing sites  
open throughout the year, but 
wherever it was possible to do so,  
we asked our employees to work  
from home. Business travel was also 
significantly reduced as we moved  
to support our customers and 
employees remotely. 

Performance summary

Indicator

Energy efficiency (energy use per  
£m revenue) remains one of our  
KPIs and is key to our operational 
excellence as set out on page 29.  
In 2020 energy use per £m revenue 
decreased by 1% compared to 2019.  
This is primarily attributable to changes 
in working patterns as a result of the 
COVID-19 pandemic.

What we achieved  
in 2020

Improved our CDP rating  
to ‘Management B’ from 
‘Awareness C’ demonstrating 
our coordinated action on 
climate change.

We are confident in the systems  
we have in place to measure, monitor 
and report our energy use. The  
tables below and on page 58 detail  
our performance. The transition to a 
new energy management platform  
in 2020 has been fundamental to the 
enhancement of our understanding  
of the environmental impact of our 
business. Through access to real-time 
energy data in 2021 we will be able to 
create targets and action plans for the 
improvement in our emissions during 
2021 and beyond. As part of our 
commitment to Scope 3 reporting  
we have also increased coverage to 
include our global logistics suppliers.

We are committed to reducing  
our waste profile and to support this 
we are reporting waste data for the 
first time in 2020. During 2021, we 
intend to increase the reporting 
coverage to cover at least 70% of full 
time employees.

2020

2019

Change

Maintained our long-standing 
status as a constituent of the 
FTSE4Good Index.

Undertook a readiness 
assessment and designed a 
strategy to support alignment 
with the recommendations  
of the Task Force on Climate-
Related Financial Disclosures 
(TCFD) by February 2022.

Developed and launched a new 
energy management system to 
support the development of our 
Net Zero ambition.

Ensured compliance with 
Streamlined Energy and Carbon 
Reporting regulations (SECR).

Extended our scope 3 reporting 
to include third-party global 
logistics.. 

Developed our waste reporting 
capability, leading to our first 
public disclosure of waste 
management in 2020 covering 
45% of the Group.

Energy consumption (absolute) (MWh)

123,205

151,789

-19%

Energy efficiency (MWh per £m revenue) 

92.2057

93.077

-1%

Greenhouse gas emissions (tonnes CO2e)

60,160.69

77,212.11

-22%

Total carbon emissions (tonnes CO2e per £m revenue)

45.04

47.31

-5%

Change in emissions key

Increase

Decrease

Our five-point plan

1

Oct 2020 –  
February 2021

2

February 2021 –  
May 2021

Develop and roll  
out a new energy 
monitoring system 
to provide real-time 
data on the Group’s 
emissions.

Set our emissions 
reduction ambition 
within the Platforms 
and undertake 
climate change 
scenario analysis.

3 4 5

May – July 2021

Mid 2021

February 2022

Devise Group net 
zero strategy and 
appropriate interim 
science-based 
targets based on 
the outcome of  
1 and 2.

Publish Group net 
zero ambition and 
interim science-
based targets.

Report against 
TCFD and agreed 
sustainability 
accounting 
framework in 2021 
annual report  
and accounts.

Sustainability

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

57

Spectris Book 1.indb   57
Spectris Book 1.indb   57

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

Strategic ReportSustainability continued

Global sustainable growth continued

Restatement of 2019  
environmental data
The 2019 comparative data disclosed in 
this report has been restated to reflect 
the following changes:

•  Removal of data relating to BTG 

(following disposal in December 2019) 
to support a fair comparison of the 
Group’s in-year environmental 
performance. This consistent 
approach, which is in line with GHG 
protocol guidelines, will be followed 
for all future material acquisitions 
and divestments;

•  The expansion of reporting to include 
additional fossil fuels, not previously 
captured in the data;

•  Energy and subsequent efficiency 

intensity has been restated to include 
the impact of vehicle energy.

Scope 1 emissions
Scope 1 emissions have decreased in 
2020 by 21%. This is primarily due to the 
impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on 
working patterns. Natural Gas use also 
decreased by 7% during 2020 which 
was due to diminished site operations 
during 2020. 

Scope 2 emissions 
Scope 2 emissions have decreased by 
11% due to reduced activity as a result 
of the COVID-19 pandemic. However 
the reduction is lower than Scope 1 due 
to the improvement in the collation of 
electricity data for smaller sites in 2020, 
including the estimation of data for 
certain sites which had previously not 
been calculated.

Scope 3 emissions 
Scope 3 emissions decreased by 69%, 
predominantly as a result of reduced 
travel during the COVID-19 pandemic. 
Air travel emissions accounted for 
approximately 4,200 tCO2e in 2020 
(2019: 20,000 tCO2e) with remaining 
reductions tied to energy reductions 
achieved in scope 1 and scope 2. While 
it is anticipated that some travel will 
recommence from late 2021, the Group 
is working to embed new business 
processes to retain both the cost and 
environmental benefits of working 
remotely into the future.

Streamlined Energy and Carbon 
Reporting (SECR) 
This is our first report in compliance 
with the new SECR regulations, 
designed to increase awareness of 
energy costs within organisations, and 
provide data to inform the adoption of 
energy efficiency measures. In 2020, 
21.6% of our CO2e emissions were 
generated in the UK.

Energy Consumption

Unit of measurement – MWh

2020

2019

Change

Electricity

Natural gas

Fuel oil

65,338.86

 75,406.54

12,136.93

12,991.04

2,449.73

2,834.68

Steam and other imported energy

15,318.84

16,879.72

Other fuels

Vehicle energy

Total energy

– of which UK

55.58

50.63

27,905.26

43,625.99

151,110.46

195,414.60

33,863.59

50,622.25

-13%

 -7%

-14%

-9%

10%

-36%

-23%

-34%

Greenhouse gas emissions (tonnes CO2e)

Unit of measurement – tonnes CO2 equivalent

2020

2019

Change

Scope 1

Scope 2

Scope 3 (Like-for-Like)

12,189.51

15,335.91

30,921.80

34,635.48

8,318.45

27,240.73

Scope 3 (including 2020 global logistics)

17,049.39

27,240.73

Scope 1 & 2 total

– of which UK

Total gross emissions

43,111.31

49,971.38

9,306.46

13,656.02

60,160.69

77,212.11

Total carbon emissions per £m revenue

45.04

47.31

Waste data

Total Waste Captured (tonnes)

Waste recycling rate1 

Waste diversion rate2

Waste data coverage (by FTE)

-21%

-11%

-69%

-37%

-14%

-32%

-22%

-5%

2020

 10,352.57 

53.7%

69.2%

45.7%

1  Recycling Rate refers to total waste recycled into alternative materials.  
2   Waste Diversion Rate refers to the proportion of waste diverted from landfill through 

recycling, energy recovery (through incineration), composting or anaerobic digestion.  

Energy saving opportunities
All Group companies are responsible 
for identifying energy saving 
opportunities and in 2020 we have 
formalised this process through the 
sustainability steering group which 
includes representatives from each 
business. A range of initiatives were 
undertaken during 2020. Malvern 
Panalytical opened a new solar park 
which will yield approximately 500 
Mwh per year, which is a third of their 
overall energy requirement. Elsewhere 
Particle Measuring Systems have 
replaced standard fluorescent lamps 

with a LED lighting system throughout 
their facility in Colorado, creating a 
significant energy and cost saving.  
As part of our environment five-point 
plan, each platform will be tasked with 
creating their net zero ambition during 
early 2021. This work will be supported 
by EcoAct through the use of their 
Carbon Reduction & Feasibility Tool. 
Through the use of this tool at a 
Platform level, we will engender buy-in 
for climate initiatives that will allow  
us to set our Group net zero target  
with confidence.

Data verification and methodology 
EcoAct has independently verified selected activity data and the calculation 
of our carbon footprint to a limited level of assurance under the ISO14064-3 
standard. The carbon footprint data collection and calculation methodology 
covers the period from 1 January to 31 December 2020 and was conducted in 
accordance with the GHG Protocol Corporate Accounting and Reporting.
Standard (revised edition), and the UK Government Conversion Factors for 
Company Reporting 2020. A copy of both the collation methodology and 
verification statement are available at www.spectris.com

58 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   58
Spectris Book 1.indb   58

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

Building our TCFD framework

We are committed to reporting in alignment with the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures in our 2021 
annual report. This year we undertook a readiness assessment, built our governance structure and agreed the workplan 
that will support the development of a framework to accelerate the Group’s understanding of our climate change risk  
and opportunity profile and assess the materiality of that risk.

Pillar

Governance

Strategy

Risk Management

Metrics and Targets

Key questions? What is our governance 

structure around 
climate-related risks and 
opportunities?

Our progress

An Executive working  
group has been formed to 
oversee the development 
of the Group’s TCFD 
framework. This working 
group consists of the Chief 
Executive, the CFO, the 
Head of Sustainability and 
the Head of Risk.

The Board will receive 
regular updates on the 
development of the 
framework with the Group’s 
approach to compliance 
with each pillar being 
subject to Board approval.

The Board will then review 
the risks and opportunities 
identified as part of their 
regular oversight of both 
the Group’s sustainability 
programme and the 
Group’s risk management 
processes.

What are the actual 
and potential impacts 
of climate-related risks 
and opportunities on our 
businesses, strategy and 
financial planning?

In 2021, we will undertake 
climate-scenario analysis 
workshops within each 
Platform and at a Group 
level. This will support the 
broadening of knowledge 
and understanding of 
climate-related risks and 
opportunities and the 
thorough assessment 
of the materiality of the 
risks and opportunities 
identified. 

The resilience of the Group 
will be tested against two 
climate change scenarios, 
these scenarios will be a  
2ºC and a 4ºC scenario.

How does the Group 
identify, assess and 
manage climate-related 
risks and opportunities? 

What are the metrics  
and targets used to assess 
and manage material and 
relevant climate-related 
risks and opportunities?

If the climate-related 
risk discovery processes 
undertaken during 2021 
lead to the agreement 
of material risks or 
opportunities around 
climate change, suitable 
metrics will be developed 
to manage those risks  
and opportunities.

Independent to this 
exercise, the Group 
remains focused on the 
continual improvement  
of its reporting against 
Scope 1, 2 and 3 GHG 
emissions and during  
2021 appropriate science 
based interim targets  
will be set to support an 
overall net zero ambition 
for the Group.

The Group’s risk 
management processes 
are set out in detail on 
pages 44 to 48. These 
processes are subject 
to annual review by the 
Executive and the Audit 
& Risk Committee. At 
present, climate-related 
risks are not deemed to 
have a short to medium 
term material impact on 
the Group, due to both 
the Group’s decentralised 
business model and supply 
chain and the end markets 
supported by the Group. 
However, climate change 
has been recognised as 
an emerging Group risk 
and will be monitored 
by the Group Executive 
accordingly. 

A thorough review of both 
the risks and opportunities 
posed by climate change 
will be undertaken as 
part of the Platform 
climate scenario analysis 
workstreams and the 
outcome of this process 
will include the agreement 
of a mechanism for the 
ongoing review of risks and 
opportunities relating to 
climate change.

The Strategic Report was approved by the Board on 24 February 2021.

By order of the Board

Mark Serföző
General Counsel and Company Secretary
24 February 2021

Sustainability

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

59

Spectris Book 1.indb   59
Spectris Book 1.indb   59

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

Strategic ReportBoard of Directors

N

Mark Williamson (63)
Chairman

Appointed: May 2017 
Nationality: British

Skills and expertise

E   D

Andrew Heath (57) 
Chief Executive 

Appointed: September 2018 
Nationality: British

Skills and expertise

E   D

Derek Harding (47)
Chief Financial Officer 

Appointed: March 2019 
Nationality: British

Skills and expertise

Mark Williamson is a qualified accountant with  
a strong financial background combined with 
considerable managerial experience. He was chief 
financial officer of International Power plc until 2012 
and is experienced in managing relationships with 
the investor and financial communities. He is a 
former senior independent non-executive director 
and chairman of the audit committee of Alent plc. 
Mark was chairman of Imperial Brands plc until  
1 January 2020.

External appointments

Mark is currently senior independent non-executive 
director and chairman of the audit committee of 
National Grid plc.

Andrew brings a wide range of executive and 
leadership expertise to Spectris, with proven 
experience in technology-enabled businesses  
and a track record of delivering shareholder value. 
He previously served as CEO of Imagination 
Technologies Group plc from 2016 to 2018 and 
before that was CEO of Alent plc. 

Derek brings a wide range of financial leadership 
and industrial expertise to Spectris. In addition  
to his responsibility for Group finance operations 
worldwide, he also leads the operational 
management of Spectris Asia; Group Risk 
Management; Investor Relations; Group IT; Supply 
Chain and the Group’s Capital Allocation process. 

Prior to this, Andrew had a 30-year career  
with Rolls-Royce where he held a number of 
international and senior management roles,  
latterly serving as the President of Energy  
from 2010 to 2015. 

Andrew has a BSc in engineering from  
Imperial College London and an MBA from 
Loughborough University.

External appointments

None.

He most recently served as group finance director 
at Shop Direct. Derek was CFO at Senior plc from 
2013 to 2017 and before that, he was at Wolseley plc 
for 11 years in a number of financial leadership roles, 
most recently as finance director of Wolseley UK. 
He previously held a number of group roles, 
including group financial controller, director of 
group strategy and investor relations, and head  
of mergers and acquisitions. Derek qualified as  
a chartered accountant with PwC.

External appointments

None.

Committee membership key1

Audit and Risk

Nomination

Remuneration

Disclosure

Executive

Chairman of a committee

1  As at 1 January 2021

A

N

R

D

E

A   N

Bill Seeger (69)
Non-executive Director, Senior 
Independent Director and Audit and Risk 
Committee Chairman

Appointed: January 2015 
Nationality: American

Skills and expertise

Bill Seeger has significant corporate finance and 
accounting experience. Bill was group finance 
director of GKN plc and, prior to that, president  
and CEO of the propulsion systems and special 
products division and CFO in the aerospace division 
of GKN. He spent most of his career at TRW, latterly 
in senior finance roles, including as vice-president, 
financial planning and analysis, and vice-president, 
finance, of TRW Automotive.

External appointments

Bill is senior independent non-executive director 
and chair of the remuneration committee of Smiths 
Group plc and lecturer at UCLA Anderson School  
of Management.

A   R   N

Ulf Quellmann (55)
Non-executive Director 

Appointed: January 2015 
Nationality: German

Skills and expertise

Ulf Quellmann has broad general management 
experience and considerable knowledge of the 
metals, minerals and mining industry, having 
worked in the sector for more than 16 years. He  
was vice president, strategic projects of the copper 
and diamonds product group at Rio Tinto plc and, 
before that, chief financial officer of the copper  
and diamonds product group. He was also group 
treasurer from 2008 to 2016. He has held senior 
positions at Alcan Inc. including vice president, 
investor relations and media relations, and chief 
pension investment officer and assistant treasurer, 
and senior management positions at General 
Motors, in both the USA and the UK.

External appointments

Ulf is currently chief executive officer of Turquoise 
Hill Resources Limited, (a company listed on the 
Toronto and New York Stock Exchanges).

60 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   60
Spectris Book 1.indb   60

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

GovernanceR   N 

Karim Bitar (56)
Non-executive Director

Appointed: July 2017 
Nationality: American

Skills and expertise

Karim Bitar has extensive experience of leading 
international, technology-focused organisations.  
He was appointed as chief executive officer of 
ConvaTec Group plc, a leading global medical 
technology company, in September 2019. Prior to 
this, he was the chief executive of Genus plc, an 
agricultural biotechnology company. Before joining 
Genus, Karim worked for more than 15 years for 
Eli Lilly and Company, where he was president of 
Lilly Europe, Canada and Australia.

An ex-McKinsey and Company consultant, he also 
held management roles at Johnson and Johnson 
and the Dow Chemical Company. 

External appointments

Karim is chief executive of ConvaTec Group plc  
and a member of the University of Michigan Ross 
School of Business Advisory Board.

R   N  

A   R   N  

Cathy Turner (57)
Non-executive Director and Chairman of 
the Remuneration Committee 

Kjersti Wiklund (58)
Non-executive Director and Workforce 
Engagement Director

Appointed: September 2019 
Nationality: British

Skills and expertise

Appointed: January 2017 
Nationality: Norwegian

Skills and expertise

Cathy Turner is an experienced non-executive 
director with significant industry knowledge of HR 
and remuneration matters, having served as group 
HR director at Barclays plc where she was also  
a member of the group executive committee.  
At various times, her responsibilities also included 
group strategy and investor relations. Her most 
recent executive role was as chief administration 
officer at Lloyds Banking Group plc where she was 
responsible for a number of corporate functions. 
Cathy previously served as a non-executive director 
and chair of the remuneration committee at 
Countrywide for six years.

External appointments

Cathy is a non-executive director and chair of the 
remuneration committee at Aldermore Bank plc. 
She is also a non-executive director at Rentokil 
Initial plc and a partner at the senior advisory 
organisation, Manchester Square Partners.

Kjersti Wiklund brings significant knowledge  
of the international telecommunications sector. 
Kjersti has held a series of senior global roles, 
including: director, group technology operations  
at Vodafone; chief operating officer of VimpelCom 
Russia; deputy chief executive officer and chief 
technology officer of Kyivstar in Ukraine; executive 
vice-president and chief technology officer of Digi 
Telecommunications in Malaysia; and executive 
vice-president and chief information officer at 
Telenor in Norway. Kjersti was previously a 
non-executive director of Laird plc in the UK, 
Cxense ASA and Fast Search & Transfer ASA in 
Norway and Telescience Inc in the USA. 

External appointments

Kjersti is a non-executive director and chair of  
the remuneration committee at Babcock 
International Group plc and a non-executive 
director and chair of the remuneration committee 
at Trainline plc. She is also a non-executive director 
at Zegona Communications plc.

E   D

Mark Serföző
General Counsel and  
Company Secretary 

Appointed: October 2017

Mark joined Spectris from Rolls-Royce where 
he served as director of risk for four years and 
before that he spent 18 years at BAE Systems 
plc where he held a number of senior legal 
positions including, latterly, the role of group 
chief counsel compliance and regulation. 

Mark qualified as a solicitor in 1990 and is a 
member of the University College London 
Centre for Ethics and Law Advisory Board.

A   N

Martha Wyrsch (63)
Non-executive Director 

Appointed: June 2012 
Nationality: American

Skills and expertise

Martha Wyrsch has held a number of senior 
executive positions in the energy industry and  
has significant experience in North American 
markets. Until March 2019, Martha was executive 
vice-president and general counsel of Sempra 
Energy, a company quoted on the New York Stock 
Exchange. Previously, she was president of Vestas 
Americas, a subsidiary of Vestas Wind Systems A/S, 
and prior to that she was president and CEO of 
Spectra Energy Transmission. She was previously  
an executive director of Spectra Energy Corp, and  
a non-executive director of SPX Corporation and 
Noble Energy, Inc.. 

Martha will retire from the Spectris Board in  
May 2021.

External appointments

Martha is a director of the Cristo Rey Network  
(a US non-profit educational foundation), a 
non-executive director of Quanta Services, Inc.,  
and a non-executive director of First American 
Financial Corporation.

Board of Directors

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

61

Spectris Book 1.indb   61
Spectris Book 1.indb   61

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

GovernanceBoard and Executive 
Committee structure

Board and Executive Committee structure

The governance of the Group is structured through the Board and a series of committees that approve,  
review, challenge and monitor the strategies and policies under which the Group operates. The Matters Reserved  
to the Board, the Committees terms of reference and the role profiles for the Chairman, Chief Executive,  
Senior Independent Director and Workforce Engagement Director can all be found at www.spectris.com 

The structure and responsibilities of these Board and management committees,  
and a summary of their responsibilities, are illustrated in the diagram below:

The Board

Board Committees

Audit and Risk
Responsible for overseeing  
the financial reporting process, 
significant accounting judgements and 
estimates, the Group’s ethics and 
compliance programme, financial and 
compliance controls and  
risk management

Nomination
Responsible for advising on succession 
matters and talent management for the 
Board, Group Executive and  
senior management

Remuneration
Responsible for recommending the 
policy for the remuneration of the 
Chairman, the Executive Directors and 
the Executive Committee members, in 
the context of considering the pay and 
conditions of the wider workforce

Management Committees

Executive
Responsible for the day-to-day management  
of the Group’s operations

Disclosure
Responsible for the identification and disclosure of inside 
information and for ensuring that announcements 
comply with applicable regulatory requirements

Board and Committee attendance

Mark Williamson

Andrew Heath

Derek Harding

Martha Wyrsch

Bill Seeger

Ulf Quellmann

Kjersti Wiklund

Karim Bitar

Cathy Turner

Russell King4

Board 
(scheduled) 

Board
(ad hoc) 1

Audit and Risk
Committee 2

Remuneration
Committee

Nomination
Committee

AGM3

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

3/3

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

3/3

n/a

n/a

n/a

3/3

3/3

3/3

3/3

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

4/4

4/4

4/4

4/4

1/1

3/3

3/3

n/a

3/3

3/3

3/3

3/3

3/3

3/3

1/1

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

1  A number of ad hoc meetings were also held throughout 2020 in order to discuss the Group’s response to the COVID-19 pandemic and certain 

M&A transactions. 

2  The Audit and Risk Committee also held one informal discussion. All members of the Committee were in attendance.
3  Due to the restrictions put in place by the UK government in response to COVID-19, the AGM was held as a closed meeting, and therefore none 
of the Board members were required to attend. Mark Williamson, Andrew Heath and Derek Harding joined the AGM as attendees. The Board 
intends, once it can be considered safe to do so, to hold a separate meeting with shareholders to discuss their views. 

4  Russell King retired as a Director on 22 May 2020.

62 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   62
Spectris Book 1.indb   62

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

GovernanceExecutive Committee

Executive Committee

The diagram on page 62 sets out the working relationship between the Board and the Executive 
Committee. The full biographies of the Executive Committee can be found at www.spectris.com

1

4

7

2

5

3

6

8

9

10

1.  Andrew Heath (Chief Executive)
2.  Andy Cowan1 (Interim Business Group Director, ISD)  
3.  Amit Agarwal (President, Omega) 
4.  Andrew Harvey (Group Human Resources Director) 
5.  Mark Serföző (General Counsel and Company Secretary)

6.  Derek Harding (CFO)
7.  Rebecca Dunn (Head of Sustainability)
8.  Mark Fleiner (President, Malvern Panalytical)
9.  Joe Vorih (President, HBK)
10.  Judith Wettach (Head of Corporate Development)

1  From 1 February 2021, the Executive Committee was joined by Mary Beth Siddons who replaces Andy Cowan as the new Business Group Director for ISD

During 2020, it has been more important than ever to ensure 
that there are clear channels of communication between 
management and the Board. More details as to how the 
Board and Executive Committee have worked together are 
set out below. 

React, Respond and Reset
At the beginning of the pandemic, the Executive Committee 
met with more frequency than normal to monitor and 
discuss how the Group could respond to the challenges it 
was facing and established a three-phase approach – react, 
respond and reset. 

Detailed business continuity plans were developed as our 
businesses developed new ways of working to continue to 
meet our customers’ needs. Robust scenario planning was 
used to assess how each business might be impacted by the 
pandemic, which was particularly helpful given the broad 
range of industries and geographies our Group operates in. 

The Executive Committee focused on introducing measures 
to ensure the safety and wellbeing of employees and their 
families. These included social distancing, split shift working, 
enhanced cleaning and disinfection processes, as well as a 

work-from-home policy for those who could safely do so.  
In addition, new initiatives to support the mental health  
and resilience of our employees were introduced. Regular 
‘all-hands’ calls were held to keep employees connected  
and provide the opportunity for open discussion. Additional 
leadership calls were also introduced to ensure clear 
communications across the leadership of the different 
businesses and functions within the Group. 

Our support for customers was also adapted to increase 
digital engagement, virtual training, webinars and online 
demonstrations. Crisis management teams across the 
business were focused on supporting both our people and 
our customers and ensuring regular communication with  
all stakeholders.

Executive sub-committees
There are four key sub-committees covering Health & Safety, 
Sustainability, the Spectris Business System (‘SBS’) and 
Export Controls. These sub-committees support the work  
of the Executive Committee, create the opportunity for 
feedback from the operating and platform companies  
and embed the Group’s approach in these key areas.

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

63

Spectris Book 1.indb   63
Spectris Book 1.indb   63

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

GovernanceChairman’s introduction

“ During 2020, the Board, its Committees and the 
wider Spectris Group have effectively adapted to 
new ways of working remotely, whilst continuing 
to place the creation of long-term sustainable 
value for shareholders and other stakeholders  
at the centre of its work.”

   Mark Williamson 
Chairman

I am pleased to present the Corporate Governance Report 
to shareholders for 2020. During 2020, the Board, its 
Committees and the wider Spectris Group have effectively 
adapted to new ways of working remotely, whilst continuing 
to place the creation of long-term sustainable value for 
shareholders and other stakeholders at the centre of  
its work.

The business has adapted well to the challenges it has faced 
in 2020 as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, developing 
innovative solutions to continue to meet the needs of our 
customers, placing the wellbeing of employees at the heart 
of the organisation, as well as paying two dividends to  
our shareholders. 

The Board has worked closely with management throughout 
the year to ensure our responsibilities and duties are 
considered and adequately addressed, in particular to our 
key stakeholders. Examples of particular instances in 2020, 
that highlight how the Board has considered some of its key 
stakeholders, are set out below:

Our shareholders
At the beginning of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Board  
and management gave particular consideration to the 
proposed payment of a special dividend to shareholders as 
well as the usual payment of a final dividend. Despite the 
Group’s strong balance sheet, it was agreed that conserving 
cash was a key priority for the Group during a period of 
significant uncertainty. The Board and management 
therefore concluded that it was in the Company’s best 
interests, having regard to all its stakeholders, and that it 
would be responsible, to withdraw the special dividend and 
postpone the final dividend. In making this decision, we 
recognised the importance of our dividend to our shareholders 
and agreed to reassess the position later in the year.

As the impact of the pandemic on the Group became 
clearer, along with the Group’s half year results, it was 
announced that dividend payments would be reinstated for 
shareholders. An additional interim dividend of 43.2 pence 
per share was paid in October, and the interim dividend of 
21.9 pence per share was paid in November. Before making 
this decision, the Board was comfortable that the Group  
had adequately strengthened its balance sheet and liquidity 
position, and, in particular, had been able to restore  
salaries to employees and bring people back to work  
where appropriate.

Our people
Protecting our people remained a key priority during the 
pandemic. The Board supported management with the 
steps that they put in place to ensure the health, safety and 
wellbeing of its employees, including following the advice  
of the World Health Organisation and relevant regional  
and national governments and health authorities. Through 
regular updates from the Chief Executive, CFO and our 

64 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Workforce Engagement Director, the Board was reassured 
of the steps that were taken to balance the needs of our 
people against our other stakeholders. More details on 
workforce engagement can be found later in this report.

In addition to the work carried out in response to the 
COVID-19 pandemic, the new Spectris Values were also 
launched in the first half of 2020 and a revised Code of 
Business Ethics launched in the second half. More details  
on how the Board has considered these values and the 
revised Code of Business Ethics alongside the Group’s 
culture can be found below.

Our customers
Supporting our customers through the challenges from  
the COVID-19 pandemic was a key focus for the Board and 
for the Executive. We remained committed to meeting 
production demand, whilst ensuring that our people were 
protected and as our businesses adapted to new ways of 
working to provide customers with the products, services 
and assistance that they needed. The Board received a 
regular communication on the impact of the pandemic on 
each of the businesses and was impressed how colleagues 
worked together to find innovative solutions to meet 
customer needs. Changes included extending the Group’s 
digital offering, operational changes to ensure manufacturing 
sites remained open, remote installation of products, new 
product launches and adaptations to meet changing 
customer requirements. Customers will remain an 
important part of the Board’s agenda in 2021.

The Board recognises the importance of all of its 
stakeholders and is committed to ensuring the Group 
continues to deliver value beyond measure to these 
stakeholders. Throughout the year, the Board was 
committed to taking a balanced, socially responsible 
approach and a “balanced scorecard” was established to 
ensure progress was measured and to inform decisions 
whilst balancing the needs of all stakeholders. Our section 
172 statement can be found on page 67. 

Divestments of Brüel & Kjær Vibro and Millbrook

The Board was pleased to announce the divestment  
of Brüel & Kjær Vibro and Millbrook in December. Both 
transactions are in line with the Spectris strategy to simplify 
and focus its portfolio. The Board carefully considered its 
stakeholders in respect of the divestments, in particular the 
impact on employees and customers and was pleased to 
conclude that it did not foresee an adverse impact on any  
of these stakeholder groups. In addition, it is expected that 
both divestments will deliver compelling value for our own 
shareholders and capital allocation capabilities.

Culture
The Board continues to monitor the Group’s culture and  
the impact of the revised Code of Business Ethics and the 
Spectris Values - Be true, Own it and Aim high. The new 
Spectris Values work hand-in-hand with the revised Code, 
and set out the way we are all expected to operate and 
behave every day, inspiring a high-performing business 
culture and delivering value beyond measure. 

As the Spectris Values continue to be embedded across the 
Group, a culture indicator is being developed to clearly set 
out measurements of engagement and behaviours, values 
adoption and the employee experience. Rate of change 
metrics will also be included as well as progress on diversity 
and inclusion. 

Spectris Book 1.indb   64
Spectris Book 1.indb   64

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

Governance 
In addition, as part of annual performance reviews, 
employees are now encouraged to consider their 
performance in the framework of the Spectris Values.  
This reinforces the commitment of everyone living the 
values day to day and building an open and ethical culture. 

These metrics will continue to support the Board’s 
monitoring of culture. In addition, the Board will continue  
to engage in informal engagement with employees on site 
visits and, to gain some external perspective on the Group’s 
culture from customers, the net promoter scores of each 
platform and business will be reviewed and customers will 
be invited to attend periodic Board sessions.

Workforce Engagement
This is the second year that the Company has had a 
Workforce Engagement Director and the role is currently 
held by Kjersti Wiklund. During 2020, Kjersti’s work has 
remained an important link between the Board and the 
workforce and has become even more important given  
the challenges and restrictions around site visits. 

The planned schedule for workforce engagement activities 
was significantly adapted as a result of these restrictions 
and I would like to thank Kjersti for her efforts to meet 
remotely with management, provide regular guidance  
and an external perspective on the actions being taken  
to support the safety and wellbeing of employees. More 
details of the work that Kjersti has carried out can be found 
on page 68.

Board composition and succession planning
Ahead of achieving nine years of service to the Spectris plc 
Board, Martha Wyrsch has made the decision to retire in 
May 2021 and will not stand for re-election at the Annual 
General Meeting (‘AGM’) in May 2021. 

On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank Martha for the 
significant contributions she has made over the past nine 
years. Her experience in the US market and years spent as  
a general counsel to a number of large US companies has 
provided the Spectris Board with a wealth of knowledge 
and sage advice. We will miss Martha’s presence in our 
meetings and wish her the best for her next venture. 

More details on succession planning can be found in the 
Nomination Committee Report on page 71. 

Board effectiveness review
As set out in the 2019 Annual Report, the Board commenced 
an externally-conducted annual effectiveness review at the 
end of 2019. This review concluded in early 2020 and the 
Board has spent time considering the feedback received 
and developing a comprehensive action plan to address 
these outcomes. Further details on the process the Board 
and its Committees went through, as well as some of the 
areas of focus for 2021 are set out on page 69.

Director re-election
With the exception of Martha Wyrsch, all Directors will  
be standing for re-election at the 2021 AGM and we look 
forward to the continued support from our shareholders. 

I welcome your comments on this Corporate Governance 
Report and the 2020 Annual Report and Accounts as a 
whole, and I hope to be able to meet with you during 2021.

Mark Williamson 
Chairman 
24 February 2021

Chairman’s introduction

Reporting in accordance with the 2018 
UK Corporate Governance Code

The 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code (the ‘Code’)  
sets out a new approach to governance. This table shows 
where shareholders can evaluate how the Company has 
applied the principles of the Code and where key content 
can be found in this report.

Board leadership and company purpose 

Chairman’s introduction to the  
Corporate Governance Report 

Providing oversight of culture 

64–65 

66

Board engagement with stakeholders 

5, 67–69

Section 172 statement 

Oversight of strategy 

Assessing opportunities 

Assessing risks and viability 

Measurement of strategy (KPIs) 

Division of responsibilities

Board committees 

Board attendance 

Composition, succession and evaluation

Board biographies 

Board evaluation 

Board composition and tenure 

Nomination Committee Report 

Audit, risk and internal control

Audit and Risk Committee Report 

Principal risks and risk appetite 

Monitoring of emerging risks 

Remuneration

Letter from the Chairman of  
the Remuneration Committee 

Overview of Remuneration Policy 

2020 Implementation report 

67

16–17

6–7

44–49

28–29

62

62

60–61

69

70

71

72–77

46–48

44

78–79

80

81–97

Corporate Governance Code Statement  
of Compliance
As a UK premium listed company, Spectris plc is 
expected to comply or explain any non-compliance 
with the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code, 
published by the FRC and available on its website, 
www.frc.org.uk. The Board considers that the 
Company complied fully with the Code throughout 
the year ended 31 December 2020. 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

65

Spectris Book 1.indb   65
Spectris Book 1.indb   65

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

Governance 
Board activity

Other key areas of focus

Topic

2020 Activities

Operations  
and risk

Leadership  
and people

Finance

•  Received presentations from members  

of the leadership team on business continuity 
planning, crisis management, health and 
safety, cyber security and the ethics and 
compliance programme

•  Undertook a considered review of each 

principal risk to ensure continued alignment 
with the strategy

•  Takeover defence update

•  Considered sustainable, 
long-term value for our 
stakeholders through oversight  
of the Group’s strategy, 
including close monitoring  
of investor and employee 
feedback and developing  
and implementing  
sustainability strategy

•  Carefully considered how best to safeguard 

employees during COVID-19

•  Reviewed the results of employee 

engagement surveys and continued to 
develop the role of the Workforce 
Engagement Director

•  Considered and approved the 2021 budget 
following review of progress against the  
2020 budget

•  Approved the Annual Report, interim results 

and full/half year results presentation

•  Considered and approved the Group’s going 

concern and viability statements

•  Supported management  
with the development of a 
Group-wide diversity and 
inclusion programme

•  Succession planning for the 

Board, the Executive and the 
senior management population

•  Considered and assessed  
the efficacy of the Group’s 
capital allocation model

•  Discussed in detail the impact 
of COVID-19 on the Group’s 
corporate financing

•  Dividend considerations
•  Scenario planning and 2020 

forecasting

Governance  
and ethics

•  Monitored progress against the evaluation 

actions from the 2019 external Board 
evaluation

•  Reviewed the outcomes from the internally 

conducted 2020 Board evaluation and agreed 
a suitable action plan

•  Received updates on the revised Code of 

Business Ethics, associated training module 
and monitoring tools

•  Reviewed and approved the 
terms of reference for the  
Board Committees, the  
Matters Reserved to the  
Board and Board role profiles
•  Received updates on ongoing 
litigation matters, corporate 
governance and key legal and 
regulatory topics

Stakeholders 
considered

•  People
•  Customers
•  Shareholders

•  People
•  Shareholders

•  Suppliers and 

partners

•  Shareholders
•  Community

•  Community
•  Shareholders
•  People

Monitoring the cultural health 
of the business 

The Board is committed to maintaining an open and ethical 
culture and believes this is of significant importance to the 
success of the Group. During 2020, work has continued to 
develop the ways in which culture is monitored across the 
Group, with a view to developing a consistent measure of 
engagement across all of the companies that make up the 
Spectris Group.

During 2021, Kjersti Wiklund, as the Board’s Workforce 
Engagement Director, will support management in 
developing more commonality across the types of 
questions that employees are asked in engagement 
surveys. These will also be linked to the adoption of the 
Spectris Values - Be true, Own it and Aim high.

In addition to the development of the existing employee 
engagement surveys, time will also be spent developing  
a culture dashboard, which will be reviewed regularly  
by the Nomination Committee and set out metrics on:

•  engagement, values adoption and the employee 

experience of business culture;

•  progress on diversity and inclusion;

66 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

•  ethical business management and behaviours through 
reporting from the confidential Spectris Helpline and 
ethics training; and

•  rate of change metrics for the workforce, which will reflect 
the objective of developing the Group’s leadership model 
in line with the Spectris Values.

The Board will continue to receive regular updates from the 
Workforce Engagement Director, and through the Audit 
and Risk Committee, will receive a detailed annual review  
of the confidential Spectris Helpline cases and how root 
causes of these cases are addressed and remediated. 

A further element of the Group’s culture is the effective 
collaboration with other key stakeholders. Throughout  
2021, further consideration will be given to how customer 
feedback can be used to monitor culture. The Board already 
considers the net promoter scores of each platform as part 
of the deep dive business reviews. In addition to this, at its 
December meeting, the Board had the opportunity to meet 
with a key customer of the Malvern Panalytical business. 
This allowed the Board a unique insight into why customers 
value the Spectris Group and discuss the areas in which it 
could improve the services it offers. Key customers of other 
businesses will be invited to future Board meetings to build 
upon this understanding.

Spectris Book 1.indb   66
Spectris Book 1.indb   66

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

Governance 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 172(1) statement

Section 172 statement

The Board of Directors confirm that during the year ended 31 December 2020, it has acted to promote the long-term 
success of the Company for the benefit of shareholders, whilst having due regard to the matters set out in section 172(1) 
of the Companies Act 2006, being:

(a)  the likely consequences of any decision in the long term 
(b)  the interests of the Company’s employees 
(c)  the need to foster the Company’s business relationships with suppliers, customers and others 
(d)  the impact of the Company’s operations on the community and the environment 
(e)  the desirability of the Company maintaining a reputation for high standards of business conduct 
(f)   the need to act fairly between members of the Company

Our stakeholders and material issues
The Board has identified the following groups as the key 
stakeholders of Spectris and their key areas of concern.

•  People: culture, values, diversity and inclusion, operating 
in an open and ethical environment, progression and 
personal development opportunities, remuneration and 
workforce engagement. 

•  Customers: operational strength, ability to meet customer 
needs, remaining competitive with a strong differentiated 
value proposition, high-quality instruments and technical 
expertise and advice, ensuring service levels meet 
expectations and ensuring that our business practices 
and supply chain accord with their values. 

•  Suppliers and partners: ensuring that our supply chain 

reflects the Group’s Values, potential supply chain 
disruption, competitiveness, financial performance, 
research and development investment.

•  Community: economic and operational impact of Group 
businesses on local communities, environmental impact 
of operations (direct and indirect), demonstrate clear and 
sustainable policies which support our Values and how 
these are measured.

•  Shareholders: financial performance of the Group, capital 
distributions, our Strategy for Profitable Growth, long-
term viability and ensuring that the Group is a sustainable 
investment proposition. Each factor highlighted in section 
172 is included below, along with page references to the 
relevant information within this report:

s172 Factor

Relevant disclosure

The long term

page 16
pages 26-27
pages 28-29

Our purpose
Business model
Measuring our 
performance

Employees

pages 54-55
page 99

Sustainability Report
Non-financial reporting

Business relationships – 
suppliers and customers

pages 10, 11, 
and 15

Chief Executive’s Review

Community and 
environment

page 15
page 57

Chief Executive’s Review
Sustainability Report

High standards of 
business conduct

page 56   
page 66

Sustainability Report 
Governance

Shareholders

page 67

Section 172(1) statement

Developing the Board’s understanding of stakeholders
Some of the ways in which the Board continues to develop 
its understanding of the Group’s stakeholders include:

•  good communication with shareholders, including 

through our results statements, trading updates and 
press releases. When possible, we will return to having 
face-to-face Annual General Meetings, Capital Markets 

Days and investor meetings. The Executive Directors have 
continued to have regular interaction with shareholders 
and non-holders and the Board receives updates on 
investor relations at each meeting.

•  annual strategy reviews offer the Board the chance to 

consider the long-term sustainable success of the Group.

•  the further development and delivery of the Group’s 

sustainability strategy (more details on page 50-51) will  
aid the Board’s understanding of its impact on all 
stakeholders, including the communities and 
environments the Group interacts with.

•  role of the Workforce Engagement Director and 

recommencing site visits to engage with employees 
directly (more details on page 68).

•  development of a new balanced scorecard to assess the 
quality of the Board’s decisions through the lens of the 
Group’s stakeholders (more details on page 5).

•  bringing the voice of the stakeholders into the Boardroom 

(more details on page 69).

Considering stakeholders in our principal decisions 
Some of the ways in which the Board considered 
stakeholders in principal decisions it made in 2020 are set 
out below.

•  Divestment of Millbrook and Brüel & Kjær Vibro: The Board 
considered the impact of the divestments on employees, 
customers and shareholders. Consideration was given to: 
security of employment, service for customers and value  
to shareholders. 

•  The actions taken by management and the Board in 

relation to the COVID-19 pandemic placed the health  
and wellbeing of our people at the centre of our decision-
making processes. Difficult decisions were made that 
impacted our stakeholders significantly, such as reducing 
pay and working hours for our people and postponing the 
final dividend and cancelling the proposed special 
dividend. The decision to postpone the final dividend  
and cancel the special dividend was made with full 
consideration of our shareholders. The reason was to 
mitigate the economic impact of the pandemic on the 
Group, which if damaged, would have adversely affected  
all of our stakeholders and the long-term health of the 
business. At our half year results, as a result of the strength 
of our balance sheet, the Board was delighted to be able  
to unwind these temporary measures. The dividend was 
reinstated, paying the 2020 interim dividend and an 
additional interim dividend. This was only considered after 
we had decided to reinstate salaries and bring people back 
to work where possible. 

We will continue to take a balanced, socially responsible 
approach, including all our stakeholders in our discussions 
and decisions in 2021 and beyond.

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

67

Spectris Book 1.indb   67
Spectris Book 1.indb   67

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

GovernanceBoard effectiveness

The effectiveness of  
the Board is monitored  
through annual Board 
evaluation

Informed  
decision- 
making

Access to  
the business

Training and 
development

Informed decision-making
The Chairman is supported by the 
General Counsel and Company 
Secretary in ensuring the dissemination 
of accurate, timely and clear information 
to the Board, allowing it to function 
effectively and efficiently. The General 
Counsel and Company Secretary is 
responsible for ensuring compliance 
with appropriate laws and regulations 
and is available to support all of the 
Directors. Directors may solicit 
independent, professional advice at  
the Company’s expense where specific 
expertise may be required to effectively 
discharge their duties.

Access to the business
The Board undertakes a deep-dive 
review with the leadership of each 
platform and the Industrial Solutions 
division at least annually. Instead of the 
usual on-site visits during 2020, which 
were not possible due to the various 
travel restrictions in place, the Board 
met remotely with various 
management teams and also took part 

in a remote strategy review and 
considered the global strategic initiatives 
which introduced the new Sustainability 
strategy. Our Workforce Engagement 
Director has provided an important 
informal link to the wider business and 
the Board as a whole and more details  
on this work can be found below. During 
2021, the Board hopes to restart its 
on-site visits, but will also continue  
to build in remote engagement with  
the business.

Training and development
New Directors receive a formal,  
tailored and comprehensive induction 
programme on joining the Board and 
further training and development needs 
are reviewed by the Chairman and 
agreed at least annually. Detailed 
technical updates in relation to corporate 
governance and other legal and 
regulatory topics from internal and 
external specialists also form part of the 
Board papers. External speakers are 
regularly invited to present to the Board 
on a variety of emerging topics.

Annual Board effectiveness review

Workforce engagement 
activities

The Board highly values the role of 
the Workforce Engagement Director. 
Although the 2020 schedule for 
workforce engagement was limited 
by not being able to conduct site 
visits, the Board is reassured by  
the level of interaction that took 
place remotely. 

Kjersti Wiklund met regularly with 
Andrew Harvey, Group Head of HR, 
and Rebecca Dunn, Head of 
Sustainability, to discuss the Group’s 
response to the pandemic and 
consider the action being taken to 
support the safety and wellbeing  
of employees.

In addition to these regular 
meetings, Kjersti also met with 
senior Group employees to allow the 
review of different aspects of the 
Group’s employee provisions around 
ethics, compliance and technology.

Further meetings were also held 
with the functional heads of the 
Group’s Asia operations to explore 
their experience of the pandemic, 
including the employee provision 
in  Brazil and India.

Through these meetings, Kjersti has 
been able to provide the Board with 
further context to support the view 
that the Company was undertaking 
the appropriate workforce-related 
activities that she had witnessed 
elsewhere, and to also provide 
feedback to the Board as a whole  
on the quantum of change taking 
place throughout the Group.

During 2021, it is proposed to  
hold broader and more in-depth 
meetings across the organisation. 
Engagement activities will include 
discussions with leaders in each 
platform business and if possible, 
and safe to do so, the intention is  
to return to site visits in the second 
half of 2021.

It is also intended that Kjersti will 
take part in the training being rolled 
out to the leadership community  
on diversity and inclusion. She will 
provide an external perspective of 
the effectiveness of the programme 
and will report back to the Board on 
the ongoing culture of the Group as 
the programme embeds.

In addition, a series of interactive 
discussions will be set up between 
the Non-executive Directors  
and the workforce on pertinent 
topics, such as careers in leadership, 
career development for women 
in business, amongst other areas.  
It is hoped that this will broaden 
the channels of communication 
between the Board and the 
workforce and provide further 
understanding for the Board of 
employee interests and better inform 
its decision-making processes.

68 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   68
Spectris Book 1.indb   68

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

GovernanceBoard evaluation

Our 2019 evaluation process  
and outcomes

1. Scope of evaluation
In December 2019, the Board and its Committees  
were subject to an externally conducted effectiveness 
review, which built on the outcomes from the internally 
facilitated review in 2018. The evaluation concluded in 
February 2020 and took into consideration the Board  
as a whole and its Committees.

2. The evaluation process
The process involved observations of Board and 
Committee meetings and interviews of all members  
of the Board, some members of senior management, 
the auditor and the remuneration advisors.

3. Responses analysed
The reports on the evaluation process were reviewed 
and considered by the Board at its meeting in February 
2020. The outcomes were discussed and used to 
develop a comprehensive action plan for the areas  
that were identified as needing further exploration  
or development.

4. Findings and recommendations
It was concluded by the Board, that based on the 
findings of the evaluation process, the Board, its 
Committees, the Chairman and the other Directors 
continued to operate effectively. Areas that were 
identified for future focus and built into the Board’s 
forward agenda are set out in more detail below.

2019 evaluation process and outcomes

In line with our requirements in the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, the 2019 evaluation was externally 
conducted by Lisa Thomas from Independent Board 
Evaluation. Lisa Thomas did not have any other connection 
with either the Company or the individual Directors at  
the time of the evaluation.

Recommendations and action plan
The report from Independent Board Evaluation was  
used by the Board to develop a comprehensive action  
plan to address during 2020. Three key areas that were 
identified included:

•  increased consideration of stakeholders (other than 
shareholders), such as customers and employees;
•  further discussion on people issues, such as culture,  

talent planning, succession and diversity; and

•  increased focus on risk. 

The action plan built in dedicated sessions to address  
these topics throughout the forward agenda and was 
approved by the Board at its meeting in May. 

Examples of the ways in which the Board addressed some 
of these actions from the evaluation are set out below.

•  Bring the voice of other stakeholders into the Boardroom 

Received regular reports from the Workforce 
Engagement Director; reviewed the Spectris Helpline  
to ensure it operated effectively as a forum for our  
people to raise issues and concerns; reviewed the  
results of the employee engagement surveys; and 
scheduled discussions with key customers for the 
platform companies, starting with a key customer of 
Malvern Panalytical who attended the Board meeting  
in December. 

•  Increased consideration of people issues 

Detailed reports on the internal talent pipeline and 
executive and senior management succession planning; 
updates from management on culture and diversity 
initiatives, including the introduction of a Group-wide 
diversity and inclusion programme (more details of which 
can be found on page 54); training, run by an external 
provider, on unconscious bias was also introduced.

•  Further focus on risk throughout the business  

Established Platform Risk Committees throughout the 
business, the chairmen of which will be invited to attend 
the Audit and Risk Committee at various points and will 
also provide regular written reports to them; carried out 
an external review on the internal audit function.

2020 evaluation process
The 2020 evaluation process commenced in December 
2020 and has been internally conducted. The evaluation  
has involved the Board and its Committees completing 
questionnaires in respect of their effectiveness during  
the year. 

The outcomes and responses were collated and discussed 
by the Board at its December and February meetings,  
and it was concluded that the Board and its Committees 
continue to operate effectively. The Senior Independent 
Director also led the Non-executive Directors in review of 
the performance of the Chairman. Some of the key areas 
identified for improvement during 2021 are set out below.

Any actions outstanding from the 2020 evaluation will  
be considered at future Board meetings to ensure that 
progress against the comments made remains on track.

Actions for 2021

•  Strategy – continue to prioritise strategy in the 

Board’s agenda, with particular consideration of 
strategy execution, the resources required to do this 
effectively and effective portfolio management.
•  People – build upon the actions taken in 2020 and 
support management through its development of 
the diversity and inclusion programme and increase 
the Board’s understanding of talent development  
and broader people challenges across the Group.
•  Products – spend more time discussing product 
vitality, research and development pipelines and  
how the Group’s products can be developed to  
meet customer needs in the best way.

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

69

Spectris Book 1.indb   69
Spectris Book 1.indb   69

24/03/2021   12:10
24/03/2021   12:10

GovernanceBoard composition

As at 31 December 2020, the Board comprised six 
Non-executive Directors in addition to the Chairman and 
two Executive Directors. The tenure of each of the Directors 
is set out in the graphic below, as well some information on 
the gender and nationality split of the Board. 

Board changes
Martha Wyrsch will complete her nine-year tenure on the 
Board in June 2021 and she will retire from the Board with 
effect from May 2021 and will not stand for re-election  
at the 2021 AGM. 

The Nomination Committee Report opposite details the 
succession planning process that has been undertaken 
during 2020. This has included a full analysis of the Board’s 
current skills and capabilities, as well as consideration  
of the Hampton-Alexander and Parker Reviews. 

Director re-election
In considering the recommendation of the election  
and re-election of Directors, the Nomination Committee 
considered a number of factors. These included: the  
results of the individual evaluation process; the tenure  
and independence of each of the Directors; and the other 
external appointments held by the Directors. Any potential 
conflicts of interest were also considered. This review 
allowed the Board to consider any circumstances that  
are likely to, or could, impair a Non-executive Director’s 
independence. With the support of the Nomination 
Committee’s recommendation the Board has concluded 
that all Non-executive Directors being recommended for 
re-election are considered to be independent.

External appointments and time commitments
External directorships and conflicts of interest are declared 
by Directors on appointment and are reviewed at least 
annually by the Nomination Committee. A record of conflicts 
of interest is maintained, evidencing any situational or 
transactional conflicts, as well as each Director’s shareholding 
in the Company. This helps to ensure that the judgement  
of the Board remains uncompromised and independent. 

Any external appointments are considered and approved by 
the Board following careful consideration of the impact on 
the individual Director’s ability to meet the necessary time 
commitments. A diagram detailing the current commitments 

of the Board set against the overboarding criteria included 
in the ISS United Kingdom and Ireland Proxy Voting 
Guidelines is set out below. The Board considers all Directors 
have sufficient time to meet their Board responsibilities.

Details of the Directors external appointments are included 
in their biographies on pages 60 to 61. 

Diversity
The Board’s Diversity and Inclusion Policy was adopted in 
December 2019 and refreshed in February 2021. The policy 
supports the Group’s position on diversity and inclusion  
and sets out the Board’s commitment to further promoting 
diversity and inclusiveness of all kinds throughout the 
Group, regardless of geography or position. The policy can 
be found in full on the website: www.spectris.com

The Board remains committed to promoting diversity and 
inclusiveness of all kinds throughout the Group, regardless 
of geography or position. Work has continued to improve 
diversity at senior management levels and significant 
progress has been made in 2020. The Executive Committee 
now comprises 30% women, with a broad range of 
nationalities and experience. More details on the work  
being carried out across the Group in respect of diversity 
and inclusion can be found within the Sustainability Report 
on page 54.

The Board intends to continue its focus on diversity and 
inclusion within the Group during 2021 and to reflect this, 
the role profile for the Workforce Engagement Director  
has also been adapted to specify that the role will include 
overseeing management’s approach to how diversity  
and inclusion is considered across the Group.

During 2020, the Board also considered its own approach  
to the promotion of diversity in respect of succession 
planning. The Board is pleased to confirm that during  
2020, female representation on the Board remained at 33%. 
Following Martha Wyrsch’s retirement from the Board in 
May 2021, the Board renews its commitment to maintaining 
this level of representation, as recommended by the 
Hampton-Alexander Review. Further, the Board will ensure 
that any new appointments broaden the Board’s skills and 
capabilities as well as ensuring that diversity in the broadest 
sense is central to any future appointments made.

Overboarding scores1, 2

Nationality of Directors1

Board tenure1

Gender (%)1

C

A

B

D

C

B

A

A  2 mandates 
B  3 mandates 
C  4 mandates 

1
4
4

A  British 
B  American 
C  German 
D  Norwegian 

C

A

B

A

B

A  1 – 3 years 
B  3 – 6 years 
C  6 years + 

4
3
1
1

A  Male 
B  Female 

3
3
3

67%
33%

1   As at 1 January 2021.
2  Based on the 2020 ISS Guidance, which classifies any person with more than five mandates at a listed company as being overboarded. 
  A non-executive directorship counts as one mandate, a non-executive chairmanship counts as two mandates and a position as executive director 

(or comparable role) counts as three mandates.

70 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   70
Spectris Book 1.indb   70

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

GovernanceNomination Committee Report

During 2020, the work of the Nomination Committee  
has focused on refreshing the Board’s succession plans  
and has continued to develop the senior management 
succession pipeline below Board and Executive level. We  
are committed to strengthening this pipeline to ensure  
that appropriate opportunities are in place to develop 
high-performing individuals and to build diversity in senior 
roles across the Group.

A significant amount of work has also been carried out in 
respect of developing a diverse and inclusive leadership 
community and the introduction of core diversity and 
inclusion activity across the Group. The Committee will 
continue to support management with the development  
of this programme during 2021. 

The Committee also spent time during 2020 considering  
the succession plans in place for Martha Wyrsch, who will 
step down from the Board before the AGM in May 2021.  
This has included reviewing in detail the current skills and 
composition of the Board, to identify areas in which we 
could benefit from deeper expertise.

Mark Williamson 
Chairman of the Nomination Committee 
24 February 2021

Role of the Committee 

The Committee leads the process for Board appointments 
and makes recommendations to the Board in this regard.   
In fulfilling this role, the Committee evaluates the balance  
of skills, experience, independence and knowledge on  
the Board. The Board values diversity and considers the 
importance of diversity, in all its forms, when recruiting  
new Board members. More information on the work being 
carried out across the Group in respect of diversity and 
inclusion can be found on page 54. The gender balance of 
those on the Executive and in senior management roles  
is set out on page 54.

The key responsibilities of the Committee are:

•  reviewing the size, structure and composition of the 

Board;

•  recommending membership of Board Committees;
•  undertaking succession planning for the Chairman, 

Executive Directors and senior management;

•  searching for candidates for the Board and 
recommending Directors for appointment;
•   determining the independence of Directors;
•  assessing whether Directors are able to commit enough 

time to discharge their responsibilities; and

•  reviewing the induction and training needs of Directors.

Full terms of reference for the Committee can be found  
at www.spectris.com

The Committee’s performance was assessed as part of the 
Board’s internally-conducted annual effectiveness review 
and is considered to be operating effectively. Further  
details on the evaluation process are set out on page 69.

Membership and attendees
Throughout 2020, all Non-executive Directors were 
members of the Committee. Meetings are also usually 
attended by the Chief Executive, Group HR Director and 
Head of Sustainability. The biographies of the members  
of the Committee can be found on pages 60-61, and 
attendance at Committee meetings on page 62. 

Activities of the Committee during 2020 
During the year, the Committee’s key activities included:

•  agreeing the succession plan for Martha’s role and 

responsibilities ahead of her retirement from the Board  
in May 2021 and the commencement of the search and 
selection process for a new Non-executive Director, in line 
with our Board Diversity Policy (as set out on our website: 
www.spectris.com) as well as diversity of thought;

•  continued focus on talent management and succession 
planning at a Group Executive and senior management 
level;

•  regular updates from the Workforce Engagement 

Director;

•  considering the independence of each Non-executive 

Director and their time commitments; and
•  developing a 2021 training programme for the 

Non-executive Directors.

Workforce Engagement Director
The Committee received regular updates from Kjersti 
Wiklund as the Workforce Engagement Director on the 
work that was carried out during 2020. The intended plan 
was adapted to adjust to the travel and meeting restrictions 
put in place in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. Regular 
calls were held with the Group HR Director and Head of 
Sustainability to discuss key workstreams around employee 
communication and welfare. Remote meetings were also 
held with a variety of individuals from across the business 
who were responsible for supporting employee safety and 
wellbeing. This included:

•  meeting with the HR Director and Head of Finance for 

Spectris Asia to better understand how the mental health 
and physical wellbeing of employees was being managed;

•  spending time with the Group’s Chief Ethics and 

Compliance Officer to consider the volume and nature  
of calls to the Spectris Helpline during the pandemic; and

•  a discussion with the Group’s Chief Information Officer 

regarding the need to consider the impact on employees 
alongside the increased use of robotics and artificial 
intelligence in the Company’s operations.

The Board recognises the importance of good links with the 
workforce and during 2021, the engagement plan will also 
include a series of arranged discussions and Q&A sessions 
between the workforce and the Non-executive Directors  
on key topics relating to careers and leadership experience.

Board succession planning
In preparation for Martha’s retirement in 2021, on behalf  
of the Board, the Committee considered the skills and 
capabilities of the current Board in order to inform its 
succession plans and for future appointments to the  
Board. Key areas that were highlighted that the Board  
could benefit from were in areas such as research and 
development, digital, big data and sales and marketing. 
Feedback from the Board evaluation process (more details 
on page 69) will also be used to inform the Committee’s 
planning for any future appointments.

2021 Committee focus
During 2021, the Committee will focus on:

•  the outcomes from the complete talent review, along with 

analytics and trends across the Group and developing 
talent internally;

•  supporting management with the core diversity and 

inclusion programme; and

•  Board diversity and succession planning.

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

71

Spectris Book 1.indb   71
Spectris Book 1.indb   71

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

GovernanceAudit and Risk 
Committee Report

The primary role of the Committee is to oversee 
the effectiveness of the internal and external audit 
functions, the risk management processes and to 
provide assurance to the Board on the integrity of 
the financial reporting.

I am pleased to present the Audit and Risk Committee 
report to shareholders, which sets out the key activities of 
the Committee throughout 2020. Our work has included:

•  assessing the integrity of the Group’s financial reporting 

processes;

•  the assessment of the quality and effectiveness of internal 
audit and agreement of a new co-source arrangement;
•  consideration of the Group’s systems of risk management 

and internal control; and

•  the quality and effectiveness of the external audit.

During 2020, as outlined in last year’s report, the Committee 
has held three longer, formal meetings, and one informal 
topic-based discussion. Since March, due to the restrictions 
put in place to manage the COVID-19 pandemic, these 
meetings have been held over video-conference. I am 
pleased with the way in which the Committee continued 
to operate effectively remotely, and informal discussions in 
between our face-to-face meetings enabled more focus on 
key topics and in-depth discussions.

A significant proportion of business continuity planning 
involves considering the different risks facing a business 
and how these may cause an impact. Throughout the 
pandemic, management have continued to carefully 
consider these risks and respond accordingly including 
through specific topical discussions on key issues and 
maintaining regular contact with the operating companies. 
The Board as a whole has received regular updates and  
I have remained in close contact with management and  
the internal and external audit teams in between formal 
Committee meetings. Both audit functions have had to 
adapt to new ways of working to conduct effective audits 
remotely, including increased use of IT systems and 
technology. More detail on this is contained within the 
respective internal and external audit sections of this report.

During the year, an area of focus has been on the external 
quality assessment of the internal audit function, led by EY. 
In February 2020, I met with EY and the Head of Internal 
Audit to discuss the assessment and our plans to co-source 
the internal audit arrangements. I am pleased to confirm 
that PwC has been appointed as the co-source internal 
audit partner and I look forward to working with them in  
the coming months. More details on this appointment can 
be found on page 77.

In respect of external audit, I am pleased to confirm that 
following the Committee’s assessment of the performance, 
independence and effectiveness of Deloitte (page 77), the 
Committee is satisfied that Deloitte continues to remain 
effective in its role as external auditor.

Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, it has not been possible 
to conduct any site visits during 2020. I look forward to  
the point in time when in-person visits are able to restart  
to continue to enhance the Committee’s understanding  
of the businesses within the Group and the different risks 
they may face.

72 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

During 2021, in addition to our usual responsibilities, we 
will focus on embedding the new internal audit co-source 
arrangement and we will work with management and 
Deloitte in preparation for any changes being made to 
controls assessment and financial reporting processes as 
a result of the ongoing consultations on audit reform and 
enhanced internal controls regimes.

I hope that this report is useful to support the 
understanding of the work of the Committee during the 
year. We encourage shareholder feedback and can be 
reached remotely through the contact details available 
at www.spectris.com. I look forward to meeting with 
shareholders at the next available opportunity.

Bill Seeger
Chairman of the Audit and Risk Committee
24 February 2021

Key areas of focus
The UK Corporate Governance Code requires, on a comply 
or explain basis, the Committee to report on the significant 
matters considered during the year. In 2020, I consider that 
the most important matters were:

External quality assessment of the internal  
audit function and appointment of PwC as  
co-sourcing partner

Consideration and decisions around the impairment 
reviews ahead of the sale of Millbrook

Providing comfort to the Board that risk management 
and internal controls continued to operate effectively 
during the COVID-19 pandemic

Membership and attendance
In line with the requirements of the Code, during 2020 
the Committee was comprised solely of independent 
Non-executive Directors: Bill Seeger, Martha Wyrsch,  
Kjersti Wiklund and Ulf Quellmann. Bill Seeger is 
determined by the Committee to have ‘recent and relevant 
financial experience’ as required by the Code. All members 
of the Committee are considered to have competencies  
that the Board deems relevant to the sectors in which the 
Company operates. The full biographies of the members  
of the Committee can be found on pages 60 and 61.

Attendees at meetings normally include:

•  the Chairman;
•  the Chief Executive;
•  the Chief Financial Officer;
•  the Head of Internal Audit;
•  the General Counsel and Company Secretary; and
•  representatives of the external auditor.

The Committee retains time around each meeting to meet 
separately without management present and invites the 
Head of Internal Audit and the external auditor to attend for 
part of this session.

Spectris Book 1.indb   72
Spectris Book 1.indb   72

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

GovernanceRole of the Committee

The Committee supports the Board in fulfilling its 
responsibilities in respect of:

•  overseeing the Company’s financial and narrative 

reporting processes, including advising the Board where 
required on the fair, balanced and understandable 
assessment of the information provided;

•  reviewing, challenging and approving significant 

accounting judgements proposed by management;

•  reviewing and monitoring the way in which management 

ensures and oversees the adequacy of financial, risk 
management and compliance controls;

•  the appointment, remuneration, independence and 
performance of the Group’s external auditor; and

•  the independence and performance of internal audit.

Details of the work carried out by the Committee in 
accordance with its terms of reference and in addressing 
significant issues are reported to the Board as a matter  
of course by the Chairman of the Committee and are 
described in this report. Details of the Committee meeting 
attendance in 2020 can be found on page 62 of the 
Annual Report.

The Committee’s annual calendar of activities is regularly 
refreshed to ensure that all significant areas of risk 
management are addressed, as well as to allow time for 
the review of regulatory developments and emerging best 
practice. The annual forward agenda and terms of reference 
are reviewed annually to ensure they remain accurate and 
effective. The terms of reference for the Committee can be 
found at www.spectris.com 

Key areas of focus in relation to the Financial Statements

The Committee has reviewed the key judgements applied to the following significant issues in the preparation of the 
Financial Statements. The table below sets out the issue, its significance, how the Committee considered it and any 
comments and conclusions reached.

Alternative performance measures

Issues and significance
The Group continued with restructuring throughout the 
year, building on the profit improvement programme 
launched in previous years. This was extended as part of 
the “Respond” phase of the Group’s approach to the 
COVID-19 pandemic. This Group-wide programme 
included restructuring programmes in all of the platforms 
and across ISD. In 2020, restructuring costs of £19.5m were 
incurred. There is a risk that items included in restructuring 
could relate to underlying trading, rather than be linked to 
one-off restructuring activities.

The role of the Committee
The Committee received and considered a number of 
reports from management outlining the details of the 
nature and quantum of items included within the 
restructuring programme.

Comments and conclusions
The Committee concluded that the treatment of the 
restructuring costs and other one-off items as adjusting 
items was appropriate in providing a fair and balanced 
explanation of the underlying performance of the Group.

Review of non-current assets for impairment

Issues and significance
Management assessed the carrying value of its cash 
generating units, including detailed value-in-use 
calculations, to ensure that the carrying values recognised 
were supported by future forecast discounted cash flows. 
At the half year, an impairment was recognised for the 
whole of Millbrook’s goodwill balance of £58.4 million, 
£11.0 million of other intangibles and £6.4 million of other 
property, plant and equipment (‘PPE’). During the second 
half of 2020, a comprehensive sale process relating to 
Millbrook was concluded. The commercial valuation 
received resulted in a further impairment of £44.8 million 
of PPE and £5.3 million of other intangible assets. Further 
detailed disclosures are set out in Notes 11 and 25 to the 
Financial Statements.

The role of the Committee
The Committee reviewed and challenged assumptions 
made by management in their assessment of the valuation 
of goodwill and intangible assets. They also considered the 
factors that impacted the Millbrook business throughout 
2020, and the opinion of the external auditor on the 
assumptions underpinning management’s estimates  
and conclusions.

Comments and conclusions
As part of the Group’s half year results, the Group 
recognised Millbrook as an impaired asset and the 
Committee discussed and agreed with management the 
necessary level of disclosure to support the impairment 
assessment. The Committee updated this assessment 
following the completion of the Millbrook disposal.

Audit and Risk Committee Report

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

73

Spectris Book 1.indb   73
Spectris Book 1.indb   73

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

GovernanceAudit and Risk Committee Report continued

Key areas of focus in relation to the Financial Statements

Estimation, uncertainty and judgement

Issues and significance 
During the year, the Committee received reports and 
recommendations from management to consider the 
significant accounting issues, estimates and judgements 
applicable to the Group’s Financial Statements and 
disclosures.

The key risks of estimation disclosed in the Group’s 2020 
Financial Statements are the assumptions applied in the 
calculation of retirement benefit plan liabilities; provisions 
for uncertain exposures and tax positions. 

The role of the Committee
The Committee received confirmation from management 
that they were not aware of any material or immaterial 
misstatements made intentionally to achieve a particular 
presentation.

The Committee reviewed presentations by management 
and questioned Deloitte to understand whether the 
external auditor had, to the Committee’s satisfaction, 
fulfilled its responsibilities with diligence and professional 
scepticism and in a sufficiently robust manner.

The critical accounting judgement discussed in the 
Group’s 2020 Financial Statements is the classification 
and presentation of items as restructuring costs. 

Further details are set out in Notes 8, 19 and 20 to the 
Financial Statements.

M&A Activity

Issues and significance
At the year-end, there were a number of disposals in 
process. These included the divestment of Millbrook, 
Brüel & Kjær Vibro, as well as a portion of the CLS business. 
The accounting for such transactions was closely reviewed 
so that the Group consolidated accounts were prepared in 
accordance with IFRS 5.

Comments and conclusions
Following detailed review, challenging the presentations 
and reports from management and where necessary, 
consulting with the external auditor, the Committee is 
satisfied that the Financial Statements appropriately 
address critical judgements and key estimates (both in 
respect of the amounts reported and the disclosures).

The Committee was satisfied that the significant 
assumptions used for determining the value of assets 
and liabilities have been appropriately scrutinised and 
challenged and are sufficiently robust.

The role of the Committee
The Committee reviewed the papers provided to  
the Board and considered the relevant accounting 
judgements for the transactions in question. Reports  
and discussions were also had with Deloitte. 

Comments and conclusions
Following the Committee’s review of the accounting 
treatments proposed by management for the disposals 
that took place over the year-end, the Committee was 
satisfied that the treatments used were appropriate for 
each transaction.

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

Issues and significance
During 2020, management re-assessed the 
appropriateness of the Group’s existing Principal Risks 
and considered any additional or emerging risks that 
might need to be included. This reassessment resulted in 
the proposal to remove Intellectual Property as a Group 
Principal Risk. 

The role of the Committee
The Committee reviewed this process during its December 
and February meetings and considered the appropriate 
disclosure for the Principal Risks and Uncertainties section 
and Viability Statement within the Annual Report. 

Comments and conclusions
The Committee endorsed the revised assessment  
of the Group’s Principal Risks, including the removal of 
Intellectual Property risk, and the respective scenarios 
considered in the preparation of the Viability Statement. 

74 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   74
Spectris Book 1.indb   74

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

GovernanceActivities of the Committee during 2020
The Committee has an annual forward agenda developed from its terms of reference. Standing items are considered at 
each meeting, in addition to any specific matters arising, and topical business or financial items on which the Committee 
has chosen to focus. The work of the Committee in 2020 principally fell into three main areas:

1. Accounting, tax and financial reporting

 • reviewing the integrity of the half-year and annual Financial 

 • considering the process designed to ensure the external auditor 

Statements and the associated significant financial reporting 
judgements, estimates and disclosures;

is aware of all “relevant audit information”, as required by Sections 
418 and 419 of the Companies Act 2006; 

 • considering the liquidity risk and the basis for preparing the 

 • assessing the disclosures in relation to internal controls and the 

half year and annual Financial Statements on a going concern 
basis, and reviewing the related disclosures in the Annual Report 
and Accounts;

 • considering the provisions of the Code regarding going concern 

and viability statements and reviewing best practice and investor 
comment as well as the Group’s Viability Statement;

 • reviewing updates on pensions liabilities including the 
accounting standard on employee benefits (IAS 19); 

 • reviewing the processes to assure the integrity of the Annual 

Report and Accounts;

 • reviewing the management representation letter to the external 

auditor and the findings and opinions of the external auditor;

work of the Committee;

 • recommending to the Board that the information presented 
in the Annual Report and Accounts, when taken as a whole, 
is fair, balanced and understandable and contains all relevant 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s 
position, performance, business model and strategy and 
the processes undertaken to support the disclosure of that 
information; and

 • the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures 
designed to ensure that the Annual Report and Accounts 
complies with all relevant legal and regulatory requirements.

2. Risk management and internal controls

 • overseeing an external quality assessment conducted by EY 

and development of an action plan and future roadmap based 
on the findings;

function and considering and approving the scope of the internal 
audit programme;

 • reviewing the Group’s ongoing litigation matters and associated 

 • assessing the effectiveness of the internal audit function, the 

provisions;

Group’s risk management and internal control environment and 
making recommendations to the Board;

 • reviewing risk management updates from the various operating 

companies;

 • reviewing the control procedures in place to comply with the 

Group’s policies on business ethics, anti-bribery, compliance and 
fraud, including the steps being taken to enhance the Group’s 
ethics and compliance programme;

 • considering reports from internal audit;

 • reviewing matters reported to the independent and confidential 

 • considering the level of alignment between the Company’s 

principal risks and internal audit programme;

 • reviewing the adequacy of resources of the internal audit 

helpline and the status of associated investigations (further 
details of the Group’s Speak-Up policy on page 56); and

 • considering reports from the external auditor on its assessment 

of the control environment.

3. External auditor

 • considering the re-appointment of the external auditor;

 • considering the independence of Deloitte and its effectiveness, 

 • considering and approving the audit approach, the scope of the 
audit undertaken by Deloitte as external auditor and the fees for 
the same;

 • agreeing reporting materiality thresholds;

 • reviewing reports on audit findings;

 • considering and approving letters of representation issued to 

Deloitte; and

taking into account:

 – the Deloitte Audit Quality Inspection Report;
 – non-audit work undertaken by the external auditor;
 – feedback from a survey targeted at various stakeholders; and
 – the Committee’s own assessment.

Audit and Risk Committee Report

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

75

Spectris Book 1.indb   75
Spectris Book 1.indb   75

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

GovernanceAudit and Risk Committee Report continued

Internal control and risk management systems
To assist the Board with its responsibilities to effectively 
determine the nature and extent of the Group’s significant 
risks, the Committee carries out a robust annual assessment 
of the principal risks and uncertainties facing the Group.  
The Board remains ultimately responsible for determining 
the nature and extent of the effectiveness of the risk 
management and internal controls system which mitigate 
potential impacts on shareholder investments and the 
Company’s assets.

Before reporting its findings and recommendations to the 
Board, the Committee:

•  evaluates and challenges the results and 

recommendations of audits undertaken by the internal 
audit team and the external auditor;

•  reviews reports received on significant control issues to 
the Group and considers and challenges as necessary  
the adequacy of management’s response to any matters 
raised;

•  appraises the Group’s response to information security 

and data protection risks;

•  considers the Group’s ethics programme and the anti-

bribery and corruption audit programme;

•  considers common control themes identified throughout 
the business, and where themes are identified, ensures 
that subsequent action has been taken to minimise  
the risk;

•  assesses the Group’s responsibilities relating to regulated 

exposures of the Group;

yearly by the Audit and Risk Committee. The Board notes 
that, as with all such systems, the Group’s risk management 
and internal control framework is designed to manage, 
rather than eliminate the risk of failure to achieve business 
objectives, and can provide only reasonable and not 
absolute assurance against material misstatement or loss.

IT control environment
Throughout 2020, significant progress has been made to 
strengthen the Group’s IT control environment. A dedicated 
IT assurance plan has focused on improving the technology 
and controls in place across the Group, implementing new 
technology and developing an IT risk universe to drive a 
more risk-focused approach for 2021.

In 2021, PwC, through the new co-source arrangement, will 
support this work by carrying out a maturity assessment 
of the IT systems landscape and assisting the Group with 
developing a framework to implement any necessary 
improvements. The Committee will receive regular updates 
on the work being carried out in this area.

Viability Statement
Our approach to the 2020 Viability Statement built on 
the work carried out last year. The Committee reviewed 
the 2020 Viability Statement in light of factors affecting 
the duration over which the Viability Statement is 
made, including:

•  budgeting, forecasting and strategic planning cycles;
•  the time frame within which our risks are assessed; and
•  the maturation of the Group’s credit facilities and the 

•  reviews the annual Audit and Risk Committee agenda; 

approach taken by our peers.

and

•  has oversight of the governance and risk management 
framework, including a definition of risk appetite by risk 
category and principal risk, put in place throughout the 
Group.

Internal control and risk management processes were 
adapted throughout 2020 to ensure that these continued to 
work effectively during the COVID-19 pandemic. There was 
increased communication between the Head of Internal 
Audit and the Audit and Risk Committee Chairman and 
adaptations were made to allow the 2020 internal audit plan 
to be executed effectively. The internal audit team used 
technology to conduct remote audits and this has allowed 
them to continue to provide effective assurance throughout 
the pandemic. It is expected that remote auditing will 
remain a key element of the approach used by the internal 
audit team in 2021. Some specific instances where 
technology replaced in-person visits were the use of 
screensharing to review documentation, video-conferencing 
with key employees replaced face-to-face meetings and 
repository sites have been developed to provide a single 
point of information for the internal auditor. 

The Committee reviewed the results of an assessment of 
the internal control environment and was reassured that 
the control environment had withstood the impact of the 
pandemic. Technology was a key factor in this conclusion, 
with many controls already operating digitally and others 
being adapted accordingly. At its meeting in February,  
the Committee assessed the Group’s internal control 
environment and concluded that nothing came to the 
Committee’s attention to suggest that the internal control 
and risk management systems were not effective. 

The effectiveness of risk management and mitigation is 
reviewed regularly by the Executive Committee and twice 

76 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

The Committee remains of the view that the statement 
made regarding the Company’s viability period continues to 
be an accurate assessment of the Company’s viability as at 
the date of the report. The Viability Statement can be found 
in full on page 49.

Independent assurance
Internal audit
The Committee has oversight responsibilities for the internal 
audit function, which is led by the Head of Internal Audit. 
It is also responsible for monitoring the effectiveness of the 
internal audit function.

The purpose of the internal audit function is to provide 
independent, objective assurance to add value and improve 
the Group’s operations. Its responsibilities include assessing 
the key risks of the organisation and examining, evaluating 
and reporting on the adequacy and effectiveness of the 
systems of internal control and risk management in place, 
and the governance processes in operation throughout 
the Group.

During 2020, a key focus for internal audit was supporting 
the conduct of an external quality assessment (‘EQA’) of 
internal audit, carried out by EY to independently assess the 
effectiveness of the internal audit function, in line with the 
International Standards for the Professional Practice of 
Internal Auditing (‘IIA’) (which recommends that such a 
review be performed at least every five years). The Spectris 
internal audit function was also assessed against the  
most recent IIA Code of Practice, issued in January 2020. 
Following the assessment, the EQA determined that the 
internal audit function was operating effectively and its 
recently implemented and planned future improvements 
were in line with best practice. A roadmap of activities to 
address the recommendations to the report was agreed by 
the Committee. 

Spectris Book 1.indb   76
Spectris Book 1.indb   76

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

GovernanceDevelopment of a strategic co-source relationship

The most significant recommendation of the EQA was 
to establish a strategic co-source relationship to help 
accelerate internal audit’s transformation while ensuring 
access to capability and technology enablers. 

In response, a competitive process was undertaken to 
identify and appoint the most of appropriate co-source 
partner for Spectris. Four accounting firms were invited to 
present. Management undertook a thorough review of the 
proposals and working with the Chairman of the Audit and 
Risk Committee concluded that PwC should be appointed 
as the co-source partner.

The co-source strategy sets out to guarantee the successful 
implementation of the EQA roadmap, as well as to make use 
of a more formal and consistent level of outside expertise, 
both in terms of ground-level subject matter expertise in 
the field, and in providing the Head of Internal Audit with 
additional strategic level support and challenge. 

During 2021, the Committee will support the internal 
audit function as it embeds the co-source arrangement 
with PwC.

In addition, during the year, audit and risk committees 
were established within our platform businesses. These 
committees, chaired by the platform CFOs, will assist with 
developing a more focused, risk-based audit approach for 
2021 and beyond. This will help to drive fewer, but more 
detailed, audits focused on the major areas of risk within 
the platform companies, as well as Group-wide risks. The 
chairmen of the platform audit and risk committees will 
be asked to periodically attend the Group Audit and 
Risk Committee and provide updates on the work being 
carried out. 

During the year, the Committee also:

•  considered the internal audit programme for the 

forthcoming year and reviewed the proposed audit 
approach, coverage and allocation of resources;

•  reviewed the progress updates against the 2020 activity 

of internal audit, received reports on issues of significance 
to the Group and reported to the Board on its evaluation 
of these findings. 

The Committee was reassured by the conclusions made 
during the EQA process and is pleased to confirm that 
it continues to view the internal audit function as operating 
effectively.

External auditor
One of the Committee’s responsibilities is to manage the 
relationship with the Group’s external auditor on behalf of 
the Board. 

Deloitte LLP was appointed as the Company’s auditor in 
2016 following a competitive tender process and has now 
completed its fourth year as auditor. Andrew Bond has held 
the role of lead audit partner since March 2019. 

The external audit for the financial year ended 31 December 
2020 has been carried out remotely. Document repository 
sites have been utilised in place of the review of hardcopy 
files, and where required, alternative arrangements were 
made for activities such as in-person stock counts. The 
Committee receives regular reports from Deloitte at its 
meetings and management and the Chairman of the 

Committee maintain a close relationship with the external 
audit team outside of the usual meeting cycle. This has 
provided comfort to the Committee on the steps that have 
been put in place to ensure that the COVID-19 pandemic 
did not adversely affect the quality or the timescale for  
the completion of the audit of the financial statements.

During the year, the Committee carried out the annual 
effectiveness review of the external auditor which focused 
primarily on the 2019 audit. The findings of this review were 
reported in detail to the Board. There were no significant 
findings following the review and it was concluded that  
the audit process continued to be effective. 

The engagement letter for the audit of the 2020 Financial 
Statements was reviewed by the Committee, and, in 
accordance with the authority given to the Committee  
at the 2020 AGM, the Committee reviewed the proposed 
remuneration of Deloitte. The Committee considered the 
proposed auditor’s remuneration to be appropriate.

It is proposed that Deloitte be re-appointed as auditor  
of the Company at the next AGM in May 2021 and, if so  
re-appointed, that it will hold office until the conclusion 
of the next general meeting of the Company at which 
accounts are laid. Further details are set out in the Notice 
of Meeting, which is available at: www.spectris.com

The Group will continue the practice of the rotation of the 
key audit engagement partner at least every five years,  
with all other partners and senior management required  
to rotate at least every seven years. The independent 
external auditor’s report to shareholders is set out on  
pages 103 to 110.

As detailed above, the Company complied with the 
Statutory Audit Services Order 2014 throughout 2020.

Non-audit fees 
The Committee believes that non-audit work may only be 
undertaken by the external auditor in limited circumstances. 
A cumulative annual cap is imposed for non-audit services 
provided by our external auditor (save for acquisition due 
diligence), above which all engagements are subject to the 
Committee’s prior approval.

The Committee’s non-audit services policy is available  
at www.spectris.com and is used to safeguard Deloitte’s 
independence and objectivity. Non-audit fees for services 
provided by Deloitte for the year amounted to £0.6m 
(26.09% of the total audit fee). As in previous years, a 
proportion of these fees were in respect of the half-year 
review. In addition, non-audit services in the year included 
the reporting accountant role performed by Deloitte in 
respect of the unsuccessful acquisition of a US publicly-
listed company. Deloitte was considered best placed to 
support the Company in this role as a result of its unique 
knowledge of the Group, having considered the threats to 
auditor independence including non-audit service fee caps 
for the Group and the UK. Further details are included in 
Note 5 to the Financial Statements.

Performance review
The Committee’s performance was assessed internally and 
led by the Committee Chairman. This review formed part  
of the wider internal Board evaluation process, led by the 
Chairman. Following this review and the feedback received, 
the Committee considered that it had operated effectively 
during the year. More details on the overall Board evaluation 
process can be found on page 69.

Audit and Risk Committee Report

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

77

Spectris Book 1.indb   77
Spectris Book 1.indb   77

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

GovernanceDirectors’  
Remuneration Report

Remuneration Committee 
Chairman’s statement

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present my first 
report as Chairman of the Remuneration Committee, for the 
year ended 31 December 2020. It has been anything but a 
normal year for our employees, customers and shareholders. 
The Committee has, as a result, had more discussions  
than typical with much time directed at ensuring that all 
employee reward has been managed responsibly and fairly. 

This report provides a comprehensive picture of the 
structure and scale of our remuneration framework, its 
alignment with both the Group’s strategy and the wider 
workforce framework. The report sets out the decisions 
made by the Committee for this year and the intended 
arrangements for 2021.

2020 Remuneration Policy
We appreciated the shareholder support and approval of 
the Group’s Remuneration Policy (the ‘Policy’) at the General 
Meeting in December 2019. The Policy received over 94%  
of votes in favour and came into effect on 1 January 2020. 
Needless to say, the events of 2020 were not as anticipated 
or desired. That said, the Committee remains committed  
to the Policy and confident that it supports the Group’s 
strategy. The Policy continues to provide a balance between 
motivating and challenging our Executive Directors and 
senior management to deliver our business priorities and  
to drive the long-term sustainable success of the Group.  
I am therefore pleased to confirm that the Policy remains 
relevant and unchanged. 

Response to COVID-19 
During 2020, the Committee reviewed the Group’s 
remuneration framework, structures, measures and targets 
in the context of the challenges posed by the ongoing 
COVID-19 pandemic. In particular, the Committee has 
focused on ensuring that the Policy continued to operate  
in a culture of strong governance and that the remuneration 
structure available to the Executive Directors and senior 
management reflected both the wider workforce and the 
stakeholder experience of the Group. We remain confident 
that the stretching performance conditions approved by 
shareholders as part of the 2020 Remuneration Policy 
should remain as they continue to reflect expected long 
term performance. 

The key considerations and the decisions made by the 
Committee during 2020 are set out below. I can confirm 
that the Committee has not applied any discretion in 
determining the outcomes of remuneration for the 
Executive Directors.

2020 salary increases and temporary salary reductions
As the extent of the potential impact of COVID-19 started  
to become apparent, the Committee supported the 
enactment of temporary remuneration measures to protect 
the financial health of the Group. The Committee and I are 
grateful for the leadership shown by, and the support of the 

78 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Executive Directors, senior management and the wider 
workforce in their adoption of these temporary measures. 

Two key actions on remuneration were taken and 
announced in early April 2020:

•  2020 Group-wide inflation-related salary increases 
confirmed in the 2019 Remuneration Report were 
cancelled. This salary and fee freeze was enacted across 
the Group, and impacted the Executive Directors, the 
Chairman and the Non-Executive Directors as well as  
the wider workforce; and

•  Executive Directors took a temporary voluntary salary 
reduction of 25% of salary and the Chairman and the 
Non-Executive Directors fees were voluntarily reduced by 
the same amount. This reduction was cascaded through 
the Group with members of the Executive Committee 
taking a 20% reduction in salary. Amongst the wider 
workforce, a variety of temporary pay measures were 
introduced including temporary salary reductions, 
reductions in working hours and furlough arrangements. 
The Group did not take part in UK Government furlough 
arrangements.

In July 2020, the Committee reviewed the draft half-year 
results and the accompanying business forecast. The 
Committee agreed that the Group’s better than expected 
performance, coupled with the payment of an interim 
dividend in lieu of the postponed 2019 final dividend and the 
announcement of the 2020 interim dividend, supported the 
reversal of the temporary salary reductions. In reaching this 
judgement, the Committee recognised the importance  
of retaining and motivating the workforce during this 
challenging period. Due to the variety of pay reduction 
methods utilised across the Group, the process to unwind 
the reductions was complex. Therefore, the reinstatement 
process took place between August and October, with 
senior management, the Executive Directors and the Board 
being the last population returned to full salary and fees 
from 1 October 2020.

As a Committee, we remained cognisant of not only the 
financial burden but also the exceptional workload and 
pressure being placed on both management and the 
workforce during 2020. In November 2020, the Committee 
reviewed trading for the first 10 months of the year and early 
November trading and noted that the Group continued to 
outperform expectations. The Committee agreed that the 
improved business performance and the contemplation  
of a 2020 final dividend made it appropriate to return pay 
foregone through the temporary salary reduction to the 
workforce, excluding the Board and Executive Committee  
at that time. Following the further review of the full year 
business performance in January 2021, it was agreed that  
it was appropriate to return pay foregone to the Board and 
the Executive Committee. Both Executive Directors have 
confirmed their intention to voluntarily purchase shares in 
Spectris plc with the post-tax pay returned.

Spectris Book 1.indb   78
Spectris Book 1.indb   78

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

GovernanceStakeholder alignment
•  Additional interim dividend and 2020 interim 

dividend paid

•  2020 Final dividend declared

•  No support received from UK Government

•  Return of pay foregone through temporary pay 

reductions to employees

•  Year-on-year share price increase of 2.7%*

*  Calculated at the last practicable date before signature –  

23 February 2021

The Committee also considered the appropriateness of the 
reinstatement of the inflation-related salary increases that 
were reversed in April 2020. It was agreed that in recognition 
of the challenging macro-economic environment, the salary 
increases would not be reinstated, and that the next salary 
review would be undertaken in line with the Group’s annual 
review process in early 2021.

Long Term Incentive Plan – 2020 grant
In March 2020, the Committee proceeded as normal to 
grant awards under the Spectris Long Term Incentive Plan. 
No adjustments to targets were made to reflect the 
challenging economic environment as a result of COVID-19. 
The awards were made during a period of market turbulence 
due to COVID-19 that was not specific to the Company. 
Therefore, the Committee determined that using the share 
price immediately prior to the date of grant to calculate the 
number of shares awarded was appropriate and consistent 
with the Group’s historic practice. However, the Committee 
will mitigate the risk of any unacceptable ‘windfall gains’  
by reviewing the appropriateness of this approach as part  
of the assessment of all relevant factors at the point of 
vesting when all the relevant information is available to  
the Committee. 

In-flight performance conditions
As a Committee, we, in principle, do not subscribe to modifying 
in-flight performance plans. As such, no adjustments  
have been made to either the 2020 bonus plan, the 2020  
Long Term Incentive Plan, or any other in-flight long-term 
incentive award. The Committee will continue to monitor 
performance through the vesting period of current in-flight 
long term incentives and, in the unusual situation that the 
Committee believes it should exercise discretion, we will 
engage with shareholders.

2020 remuneration outcomes
Despite the challenges presented by COVID-19, the 
Group has delivered a resilient and sustainable financial 
performance with strong cash generation. The Committee 
has been particularly pleased with the balanced and socially 
responsible approach taken by management in leading the 
Group during this period. As such, the Group ended 2020 
with a strong balance sheet, with positive action taken to 
position the Group well for 2021 and beyond. 

The Committee set stretching annual performance targets 
and against this backdrop Andrew Heath, Chief Executive, 
achieved a total annual bonus for 2020 of 40% of the 
maximum opportunity, which equated to 60% of base  
salary out of a maximum 150% of base salary (0% related  
to adjusted operating profit, 30% related to Group cash 
conversion and 30% to strategic objectives). Derek Harding, 
Chief Financial Officer, earned a total annual bonus for 2020 
of 40% of the maximum opportunity. This equates to 50%  
of base salary out of a maximum 125% of base salary  
(0% related to adjusted operating profit, 25% related to 

Group cash conversion 25% to strategic objectives). Full 
details of the performance outcomes for the annual bonus 
are set out on pages 83-85. Both Executive Directors have 
confirmed their intention to purchase shares in Spectris plc 
with the post-tax cash component of any bonus received.

The Committee is satisfied that the total remuneration 
received by Executive Directors in respect of the year  
ended 31 December 2020 fairly reflects performance over 
the period as well as taking into account the current 
circumstances and the treatment of the wider workforce.  
In line with the Code, the Committee reviewed the 
outcomes of the individual incentive plans as well as the 
overall levels of remuneration to ensure that they remained 
consistent with the underlying performance of the business 
and our stakeholders experience over this period.

2021 remuneration outlook
The Executive Directors’ salaries were reviewed by the 
Committee in February 2021 with a 3.2% increase agreed 
with effect from 1 April 2021 in line with the average pay 
increase across the wider employee population. The fee 
structure for the Chairman and Non-executive Directors was 
also reviewed in February 2021 with increases taking effect 
from 1 April 2021, with further details set out on page 91. 

Andrew Heath was granted a PSP award in 2018 which 
is due to vest on 3 September 2021. The threshold 
performance targets for both the EPS and Economic Profit 
conditions were not met and the part of his PSP award 
subject to these conditions will lapse in full. Based on 
interim results as at 31 December 2020, a partial vesting is 
predicted for the TSR performance-related final third of the 
award. Full details of the estimated 2018 PSP performance 
outcome is set out on page 86.

Stakeholders
The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic has tested our 
remuneration structure. The Committee has spent 
considerable time deliberating the right balance between 
policy, performance and fairness to all stakeholders. Our 
policy has withstood such scrutiny and the Committee 
therefore recommends this report to shareholders. 

I hope that shareholders find this report helpful in its 
explanation of the reward structure in place and will agree 
that this structure supports strong and sustainable delivery 
for all our stakeholders and will support the judgements 
made by the Committee this year. If any shareholder 
requires clarification or wishes to explore any of the matters 
contained in the report, I would be happy to discuss them 
with you and I hope to meet with many of you in person 
once conditions allow.

Cathy Turner
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 
24 February 2021

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

79

Spectris Book 1.indb   79
Spectris Book 1.indb   79

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Directors’ Remuneration ReportGovernanceIn this sectionRemunerationp.80  Overview of Remuneration Policyp.81  2020 Remuneration at a Glance	Annual	Report	on Remunerationp.82  Total single figure remunerationp.82  Salary and benefitsp.83  Annual Bonus Plan p.90  CEO pay ratiop.91  Non-executive directors’ remunerationp.92  Directors’ share interestsp.95  Remuneration Committee remitOverview of  
Remuneration Policy

Spectris remuneration structure 

Reflecting 2020 Remuneration Policy (effective 1 January 2020)

LTIP 280% of salary

Bonus
CEO: 150% of salary
CFO: 125% of salary

Pension
CEO: 20% of salary
CFO: 15% of salary
6% for new joiners

3 year performance period

Performance measures: 
EPS, ROGCE & Absolute 
TSR (with Relative TSR gateway)

50% deferral of
any bonus earned

Shares

Cash

Cash

Salary

Cash

Shares

2 year holding
period

Shares

3 year deferral period

Shares

Additional features:
•  Shareholding requirement equal to one-year 
  variable pay, built up over five years 

from appointment:

  CEO: 430% of salary
  CFO: 405% of salary

•  Post cessation shareholding requirement: 
  200% of salary for all executive directors for two years

Year 0

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

Key features

Alignment with 
Group strategy
The Policy drives strong 
performance and is aligned to 
the objectives of the Group’s 
Strategy for Profitable Growth. 
The Annual Bonus Plan 
supports the balanced 
assessment of individual 
performance in support of the 
Group’s culture and Values.

Malus and clawback
Malus and clawback provisions 
enable variable remuneration to 
be reclaimed within two years 
of vesting under the following 
circumstances: material 
misstatements of results or 
accounts, gross misconduct or 
fraud, award calculated in error, 
or material breach of our Code 
of Business Ethics.

Shareholding 
requirements
Shareholding requirement 
equal to one-year variable pay 
for each Executive Director to 
be built over five years:

CEO – 430% salary

CFO – 405% salary

In support of this requirement, 
50% of any bonus received 
under the Annual Bonus Plan  
is automatically deferred  
into shares.

Post-cessation 
shareholding
Any Executive Director who 
leaves the Company is required 
to retain the lower of:

•  Their actual shareholding on 

the date of departure; or

•  200% of their final salary for 
two-years post-cessation.

Pension 
Allowance for new joiners 
aligned to the majority of UK 
wider workforce (6% of salary). 
Approach under development 
to align incumbent directors’ 
pension arrangements with the 
wider workforce by the end 
of 2022. 

Discretion
The Committee reserves certain 
discretions, consistent with 
market practice, in relation to 
the operation and administration 
of both the LTIP and Annual 
Bonus Plan. 

To date, no discretion has been 
exercised by the Committee.

For full details on our Remuneration policy please visit:  
spectris.com/how-we-workcorporate-governance/remuneration-policy-and-information

80 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   80
Spectris Book 1.indb   80

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

GovernanceGovernance | Director’s Remuneration Report 
2020 Remuneration  
at a Glance

Business  
performance
We delivered a resilient and sustainable 
financial performance in 2020, despite 
the drop in market demand. We were 
able to protect jobs and the core 
capabilities of our businesses, while 
also continuing to execute our strategy. 

Key statistic highlights
•  11% LFL sales decrease 
•  8% reduction in LFL overheads 
•  Adjusted operating profit decreased 26%,  

on a LFL basis, to £173.6 million 

•  Cashflow of £244.5 million
•  Adjusted earnings per share of 112.1p
•  Restructuring programmes delivered £30 million  

of ongoing benefit in 2020

•  Continued focus on strategy execution: divestments 

of Brüel & Kjær Vibro and Millbrook

Performance  
outcomes

2020 Dividend per share 

68.4p
£173.6m
141%

Adjusted operating profit

2020 cash conversion

2020 Annual Bonus Plan
Performance dimensions (% weighting)

2018 Performance Share Plan (‘PSP’)
Performance dimensions (% weighting)

Adjusted operating profit (60%) 

0/60

EPS (33.33%) 

Adjusted cash conversion (20%) 

20/20

Economic Profit (33.33%) 

Strategic and operational 

TSR (33.33%) 

0/33.3

0/33.3

28.2/33.3

Andrew Heath (20%) 

Derek Harding (20%) 

20/20

20/20

Annual Bonus Plan outcome

PSP outcome (28.2% of maximum)

Andrew Heath £366,000 (40.0% of maximum)

Andrew Heath £173,502

Derek Harding £237,500 (40.0% of maximum)

Derek Harding – not applicable

Total remuneration

Outcomes scenarios

4

Andrew Heath  
£1,288,692
(2019: £1,162,883)

1

3

2

3

2

Derek Harding  
£800,940
(2019: £738,027)

1

Andrew Heath 
1 Salary and benefits
2 Retirement benefits
3 Annual bonus
4 Long Term Incentives

Derek Harding 
1 Salary and benefits
2 Retirement benefits
3 Annual bonus
4 Long Term Incentives

48.7%
9.5%
28.4%
13.4%

61.4%
8.9%
29.7%
n/a

Andrew Heath
£’000 

£3,372

51%

Derek Harding
£’000 
xx%

£4,226

60%

£2,487

53%

£3,152

63%

£1,939

38%

23%
39%

£749

100%

27%

22%

22%

18%

xx%

£563

xx%

100%

£1,430

40%
21%
39%

24%

23%

19%

18%

xx%

xx%

Basic

Target Maximum Maximum

Basic

growth*

Target Maximum Maximum

growth*

* Maximum with 50% share price growth

  Total fixed pay

  Annual Bonus   

  2020 LTIP

Each coloured bar shows the percentage of the 
total comprised by each of the parts

Spectris Book 1.indb   81
Spectris Book 1.indb   81

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

81

Directors’ Remuneration ReportGovernanceRemuneration for FY2020

This section of the Report sets out the details of the implementation of the 2020 Remuneration Policy during the 2020 
financial year. Details of how the Remuneration Committee intends to implement the 2020 Remuneration Policy 
during 2021 are summarised on page 80. This part of the Report together with the Remuneration Committee Chairman’s 
Statement, Overview of Remuneration Policy and its implementation, and the information on the Remuneration 
Committee form the Annual Report on Remuneration which is subject to an advisory shareholder vote at the 2021 
Annual General Meeting and contains both unaudited and audited information. The audited sections of this Report are 
clearly identified.

Executive Directors’ remuneration
Single total figure of remuneration (audited)
The single total figure of remuneration of each Executive Director who served during the year is as follows:

£’000

Andrew Heath

Derek Harding1

A. Base 
salary

B. Taxable 
benefits

C.Pension-
related 
benefits

Fixed Pay 
and 
benefits 
(sub-total)

D. Bonus2

E. PSP3

F. All- 
employee 
share plans

Variable 
remuneration 
(sub-total)

2020

2019

2020

2019

610

610

475

396

17

17

17

14

122

122

71

59

749

749

563

469

366

414

238

268

174

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

540

414

238

268

Total

1,289

1,163

801

737

1  Derek Harding was appointed to the Board on 1 March 2019. His 2019 remuneration is pro-rated from that date.
2  Andrew Heath purchased 1,089 shares on 25 March 2020, at a price of 2,298 pence per share, in line with the requirement under the 2017 

Remuneration Policy that any part of his 2019 bonus which is in excess of 60% of salary must be used to acquire shares in the Company until the 
minimum shareholding requirement is met. In line with the 2020 Remuneration Policy, 50% of the 2020 bonus paid to both Executive Directors will 
be deferred into shares for three years. 

3  The PSP figure for 2020 relates to the 2018 award which is due to vest on 3 September 2021 and is based on estimated vesting levels as at 

31 December 2020. The value attributed to share price appreciation in respect of the 2018 award (based on the three month average share  
price at 31 December 2020 of 2,671.84 pence per share) was £19,088, representing 11% of the total award vested.

Notes to the single total figure of remuneration table
A. Salary (audited)
None of the serving Executive Directors received a salary increase during 2020. The average salary increase for employees  
of Spectris plc in 2020 was 1.2%.

As set out in the Chairman’s Statement (page 78), the Executive Directors took a 25% temporary voluntary salary reduction 
between 1 April and 30 September 2020. The Committee agreed to return salary foregone to the Executive Directors in 
January 2021, but only after monies foregone through temporary salary reductions to the wider workforce had been 
refunded and the additional interim dividend (equal to the postponed 2019 final dividend) and the 2020 interim dividend 
had been paid to shareholders. The Group has not received any UK Government support during 2020. Both Executive 
Directors have confirmed their intention to purchase, voluntarily, Spectris plc shares with the post-tax cash component 
of any bonus payment and with pay returned following the temporary salary reduction. 

B. Taxable benefits
Taxable benefits include allowances paid in lieu of company cars and private fuel, medical expenses insurance (including 
family cover) and life and disability cover.

Details of the taxable benefits paid in 2020 are set out in the table below:

Executive Director

Andrew Heath

Derek Harding

Car and fuel
allowances
£

Medical/
healthcare 
cover 
£

15,165

15,165

2,025

2,025

Total 
£

17,190

17,190

C. Retirement benefits (audited)
Executive Directors are entitled to a defined contribution pension contribution. Andrew Heath and Derek Harding receive 
20% and 15% of base salary respectively. In light of the pension lifetime allowance of £1.073 million and the maximum 
annual pension contribution allowance of £40,000, the Executive Directors are entitled, at their option, to a taxable salary 
supplement in lieu of some or all of such pension contributions. Both Executive Directors have chosen this option and each 
receives a cash payment in lieu of participation in a Spectris pension scheme. No Executive Director participated in a 
defined benefit pension plan during the year, nor currently participates in a defined benefit plan. Under the 2020 
Remuneration Policy, the pension entitlement for new Executive Directors will be aligned to the majority of the wider UK 
workforce, which is currently 6%. The Committee has agreed that an approach will be developed to bring incumbent 
Executive Director and senior management pension arrangements in line with the workforce by the end of 2022.

82 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   82
Spectris Book 1.indb   82

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Governance | Directors’ Remuneration Report 
D. 2020 Annual bonus outcome (audited)
The maximum bonus opportunity for Andrew Heath, Chief Executive, remains unchanged at 150% of base salary, of which 
90% is based on adjusted operating profit, 30% is based on adjusted cash conversion and the remaining 30% is based on 
operational and strategic objectives. The maximum bonus opportunity for Derek Harding, Chief Financial Officer, also 
remains at 125% of base salary, of which 75% is based on adjusted operating profit, 25% on cash conversion and the 
remaining 25% is based on operational and strategic objectives. The on-target bonus for each Executive Director is 50% of 
the maximum bonus opportunity. The table below sets out the annual bonus earned by the Executive Directors in respect 
of the 2020 financial year including the financial trigger points used in determining the level of bonus payable.

Bonus
opportunity 
(% of salary)

Elements of bonus 
opportunity

On-target
 (% of salary) 

Maximum 
(% of salary)

Actual Group 
performance/
assessment of 
personal objective 
performance

Payout1 
£

Percentage 
of maximum 
bonus 

Andrew Heath

150%

Adj Operating profit

Cash conversion

Strategic objectives

Derek Harding

125%

Adj operating profit

Cash conversion

Strategic objectives

45%

15%

15%

Total

37.5%

12.5%

12.5%

Total

90%

30%

30%

75%

25%

25%

0.0%

–

30.0%

183,000

30.0%

183,000

0.0%

20.0%

20.0%

60.0% 366,000

40.0%

0.0%

–

25.0%

118,750

25.0%

118,750

0.0%

20.0%

20.0%

50.0% 237,500

40.0%

1  50% of the Executive Directors’ 2020 bonus will be deferred into shares for three years in line with the 2020 Remuneration Policy.

Bonus performance measures
The performance against the 2020 bonus financial metrics was as follows:

Bonus level 

Adjusted operating profit

Adjusted cash conversion

Threshold

Target Maximum

Actual

£237.0m £243.6m £255.8m

£173.1m

70%

80%

90%

115%

The Committee has not exercised any discretion in relation to the outcome of bonus awards to the Executive Directors.

When reviewing performance against the financial metrics, the Committee considers whether any items should be 
excluded because they would give a distorted view of performance. For 2020, no adjustments to adjusted operating profit 
were deemed necessary and the Committee agreed that no payment should be triggered from this bonus metric.

The Group’s operating cash flow position was adjusted to strip out planned capital expenditure that did not take place due 
to COVID-19 as follows:

2020 Operating cash flow

Adjusted Operating Profit

Adjusted cash conversion

Reported

£244.9m

£173.1m

141%

2020 
underspend

Adjusted

(£45.4m) 

£199.5m

£173.1m

115%

The adjusted cash conversion outcome was above the maximum bonus target triggering a full payout from this part of 
the bonus. 

Under the terms of the Deferred Bonus Plan, 50% of any payment is automatically deferred into shares for a three-year 
period. Both Executive Directors have confirmed their intention to purchase shares in Spectris plc with any bonus payment 
received in cash following this automatic deferral.

Directors’ Remuneration Report | Remuneration for FY2020

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

83

Spectris Book 1.indb   83
Spectris Book 1.indb   83

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

GovernanceRemuneration for FY2020 continued

The 2020 operational and strategic objectives for the current Executive Directors, which were set at the beginning of the 
year and account for 20% of the 2020 bonus, cover a range of the Company’s targeted strategic priorities. Each priority is 
assigned an individual weighting and performance against each of the defined targets was assessed by the Remuneration 
Committee with input from the Chairman. The objectives for both Executive Directors and performance against them are 
summarised in the table below.

Following the launch of the Group’s Values in 2020, we have enhanced our performance management process to ensure 
that performance is also viewed through the lens of our Values: Be true, Own it and Aim high. In line with the treatment of 
the wider employee population, the Committee also reviewed the performance of the Executive Directors against the 
Values. From 2021, performance against the Group’s Values will form part of the evaluation of the outcome of performance 
under the strategic and operational objectives. 

% of salary 
target

Performance summary

% bonus 
awarded

Andrew Heath

Strategic:

•  Develop organic growth plans across the 
Platforms and potential Platforms in ISD 

•  Execute the portfolio strategy

•  Develop a Group ESG strategy

Operational:

• 

Improve profitability during 2020

9%

7%

5%

5%

•  Develop and implement a stronger 

4%

diversity strategy 

Total

30%

Established clear action plan to deliver GDP+ organic growth in 
2021. Capability protected in 2020 to maintain progress on growth 
initiatives (incl. sales and R&D). Strategy deployment process 
strengthened with organic growth initiatives aligned accordingly. 

Continued to execute an orderly disposal programme, as agreed 
with the Board with the announcement of the disposals of 
Millbrook and Bruel & Kjaer Vibro.

Acquisition programme progressed as far as sensibly possible with 
significant acquisition pipeline development and sizeable 
acquisition progressed but not completed due to disciplined 
capital management.

Platform potential for both Servomex and PMS developed with 
strategies successfully presented to the Board.

Group sustainability strategy approved by the Board with clear 
KPIs around Environment, People and Operations. Two-year 
implementation timeline underway.

Operating margin reduced due to market decline in 2020. 
However, overheads reduced by >£53m in the year with £30m of 
sustainable ongoing benefit. Significant focus on maintaining core 
capability (incl. Sales & R&D). Delivery for all stakeholders during 
the COVID-19 pandemic was managed equitably and in support of 
the long-term success of the Group. Therefore whilst profitability 
marginally reduced in 2020, the Committee is satisfied that actions 
were taken over the year that would a) have resulted in higher 
profitability in a normal year, and b) has set the foundation for 
sustainable improved profitability in 2021. 

Demonstrable progress on diversity and inclusion strategy in 2020. 
Oversaw both a significant improvement in the diversity present in 
the Group’s senior leadership team and Group-wide leadership 
training on unconscious bias and the development of a roadmap 
to develop the Group’s culture of inclusion.

9%

7%

5%

5%

4%

30%

Values
Strong development of the Group’s purpose-led strategy and values-centred culture through 2020, including the continued prioritisation  
of the implementation of the new Values, Code of Business Ethics roll-out and the review of third-party distributors and sales 
representatives during the COVID-19 pandemic. Displayed exceptional proactivity in addressing the early issues raised by the pandemic  
and applying excellent judgement to understanding and balancing the impact of necessary measures on all stakeholders.

84 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   84
Spectris Book 1.indb   84

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Governance | Directors’ Remuneration ReportDerek Harding

Strategic:

% of salary 
target

Performance summary

% bonus 
awarded

•  Strengthen the Group’s internal strategic 

8%

planning framework; including the 
development and delivery of a 
strengthened process and output for the 
2020 strategic plan and develop a refreshed 
5-year financial plan.

•  Strengthen M&A and post-acquisition 

6%

integration capabilities.

Operational:

•  Develop a finance model framework to be 
applied to each Operating Company and 
work with them to conduct an assessment 
to determine trends, strengths, 
opportunities for profit improvement.

6%

•  Strengthen reporting and forecasting and 
the allocation and prioritisation of capital.

5%

Total

25%

Successfully led the review and improvement of the strategy 
process before the arrival of the new Head of Strategy and led the 
implementation of the process with the businesses through Q3.

8%

Successfully refreshed the Group’s 5-year financial plan to create a 
robust process which was significantly improved while limiting 
disruption to the business.

Developed a clear M&A execution playbook and post-acquisition 
review procedure which was a clear step-change for the Group. 
Successfully utilised this process to support M&A activity during 
the course of 2020 and oversaw the full engagement of the finance 
function to ensure that the financial implications of potential M&A 
were fully understood and monitored.

The application of a permanent finance model framework was 
necessarily delayed due to the Group’s need to respond to the 
COVID-19 pandemic. However, the timely deployment of a 
considered financial analysis of the strengths and weaknesses of 
the Group’s operational model and scenario planning in the 
context of the pandemic, together with the creation of a balanced 
scorecard to allow the Group to balance profits against the needs 
of all stakeholders was a key underpin to the Group’s strong 
performance during the pandemic.

Significant improvements made to the monthly performance 
process with a consistent approach to FX management 
implemented. Forecasting process significantly improved along 
with rigorous scenario planning. New processes stress-tested by 
response to COVID-19 pandemic. Successful groundwork delivered 
to ensure prioritisation of capital in 2021.

6%

6%

5%

25%

Values
Strong and visible demonstration of the Group’s Values with strong leadership demonstrated in leading the Group’s response to the 
pandemic with the Chief Executive. Decisions were led and communicated with empathy and compassion – materially influencing and 
shaping the Group’s response to the COVID-19 pandemic, both financially and operationally.

Directors’ Remuneration Report | Remuneration for FY2020

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

85

Spectris Book 1.indb   85
Spectris Book 1.indb   85

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

GovernanceRemuneration for FY2020 continued

E. Performance Share Plan (‘PSP’) (audited)
PSP awards made under the Spectris Performance Share Plan (‘PSP’) to the Executive Directors are structured so that 
one-third of the award is subject to an EPS target, one-third is subject to a TSR target and one-third is subject to an 
Economic Profit (‘EP’) target. Each condition operates over a fixed three-year period (being the three financial years 
commencing with the financial year in which an award is made in respect of the ESP and EP measures; and three years 
from the date of grant in respect of the TSR measure) with no opportunity for retesting. The TSR performance condition  
is measured independently by Aon Hewitt (‘Aon’). A holding period of two years applies to all awards following vesting.

PSP awards vesting in September 2021 (audited)
Andrew Heath was granted a PSP award in 2018, which will mature in September 2021 and which is subject to EPS, TSR and 
EP performance conditions. Details of the EPS and EP outcomes and estimated TSR performance results based on Aon’s 
interim report as at 31 December 2020 are set out in the table below.

Performance  
condition

Weighting

Threshold

Maximum

Actual/estimated 
percentage weighted 
performance 
condition vested

Actual/estimated 
percentage of 
total award 
vested

Actual/
estimate

EPS

TSR

EP

One-third

CPI + 5% c.p.a.

One-third

Median

CPI + 11% 
c.p.a. or above

CPI – 9.2% c.p.a.1

Upper quintile 
or above

11.8%, Median: (13.5%)2, 
Upper quintile: 23.7%

One-third

£145.0 million

£265.0 million 
or above

£73.5 million3

Estimated total

0.0%

84.5%

0.0%

0.0%

28.2%

0.0%

28.2%

1  The EPS outcome figure has been calculated on a consistent basis with the EPS calculation in place on grant. A full reconciliation of this outcome 

from the Adjusted EPS figure (set out in Note 2 to the Financial Statements on page 128) is provided below:

As at 
31 December 2017
pence

As at 
31 December 2020
pence

Adjusted EPS (reported)

Adjustments relating to disposal of BTG

Adjusted EPS (excluding BTG)

Net impact of Share buyback

Impact of Share buyback (finance charges)

Impact of Share buyback (reduction in shares) 

154.6

(14.7)

139.9

0.9

(3.5)

Revised EPS (relevant to 2018 award vesting)

139.9p

112.1

112.1

(2.6)

109.5p

2  The TSR performance, relative to the FTSE 250 (excluding investment trusts), has been estimated based on the position as at 31 December 2020. 
3   The EP outcome figure has been calculated on a consistent basis with the EP calculation in place on grant. A full reconciliation of this outcome from 

the Reported EP outcome is provided below:

EP Target (cumulative 2018-2020)

Remove BTG & EMS from target

Adjusted target

Cumulative 2018 – 2020 EP performance

Remove actual EP of BTG & EMS B&K to disposal date

Revised Economic Profit Outcome

Revised EP vesting

Threshold
£m

Maximum
£m

300.0

(35.0)

265.0

180.0

(35.0)

145.0

89.8

(16.3)

73.5

0%

86 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   86
Spectris Book 1.indb   86

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Governance | Directors’ Remuneration ReportThe vesting estimates as at 31 December 2020 are detailed in the table below:

Executive Director

Andrew Heath

Total number of 
shares subject 
to PSP option 
at date of grant

Estimated 
vesting 
percentage of 
total award

Estimated 
vesting 
number of 
shares

Estimated 
reinvested 
dividend 
shares

Estimated 
total vesting 
number of 
shares

Three-month 
average share 
price at 
year end

Estimated 
vesting 
value 

Face value at 
date of grant 

21,372

£508,3121

28.2%

6,021

4842

6,505

2,671.84p

£173,502

1  The face value is based on the average closing share price over the five days immediately prior to the date of grant of 2,378.4 pence. 
2  The estimated dividend shares are based on dividends paid over the 3 year performance period. Dividend shares will accrue from date of grant to 

the end of the holding period which is the first opportunity the award can be exercised.

The estimated share price appreciation based on the three month average share price at 31 December 2020 of 2,671.84 
pence per share, was £19,088, representing 11% of the total award vested. As these values are only estimates, no discretion 
has been exercised by the Committee in respect of the share price appreciation. The Committee will mitigate the risk of any 
unacceptable “windfall gains” by reviewing its appropriateness as part of the assessment of all relevant factors at the point 
of vesting when all relevant information is available to the Committee.

Vested awards are satisfied in shares (normally treasury shares) with sufficient shares being sold to meet income tax and 
national insurance contributions due on exercise, at the Director’s discretion, and the net balance of shares transferred  
to the individual. Awards lapse if they do not vest on the third anniversary of their award.

F. All-employee share plans (audited)
None of the Executive Directors exercised options under the Spectris all-employee share plans during the year.

Payments for loss of office
There were no payments for loss of office in 2020.

Payments to past Directors
John O’Higgins 
As set out in our 2018 Remuneration Report, John O’Higgins stepped down from the Board on 28 September 2018 and left 
the Company on 23 May 2019. The Committee determined John to be a good leaver in respect of his 2017 and 2018 PSP 
awards (in line with the PSP plan rules). The number of shares under each award have been reduced on a time pro-rated 
basis to reflect length of service up to cessation of employment. All awards are subject to the clawback provisions set out in 
the relevant rules of the Plan. 

17,194 shares under John’s 2017 PSP award remain outstanding, with an estimated value of £471,288, after applying the 
Committee approved vesting outturn at the end of the 3 year performance period. A further two-year holding period now 
applies to this award and therefore the award will become available to exercise from 6 June 2022 with any dividend accruals 
calculated at the end of the holding period and paid in shares. The vesting outcome for the 2018 PSP award will be finalised 
in 2021 and confirmed in next year’s Remuneration Report.

Clive Watson
As set out in our 2019 Remuneration Report, Clive Watson stepped down from the Board on 25 March 2019 and 
subsequently retired from the Company on 31 March 2019. The Committee determined Clive to be a good leaver in respect 
of his 2017 and 2018 PSP awards (in line with the PSP plan rules). The number of shares under each award have been 
reduced on a time pro-rated basis to reflect length of service up to cessation of employment. All awards are subject to the 
clawback provisions set out in the relevant rules of the Plan. 

11,847 shares under Clive’s 2017 PSP award remain outstanding, with an estimated value of £324,726, after applying the 
Committee approved vesting outturn at the end of the 3 year performance period. A further two-year holding period now 
applies to this award and therefore the award will become available to exercise from 6 June 2022 with any dividend accruals 
calculated at the end of the holding period and paid in shares. The vesting outcome for the 2018 PSP award will be finalised 
in 2021 and confirmed in next year’s Remuneration Report.

Directors’ Remuneration Report | Remuneration for FY2020

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

87

Spectris Book 1.indb   87
Spectris Book 1.indb   87

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

GovernanceRemuneration for FY2020 continued

LTIP awards granted during 2020 (audited)
The table below details LTIP share options granted to Executive Directors, in line with the Remuneration Policy, during  
2020. The base level of award remains at 200% of base salary, calculated according to the average of the closing share  
price over the five days immediately prior to the date of grant. As approved by shareholders, a multiplier (up to a maximum 
of 1.4 times) will apply to the base award vesting level but only on achieving both absolute and relative Total Shareholder 
return (TSR) targets.

The 2020 PSP awards to Andrew Heath and Derek Harding were granted on 25 March 2020 and are subject to the 
performance conditions detailed below. A holding period of two years applies to all awards following vesting.

Director

Andrew Heath

Derek Harding

Exercise 
price

5p

5p

Number of 
shares under 
Base award 
(% of salary)

Face value of 
 Base award at 
date of grant1 

(£)

54,483 
(200% of salary)

42,425 
(200% of salary)

£1,219,983

£949,981

Maximum 
TSR 
Multiplier

TSR Multiplier 
0.4x maximum
additional share 
opportunity (shares)

1.4 X 
base award

21,793 
(80% of salary)

16,970 
(80% of salary)

=

Maximum
 Opportunity
 Base award 
+ 
TSR Multiplier (shares)

76,276 
(280% of salary)

59,395 
(280% of salary)

2020 LTIP base award performance conditions

2020 LTIP TSR Multiplier performance conditions

Condition

Adjusted 
EPS Growth 
(50% of base 
award)

Return on 
Gross Capital 
Employed 
(ROGCE) (50% 
of base award)

% of 
base award 
that vests

0%

10%

10% to 50% 
(straight line 
pro-rata basis)

50%

0%

10%

10% to 50% 
(straight line 
pro-rata basis)

50%

Performance 
Target

Performance 
Period

TSR 
Multiplier

Absolute TSR 
Growth Targets

Relative TSR gateway – 
assessed against 
FTSE 250 index 
(excluding 
investment trusts)

1.0 X

8% p.a. or less

1 Jan 2020 
to 
31 Dec 2022

Between 
1.0 X and 1.2 X

Between 
8% and 10% p.a.

Median 
or above

1.2 X

10% p.a.

Between 
1.2 X and 1.4 X

Between 
10% and 15% p.a.

1 Jan 2020 
to 
31 Dec 2022

Upper 
quartile 
or above

1.4 X

15% p.a. or more

Less than 4%

4%

Between 
4% and 10%

10% or more

Less than 1% 
above 2019 
ROGCE

1% 
above 2019 
ROGCE

Between 
1% and 3% 
above 2019 
ROGCE

3% or more 
above 2019 
ROGCE

1  Face value of base award calculated using the average of the closing share price over five days immediately prior to the date of grant (£22.392).

The EPS figure is obtained from the audited Financial Statements and the calculation of achievement against the growth 
condition is presented to and approved by the Committee. ROGCE is obtained from the audited Financial Statements  
and is a comprehensive measure of the effectiveness of all capital deployed by the Group and supports the Group’s key 
strategic intention to improve its overall return on capital invested in the medium term. The Committee will monitor 
outcomes for the EPS and ROGCE measures to ensure that they achieve the original objectives and may adjust the vesting 
accordingly. Any exercise of discretion will be justified in the next Directors’ Remuneration Report. The Multiplier condition 
requires the achievement of both relative and absolute TSR metrics which means that any additional pay-out from the 
Multiplier would only occur when shareholders benefit from a material increase in share value which outperforms the  
FTSE 250 comparator group.

Threshold and Maximum Vesting (as a % of the 2020 LTIP base award)

Performance Level

Threshold

Maximum

EPS 
Vesting

10%

50%

ROGCE 
Vesting

10%

50%

+

+

Base award 
Vesting

=

=

20%

100%

TSR 
Multiplier 
factor

1.0

1.4

x

x

Overall 
Vesting 
(as % of 
base award)

=

=

20%

140%

88 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   88
Spectris Book 1.indb   88

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Governance | Directors’ Remuneration ReportTotal shareholder return performance

)

d
e
s
a
b
e
r
(

)
£
(
e
u
a
V

l

300

250

200

150

100

50

Dec-10

Dec-11

Dec-12

Dec-13

Dec-14

Dec-15

Dec-16

Dec-17

Dec-18

Dec-19

Dec-20

Spectris  

FTSE 250 (excluding investment trusts)

Source: FactSet

This graph shows the value, by 31 December 2020, of £100 invested in Spectris on 31 December 2010, compared with the 
value of £100 invested in the FTSE 250 (excluding investment trusts) Index on the same date. This index has been chosen 
because it is a widely-recognised performance benchmark for large UK companies and Spectris is a constituent of the 
FTSE 250. The other points plotted are the values at intervening financial year ends.

Historical Chief Executive remuneration
The table below shows the total remuneration figure for the Chief Executive for the current year and over the previous nine 
years. The total remuneration figure includes the annual bonus and LTIP awards that vested based on performance in those 
years. The annual bonus and LTIP percentages show the pay-out for each year as a percentage of the potential maximum.

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2018

2019

2020

John 
O’Higgins

John 
O’Higgins

John 
O’Higgins

John 
O’Higgins

John 
O’Higgins

John 
O’Higgins

John 
O’Higgins

John 
O’Higgins

Andrew
Heath

Andrew
Heath

Andrew
Heath

Single total figure of 
remuneration (£’000)

Annual bonus (% of maximum)

PSP vesting (% of maximum)

1,481

100%

100%

2,995

70%

100%

2,172

20%

100%

1,122

18%

28%

729

0%1

0%

1,388

90%

0%

1,611

80%

10%

2,2532

3242

1,163

1,2893

54%

68%

60%

N/A

45%

N/A

40%

28%3

1  Bonus entitlement waived.
2  Pro-rated figures based on time served as Chief Executive during 2018 (nine months for John O’Higgins and three months for Andrew Heath).
3  Based on estimated vesting for 2018 PSP award.

Percentage change in remuneration of the Directors
The table below shows the percentage change in the salary/fees, and benefits of the each Executive Director, the Chairman 
and the Non-executive Directors compared with the change in the Group’s UK-based employees between the year ended 
31 December 2019 and 31 December 2020. The Group-wide 2020 annual bonus payments will be confirmed in March 2021 
and therefore estimated figures for UK-based employees have been used in the comparison. The Committee has selected 
this comparator group on the basis that the Executive Directors are UK-based so it provides a local market reference to a 
sufficiently large comparator group on a similar incentive structure to the Executive Directors. This reduces any distortion 
arising from currency and cost of living differences in other geographies in which Spectris operates. 

Executive Directors

Andrew Heath

Derek Harding

Chairman and Non-executive Directors

Mark Williamson

Karim Bitar

Ulf Quellmann

Bill Seeger

Cathy Turner

Kjersti Wiklund

Martha Wyrsch

Spectris UK-based employees

Salary /Fees1

Benefits

Annual bonus2

% change 2019-2020

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

(16.1%)

(3.6%)

15.2%

14.5%

(16.1%)

2.8%

(0.7%)

(0.7%)

(11.5%)

(26.3%)

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

5.1%

(17.2)%

1  There was no change in the salaries/fees for the Executive Directors and Chairman because 2020 inflation-related salary increases were cancelled 

across the Spectris Group. Changes in the Non-executive Directors’ fees either relate to their annual travel supplement not being paid between April 
and December 2020 or taking on a new Committee Chairmanship in 2020. A small number of Spectris plc employees received a significant 2020 
salary increase to reflect a change in role, a promotion or an increase in responsibilities. This has had a disproportionate impact on the percentage 
change figure for Spectris plc UK-based employees shown in the table. The remaining employees received no salary increase during 2020. 

2  2020 bonus payments are down on its 2019 comparative. There is greater percentage change in the employees’ annual bonus than Andrew Heath 

because a greater portion of the employees’ 2019 bonus paid out from the 2019 financial performance than it did for the Chief Executive.

Directors’ Remuneration Report | Remuneration for FY2020

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

89

Spectris Book 1.indb   89
Spectris Book 1.indb   89

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Governance 
 
Remuneration for FY2020 continued

CEO pay ratios
In 2018, new regulations (The Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 2018) were introduced in the UK requiring 
quoted companies with more than 250 group-wide UK employees to disclose details of the pay ratio of the Chief Executive 
to UK employees. The Chief Executive’s total remuneration is calculated on the same basis as his single total figure of 
remuneration (‘STFR’) reported in the table on page 82. The remuneration of the lower, median and upper quartile 
employees is calculated on full-time equivalent (‘FTE’) data for the full year, run on 30 November, with estimated figures 
for the annual bonus and LTIP vesting. Option A methodology was chosen as it is considered to be the most statistically 
accurate way to identify the best equivalents of the 25th, median and 75th percentile figures used to calculate the pay 
ratios each year, and it is aligned with best practice and investor expectations. 

The table below sets out the 2019 and 2020 pay ratios of the Chief Executive’s total remuneration to the 25th, median (50th), 
and 75th percentile full-time equivalent (FTE) remuneration of Group UK employees.

Financial year

31 December 2019

31 December 2020

Method

Option A

Option A

25th percentile pay ratio
(lower quartile)

50th percentile pay ratio
(median)

75th percentile pay ratio
(upper quartile)

40:1

43:1

30:1

33:1

21:1

23:1

The Committee is satisfied that the individuals identified within each relevant percentile appropriately reflect the employee 
pay profiles at those quartiles, and that the overall picture presented by the ratios is consistent with our pay, reward and 
progression policies for UK employees. Roles are regularly benchmarked against PricewaterhouseCoopers’ benchmarking 
report of FTSE 100-150 companies.

There has been a small increase in the CEO pay ratio between 2019 and 2020. This is due to 2020 providing the first 
opportunity for any LTIP vesting for the Chief Executive. Overall the Chief Executive’s total remuneration increased by 10.8% 
compared to 2019. The table below provides a like-for-life comparison, if the value of long term incentives is excluded:

Financial year

31 December 2019

31 December 2020

Method

Option A

Option A

25th percentile pay ratio
(lower quartile)

50th percentile pay ratio
(median)

75th percentile pay ratio
(upper quartile)

40:1

37:1

30:1

28:1

21:1

20:1

The Committee expects that there will be a degree of volatility in the CEO pay ratios over time which reflects the greater 
weighting in variable remuneration in the Chief Executive’s remuneration structure so that it aligns with shareholder 
interests and long-term value creation. The Committee notes that, in assessing our CEO pay ratio outcomes against the 
wider market and our industry peers, these ratios are positioned towards the lower end of the range.

Further details on the 2020 total pay figures used for each quartile employee are set out in the table and notes below. 

Financial year

No of UK
employees

Remuneration Chief Executive

25th percentile employee
(lower quartile)

50th percentile employee 
(median)

75th percentile employee
(upper quartile)

31 December 2020

1,840

Base salary

£610,000

£27,000 
FTE base salary

£35,108 
FTE base salary

£48,611 
FTE base salary

Total remuneration 
(excluding LTIs)

Total 
remuneration

£1,115,190

£1,288,692 
STFR

£29,885 
FTE

£29,909 
total FTE

£39,453 
FTE

£39,531 
total FTE

£56,078 
FTE

£56,226
total FTE

1  The components of the Chief Executive and UK employees’ STFR figure comprises of base salary, taxable benefits, pension-related benefits, annual 

bonus and PSPs, where applicable.

2  The total remuneration for UK employees is calculated on the same basis as the single total figure of remuneration for Executive Directors. The only 

exception to this is the personal element of the annual bonus for UK employees which is not known as at the date of report. This has been estimated 
as the same performance level as the Chief Executive. Given the complexity of the calculations, such estimated values will not be restated next year 
to reflect the actual outcomes, however they will be for the Chief Executive’s STFR calculations.

Relative importance of spend on pay
The table below shows the relative expenditure of the Group on the pay of its employees in comparison to adjusted profit 
before tax and distributions to shareholders by way of dividends payments between the years ended 31 December 2019 and 
31 December 2020. Total employee pay is the total pay cost for all Group employees. Adjusted profit before tax is used as 
this is a key financial metric which the Board considers when assessing the Group’s financial performance.

Total employee pay

Dividends paid during the year

Adjusted profit before tax1

2020 
£m

555.7

75.7

166.4

2019 
£m % change

659.5

72.3

247.4

(16%)

5%

(33%)

1  Adjusted profit before tax is calculated as being statutory profit before tax as adjusted to exclude certain items defined in Note 2 to the Financial 

Statements on page 125.

90 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   90
Spectris Book 1.indb   90

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Governance | Directors’ Remuneration ReportNon-executive Directors’ remuneration
Chairman and Non-executive Directors’ fees
The fee structure for the Non-executive Directors remained broadly unchanged for 2020 as set out below:

Chairman (all-inclusive fee)

Non-executive Director basic fee

Senior Independent Director (‘SID’) fee

Chairman of the Audit and Risk Committee

Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

Workforce Engagement Director1

Annual travel supplement to be paid to overseas-based Non-executive Directors2

20213 
£’000

232

2020 
£’000

220

2019 
£’000

220

58

10

 14

 14

12

15

55

10

10

10

8

15

55

10

10

10

–

15

1 

In December 2019, the Board agreed the introduction of an appropriate fee to reflect both the importance of the role of Workforce Engagement and 
the planned programme of work.

2  Due to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, the travel supplement was not paid between April and December 2020.
3  The existing fee structure for Non-executive Directors has been in place since 1 January 2017. The fee structure was reviewed in December 2019  
and changes were approved to take effect from 1 January 2020. These changes were subsequently reversed as part of the salary and fee freeze 
enacted across the Group in April 2020 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. A further fee review was undertaken in February 2021 against 
externally available market data on Non-Executive fee structures in the FTSE 250, the wider Group pay review process and the Group’s position  
in the FTSE 250. Following this review, the fee structure set out in the table was agreed to take effect from 1 April 2021 to support the maintenance of 
fees at close to median level in the FTSE 250.

Single total figure of remuneration (audited)
The single total figure of remuneration for each Non-executive Director who served during the year is as follows:

Mark Williamson1

Non-executive Chairman

Russell King2

Former SID, Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

Karim Bitar

Ulf Quellmann5

Bill Seeger3,5

SID and Chairman of the Audit and Risk Committee

Cathy Turner4

Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

Kjersti Wiklund

Workforce Engagement Director

Martha Wyrsch5

Basic fees 
£’000

Additional 
fees 
£’000

Taxable 
expenses 
£’000

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

220

220

20

55

55

55

55

55

55

55

55

18

55

55

55

55

–

–

3

20

–

–

4

15

22

25

8

–

8

–

4

15

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total 
£’000

220

220

23

75

55

55 

59

70

77

80

63

18

63

55

59

70

1  Mark Williamson’s fee is all-inclusive.
2  Russell King stepped down as Senior Independent Director and Chairman of the Remuneration Committee on 28 February 2020 and from the 

Board on 22 May 2020. His fee is pro-rated accordingly.

3   Bill Seeger was appointed as Senior Independent Director on 1 March 2020 and his 2020 fee is pro-rated accordingly.
4  Cathy Turner joined the Board on 1 September 2019 and was appointed Chairman of the Remuneration Committee on 1 March 2020. Her 2019  

fee is pro-rated to reflect her date of joining and her 2020 fee is pro-rated to reflect her appointment as Chairman of the Remuneration Committee.

5  Ulf Quellmann, Bill Seeger and Martha Wyrsch (all based overseas) receive an additional annual travel supplement of £15,000. In 2020, they all 
received a pro-rated travel supplement of £3,750 for the first three months of the year. Due to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, the travel 
supplement was not paid between April and December 2020.

Directors’ shareholdings and share interests (audited)
Directors’ shareholding requirements
Under the 2020 Remuneration Policy, each Executive Director is, subject to personal circumstances, required to build  
a retained shareholding in Spectris plc of at least one-year maximum variable pay in value (Andrew Heath: 430% of salary, 
Derek Harding 405% of salary) within five years of appointment and is required to apply the post-tax benefit of any vested 
PSP, LTIP or DBP awards to the acquisition of shares until this required level of shareholding is achieved. Both Andrew 
Heath and Derek Harding (having been appointed on 3 September 2018 and 1 March 2019 respectively) are in the process  
of building their shareholding. There is no such requirement in respect of the Chairman or Non-executive Directors, who 
have discretion as to whether to hold the Company’s shares or not.

Directors’ Remuneration Report | Remuneration for FY2020

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

91

Spectris Book 1.indb   91
Spectris Book 1.indb   91

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Governance 
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration for FY2020 continued

Directors’ shareholdings and share interests (audited)
The beneficial interest of each Executive Director (including their closely associated persons) in the shares of the Company, 
as at 31 December 2020, is as follows:

Interest in share plans

Ordinary shares 
held at 
31 December 2020

PSP/LTIP1
(share options)

SIP2
shares

Total Interests 
in shares at 
31 December 2020 

Total shares 
counting towards 
shareholding 
requirement3

Shareholding as a 
% of base salary at 
31 December 20204

Shareholding 
requirement met

22,589

4,000

143,358

94,988

196

149

166,143

99,137

22,785

4,149

105.3%

24.6%

No

No

Director

Andrew Heath

Derek Harding

1  PSP and LTIP awards are nominal cost share options of 5 pence and are subject to performance conditions. All of the PSPs held by Andrew Heath 

and Derek Harding are unvested shares. 

2  Includes shares purchased through, and Matching shares held in, the Company’s all-employee Share Incentive Plan (‘SIP’). The Matching shares  

may be subject to forfeiture within three years of the award.

3  Based on unrestricted shares held at 31 December 2020.
4  Based on the closing share price on 31 December 2020 of 2,818 pence per share.

Between 1 January and 24 February 2021, Andrew Heath and Derek Harding both purchased 10 Partnership shares and 
received 2 free Matching shares through the Company’s SIP. There were no other movements in share interests during 
this period.

Director

Andrew 
Heath

Derek 
Harding

Share1, 2
plan

Date 
granted

Performance 
period end 
date

PSP3

LTIP4

PSP3

LTIP4

Sept 
2018

Mar
2019

Mar
2020

Mar 
2019

Mar
2020

Sept 
20215

Mar 
20225

Mar 
20235

Mar 
20225

Mar 
20235

Expiry 
date

Sept 
2028

Mar
2029

Mar
2030

Mar 
2029

Mar
2030

Market 
value per 
share at 
date of 
award

Face value 
at date of 
grant (£)

Exercise 
price 
(pence)

No. of 
shares 
subject to 
options at
1 January 
2020

Granted 
during
the year

Exercised 
during
the year

Lapsed
during
the year

No. of shares 
subject to 
options at 
31 December 
2020

5

5

5

5

5

2,378.4

508,312

21,3726 

2,669.0 1,220,000

45,710

–

–

2,239.2 1,707,972

–

76,276

 Total

67,082 

76,276

2,669.0 949,977

35,5936

–

2,239.2 1,329,973

–

59,395

 Total

35,593

59,395

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

21,372

45,710

76,276

143,358

35,593

59,395

94,988

1  Shareholders approved the rules of the Spectris Performance Share Plan 2017 at the AGM held on 24 May 2017 and approved the rules of the Spectris 

Long Term Incentive Plan at the General Meeting held on 4 December 2019.

2  The PSP and LTIP awards are conditional rights to acquire shares and are nominal cost options. The exercise price is the nominal value of a Spectris 

ordinary share, which is 5 pence.

3  PSP awards granted to the Executive Directors are structured so that one-third of the award is subject to an EPS target, one-third is subject to  

a TSR target and one-third is subject to an Economic Profit (‘EP’) target. Each condition operates over a fixed three-year period (being the three 
financial years commencing with the financial year in which an award is made in respect of the EPS and EP conditions; and three years from the 
date of grant in respect of the TSR condition) with no opportunity for re-testing.

4  LTIP awards granted to the Executive Directors are currently structured so that 50% of the base award is subject to an EPS target and the other 50% 
is subject to an Return on Gross Capital Employed (‘ROGCE’) target. A multiplier (up to a maximum of 1.4 times) will apply to the base award vesting 
level but only on achieving both absolute and relative stretching TSR targets. Each condition operates over a fixed three-year period (being the 
three financial years commencing with the financial year in which an award is made in respect of the EPS and ROGCE conditions; and three years 
from the date of grant in respect of the TSR condition) with no opportunity for re-testing.

5  PSP and LTIP awards are subject to an additional two-year holding period following the initial three-year performance period. These awards will 

become available to exercise at the end of the holding period (which will be the fifth anniversary of the date of grant).

6  These PSP awards are linked to a grant of market value share options (‘Linked PSP awards’). Such Linked PSP awards are granted up to the HMRC’s 

limit of an aggregate value of £30,000, and have the same performance and vesting conditions as the PSP awards to which they are linked. 
No additional gross value can be delivered from the exercise of the Linked PSP awards. Further details are set out in Note 23 to the 
Financial Statements.

92 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   92
Spectris Book 1.indb   92

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Governance | Directors’ Remuneration ReportShare Incentive Plan (‘SIP’)

No. of shares held
at 1 January 2020 

No. of Partnership shares 
purchased during the year

No. of Matching shares 
awarded during the year

Dividend shares

Total No. of shares held 
within the SIP as at 
31 December 2020

Andrew Heath

Derek Harding

109

62

69

69

13

14

5

4

196

149

1  The Spectris Share Incentive Plan (‘SIP’) was approved by shareholders at the 2018 AGM. This scheme is an HMRC tax-favoured share purchase 

scheme open to all UK employees. The Executive Directors have the opportunity to participate in the SIP on the same terms as other Group UK 
employees.

2  Under the SIP, Partnership shares may be purchased each month at market value using gross salary up to a maximum monthly value set by HMRC 
(currently £150 per month). For every five Partnership shares purchased, the Company will award one free Matching share. All shares are held in 
trust by the SIP Trustees. The Matching shares are subject to forfeiture within three years of the date of award.

Dilution limits
In line with best practice, the use of new or treasury shares to satisfy the vesting of awards made under the Company’s 
share plans (LTIPs and SAYE combined) is restricted to 10% in any ten-year rolling period. A further restriction applies to the 
PSP of 5% over the same period of which 2.43% has been utilised.

Chairman and Non-executive Directors’ interest in shares
The Chairman and Non-executive Directors are not permitted to participate in any of the Company’s incentive schemes nor 
are they required to build and retain a minimum shareholding in the Company. They have discretion as to whether to hold 
the Company’s shares or not. The table below sets out the beneficial interests in the ordinary shares of the Company of 
each current Non-executive Director (including their closely associated persons) during the year ended 31 December 2020.

Current Non-executive Director

Mark Williamson

Karim Bitar

Ulf Quellmann

Bill Seeger

Cathy Turner

Kjersti Wiklund

Martha Wyrsch

Shares held at
1 January 2020

Shares held at
31 December 2020 
(or date of cessation)

16,753

1,330

2,000

3,000

–

–

3,000

16,753

1,330

2,049

3,000

2,342

–

3,000

There has been no change in the interests in shares of the Chairman and Non-executive Directors between 1 January 2021 
and 24 February 2021.

Share price
At 31 December 2020, the mid-market closing share price on the London Stock Exchange of a Spectris ordinary share was 
2,818 pence per share. The highest mid-market closing share price in the year was 3,005 pence per share and the lowest 
was 2,132 pence per share.

Directors’ Remuneration Report | Remuneration for FY2020

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

93

Spectris Book 1.indb   93
Spectris Book 1.indb   93

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

GovernanceRemuneration for FY2020 continued

Directors’ service contracts and letters of appointment
The Executive Directors have rolling contracts subject to 12 months’ notice of termination by either party, or to summary 
notice in the event of serious breach of the Director’s obligations, dishonesty, serious misconduct or other conduct  
bringing the Company into disrepute. All letters of appointment in respect of the Non-executive Directors are renewable  
at each AGM, subject to review prior to proposal for re-election, and provide for a notice period of six months. Ordinarily, 
appointments do not continue beyond nine years after first election, at which time Non-executive Directors cease to be 
presumed independent under the UK Corporate Governance Code.

The table below summarises the current Directors’ service contracts or terms of appointment.

Executive Director

Andrew Heath

Derek Harding

Non-executive Director

Mark Williamson

Karim Bitar

Ulf Quellmann

Bill Seeger

Cathy Turner

Kjersti Wiklund

Martha Wyrsch

Date of contract

Expiry date

Notice period

Length of service at
24 February 2021

3 Sept 2018

1 Mar 2019

Rolling contract with  
no fixed expiry date

Rolling contract with  
no fixed expiry date

12 months

2 years 5 months

12 months

 1 year 11 months

26 May 2017

Renewable at each AGM

6 months

3 years 9 months

1 July 2017

1 Jan 2015

1 Jan 2015

1 Sep 2019

19 Jan 2017

1 Jun 2012

Renewable at each AGM

6 months

3 years 7 months

Renewable at each AGM

6 months

6 years 1 month

Renewable at each AGM

6 months

6 years 1 month

Renewable at each AGM

6 months

1 year 5 months

Renewable at each AGM

6 months

4 years 1 month

Renewable at each AGM

6 months

8 years 8 months

External appointments – Executive Directors
Executive Directors may retain any payments received in respect of external non-executive appointments held.  
Such appointments are normally limited to one per Director at any time and are subject to the approval of the Board. 
Andrew Heath and Derek Harding did not hold any external non-executive appointments during 2020. 

Summary of shareholder voting on Directors’ remuneration
The 2019 Directors’ Remuneration Report was approved by 93.1% of the votes cast at the 2020 AGM held on 22 May 2020. 
The 2020 Remuneration Policy was approved by shareholders at a General Meeting held on 4 December 2019 by 94.1% of 
the votes cast, as detailed in the table below:

Votes for

Votes against

Votes 
withheld

Number

%

Number

%

Number

2020 AGM

2019 Directors’ Remuneration Report

99,226,707

99.63%

365,713

0.37%

650,394

2019 General Meeting

2020 Directors' Remuneration Policy

94,256,910

94.09% 5,916,276

5.91%

3,862

Directors’ interest in contracts
No Director had, during the year or at the end of the year, any material interest in any contract of significance to the 
Group’s business.

Loans to Directors
During the year, there were no outstanding loans to any Director.

94 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   94
Spectris Book 1.indb   94

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Governance | Directors’ Remuneration ReportRole of the Remuneration Committee

The Committee is responsible for recommending to the Board the Group’s Remuneration Policy, including the 
remuneration arrangements for the Chairman, the Executive Directors, the Company Secretary and members of the 
Executive Committee, and for the practical operation of the Policy. It regularly reviews the balance between fixed and 
variable pay and the performance conditions that attach to both short-term and long-term incentives. Environmental, 
social and governance factors are considered by the Committee when assessing the personal element of Executive 
Directors’ performance. The Committee monitors the level and structure of remuneration for senior management and 
takes into account workforce remuneration, related policies and the alignment of incentives and rewards with the Group’s 
culture. The remuneration of Non-executive Directors is a matter reserved for the Board. The full terms of reference for the 
Remuneration Committee are reviewed annually and are available at www.spectris.com

Committee members and attendees
All members of the Committee are independent Non-executive Directors. During 2020, the members were: Russell King 
(Chairman up to 29 February 2020), Cathy Turner (Chairman from 1 March 2020), Karim Bitar, Ulf Quellmann and 
Kjersti Wiklund. 

Details of each member’s attendance are disclosed on page 62. Only members of the Committee have the right to attend 
meetings but other individuals and external advisers may attend by invitation. The Chairman is invited to attend all 
meetings of the Committee. During the year, the Committee also invited the Chief Executive, Group Human Resources 
Director and the Head of Sustainability to attend meetings to provide advice to the Committee to allow it to make informed 
decisions. No individual was present when their own remuneration was being discussed.

The Committee also meets without management present and received independent remuneration advice during the year 
from the external advisers appointed to support the Committee.

Committee activities in 2020
The Committee addressed the following key agenda items during its four formal meetings in 2020:

February 2020

•  Review and approval of incentive outcomes for the annual bonus 
and Performance Share Plan (‘PSP’) in respect of performance for 
the year ended 31 December 2019.

•  Review and approval of 2020 LTIP grant levels and target range  

for performance measures.

•  Review of Executive Director and Executive Committee salaries.

•  Agreement of Executive Directors’ 2020 bonus arrangements, 

target performance measures and personal objectives.

•  Review and approval of the 2019 Directors’ Remuneration Report.

July 2020

•  Consideration of interim LTIP awards for below Board level 

•  Review of the likely impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the 

participants.

•  Consideration of the appropriateness of returning employees, the 
Executive Committee and the Executive Directors to full salary 
following the temporary pay reductions initiated as part of the 
Group’s initial response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Group’s remuneration structure and in-flight long and short term 
incentive arrangements.

•  Received an overview of the emerging response of companies 
and investors to the COVID-19 pandemic from the Committee’s 
external remuneration advisors.

November 2020

•  Consideration of the return of salary foregone by employees as 
part of the Group’s initial response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

December 2020

•  A detailed review of the executive and wider employee 

•  An update on the return of salary foregone to the wider  

remuneration landscape led by the Committee’s remuneration 
advisors. This review focused on the context set by the COVID-19 
pandemic and areas of continued shareholder focus on best 
practice corporate governance.

•  A review of the likely formulaic outcomes of the 2020 Bonus and 
2018 PSP awards and a discussion of the need for the Committee 
to consider any upward or downward discretion in relation to 
those likely outcomes.

workforce with further consideration given to the appropriateness 
of the return of salary foregone to the Executive Directors and 
Executive Committee. 

•  Consideration of the key themes and timetable for the review of 

the 2020 Directors’ Remuneration Report.

Spectris Book 1.indb   95
Spectris Book 1.indb   95

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

95

Directors’ Remuneration ReportGovernanceRole of the Remuneration Committee continued

In line with the requirements of the UK Corporate Governance Code to include explanation of the Company’s approach to 
investing in and rewarding its workforce, some of the work that the Committee has carried out in this area is set out below. 
The Committee has taken time during the year to review the remuneration of the wider workforce, related policies and the 
alignment of incentives and rewards with culture as part of its implementation of the 2020 Remuneration Policy. 

Stakeholder Engagement 
Values and culture in remuneration
During 2020, the Group launched its new Values and built 
these into Group’s performance management framework. 
The Remuneration Committee has used this framework as  
a foundation for the operational and strategic targets for the 
Executive Directors and Executive Committee members for 
2020. In assessing performance against these targets, the 
Committee has also considered the balanced scorecard 
developed by the Executive to ensure that their management 
of the Group during the COVID-19 pandemic supported 
all stakeholders.

Stakeholder views
Through the consultation process that supported the 
approval of the 2020 Remuneration Policy, the Committee 
reached out to investors holding in excess of 50% of the 
Group’s issued share capital. The Remuneration Committee 
Chairman also held face-to-face meetings with investors 
holding over 40% of the Group’s issued share capital. 

During the COVID-19 pandemic, the Committee has 
worked closely with the Executive team to ensure that the 
Group’s approach to managing remuneration during the 
crisis has balanced the interests of all stakeholders. In 
particular, the Committee has been mindful of the impact 
of the salary freeze and temporary pay restrictions on 
lower-paid employees and worked with management to 
ensure that this population were prioritised in the return to 
full pay. Careful consideration has also been given by the 
Committee to the guidance issued by investors and investor 
bodies on the management of remuneration during the 
ongoing crisis.

Employee share ownership 
Spectris is a proud advocate of employee share ownership. 
Due to the Group’s decentralised structure, particular 
importance is placed on aligning management throughout 
the Group with Spectris. Awards under the Spectris LTIP are 
granted to each management team within each platform 
and in each operating company in the Industrial Solutions 
division to support the alignment of their interests with 
shareholders. In the UK, the Group also manages a 
successful all-employee Share Incentive Plan (‘SIP’) to allow 
all UK-based employees to build a shareholding in Spectris. 
For every five shares purchased by an employee under the 
SIP, the Company awards one free Matching share.

52,924 shares

held by employees as part of the Share 
Incentive Plan as at 31 December 2020

Gender pay gap reporting
Spectris plc employs fewer than 250 people in the UK and is therefore not required to publish gender pay gap data. 
However, the Committee considers the issue of gender pay to be important, and for the third year Spectris has chosen 
to voluntarily collate the results for the UK-based employees of the Group and disclose the Group’s gender pay gap. The 
detailed disclosure is set out below and key metrics relating to the disclosure are included in the Sustainability Report on 
page 54. Following the UK Government’s decision to delay gender pay reporting due to the COVID-19 pandemic, the 
Committee has elected to use the data collated for the CEO pay ratio to produce a consistent gender pay gap disclosure 
moving forwards. This approach allows the Committee to analyse both key metrics from one source of data. This does 
mean that, for 2020, a comparison against the 2019 gender pay gap figures would not be representative as they were not 
produced on a like-for-like basis. For 2020, both the median and mean gender pay gap is 22% with a similar proportion of 
males and females receiving a bonus. The Committee is confident that men and women are being paid equally for doing 
the same job and that the imbalance in the number of male and female employees in similar roles in the composition of  
the UK workforce continues to drive our gender pay gap. This imbalance continues to be a core focus of time and attention 
by the Board and Nomination Committee.

Gender pay gap

Bonus gap

% receiving a bonus

Non-Management

Management

Total

Median

21.6%

15.0%

Mean

17.5%

19.6%

Male

Female

54.0%

55.9%

Median

12.9%

(0.9%)

Male

91.7%

Mean

30.3%

44.6%

Female

90.0%

Median

22.1%

13.5%

Male

Mean

21.6%

40.9%

Female

55.0%

56.6%

96 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   96
Spectris Book 1.indb   96

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Governance | Directors’ Remuneration ReportAdvisers to the Committee
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (‘PwC’) was first appointed as independent remuneration adviser in January 2018. During 
2020, PwC has provided advisory support to the Committee on various aspects of the Directors’ remuneration, including:

•  advice on emerging external market practice and stakeholder expectations during the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic;
•  analysis on all elements of the implementation of the Remuneration Policy; and
•  advice on the interpretation of investor body guidelines concerning remuneration outcomes during the COVID-19 

pandemic.

PwC reports directly to the Committee Chairman. During 2020, PwC also provided certain project advisory and tax services 
to the Company.

Aon separately supports the Company in compiling IFRS 2 ‘Share-based Payment’ reporting on the Company’s share  
plans and TSR performance calculations in relation to the Company’s PSP and LTIP. Aon does not provide any other  
services to the Company. Total fees paid during the financial year to these advisers were: PwC £48,667 (2019: £144,751)  
and Aon £30,960 (2019: £28,475). These fees were charged on the basis of each firm’s standard terms of business.

Both PwC and Aon are members of the Remuneration Consultants Group and adhere to its Code of Conduct.

The Committee reviewed the objectivity and independence of the advice it receives from its advisers each year and  
is satisfied that both PwC and Aon provided credible and professional advice during 2020. 

Annual performance evaluation
The performance of the Committee was reviewed as part of the external evaluation of the Board. This evaluation process 
was led by Lisa Thomas from Independent Board Evaluation and further details regarding the process followed are set out 
on page 69. Following this review and the feedback received, the Committee considered that it had operated effectively 
during the year. 

2021 Remuneration Committee workplan
The Committee intends to focus on the following key areas during 2021:

•  wider workforce remuneration structures and key policies;
•  wider UK workforce pension arrangements as part of the stated aim of aligning the UK pension arrangements by 2022; 

and

•  monitoring of the Group’s existing Remuneration Policy against the Group’s strategy, market practice, changes in the 

external governance environment and investor guidance.

By order of the Board

Cathy Turner
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
24 February 2021

This Directors’ Remuneration Report for the year ended 31 December 2020 complies with the requirements of the  
Listing Rules of the UK Listing authority, Schedule 8 of the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts  
and Reports) Regulations 2013, the Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 2018 and the provisions of the  
2018 UK Corporate Governance Code.

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

97

Spectris Book 1.indb   97
Spectris Book 1.indb   97

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Directors’ Remuneration ReportGovernanceDirectors’ Report

Overview of the information required to be disclosed
This section sets out the information required to be 
disclosed by the Company and the Group in the Directors’ 
Report in compliance with the Companies Act 2006 (the 
‘Act’), the Listing Rules of the UK Listing Authority (‘Listing 
Rules’) and the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules 
(‘DTR’). Certain matters that would otherwise be disclosed in 
this Directors’ Report have been reported elsewhere in this 
Annual Report. This report should therefore be read in 

conjunction with the Strategic Report on pages 1 to 59  
and the Governance section (pages 60 to 101) which are 
incorporated by reference into this Directors’ Report. The 
Strategic Report and this Directors’ Report, together with 
other sections of this Annual Report and Accounts including 
the Governance section on pages 60 to 101 incorporated by 
reference, when taken as a whole, form the Management 
Report as required under Rule 4.1.5R of the DTR.

Disclosure

Acquisitions and disposals

Articles of Association

Annual General Meeting

Appointment and removal of Directors

Authority to allot shares

Business model

Change of control

Community and charitable giving

Corporate governance 

Directors’ conflicts of interest 

Directors’ details

Directors’ indemnity

Directors’ responsibility statement

Disclosure of information to auditor

Diversity, equality and inclusion 

Employee engagement 

Employee equal opportunities 

Employee share plans

Employees with disabilities 

Financial instruments

Future developments and strategic priorities

Going concern

Greenhouse gas emissions 

Non-financial information statement and index

Ongoing director training and development 

Political donations

Powers of Directors

Principal risks and risk management

Purchase of own shares

Research and development activities

Restrictions on transfer of shares

Restrictions on voting rights

Results and dividends

Rights and obligations attaching to shares

Section 172 statement

Share capital

Stakeholder engagement

Substantial share interests

Treasury shares

Viability Statement

Reported in

Strategic Report

Directors’ Report

Directors’ Report

Directors’ Report

Directors’ Report

Strategic Report

Directors’ Report

Strategic Report

Governance

Directors’ Report 

Governance

Directors’ Report

Directors’ Report

Directors’ Report

Strategic Report 

Governance 

Strategic Report 

Directors’ Report

Strategic Report 

Directors’ Report

Strategic Report

Directors’ Report

Strategic Report 

Strategic Report

Governance 

Directors’ Report

Directors’ Report

Strategic Report

Directors’ Report

Strategic Report

Directors’ Report

Directors’ Report

Strategic Report

Directors’ Report

Governance

Directors’ Report

Strategic Report

Directors’ Report

Director’s Report

Strategic Report

Page reference

Page 39

Page 99

Page 99

Page 100

Page 99

Pages 26 and 27

Page 100

Page 53

Pages 60 to 101

Page 100

Pages 60 and 61

Page 100

Page 102

Page 101

Page 54

Page 68

Page 54

Page 100

Page 54

Page 100

Pages 16 and 17

Page 100

Page 57

Page 28

Page 68

Page 100

Page 100

Pages 44 to 48

Page 100

Pages 27 and 38

Page 101

Page 101

Pages 1 and 4

Page 101

Page 67

Page 101

Page 67

Page 101

Page 101

Page 49

98 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   98
Spectris Book 1.indb   98

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

GovernanceNon-financial information statement and index
This statement is made in compliance with the Companies 
Act 2006 and is intended to provide an understanding  
of our development, performance and position on key 

non-financial matters. The table below sets out where 
information relating to non-financial matters can be located. 
The statement and table below are incorporated within the 
Strategic Report by reference on page 28.

Non-financial information index

Reporting  
requirement

Some of our relevant policies  
and standards

Anti-bribery and corruption

Code of Business Ethics

Business model

Environmental matters

Employees

Environmental policy
ISO 14001

Code of Business Ethics
Health and Safety policy
OHSAS 18001

SA 8000 Social Accountability

Where to find out more information

Ethics and values standards
Culture, integrity and commitment to our values
Ethics helpline
Ethical leadership
Principal risk – ‘Compliance’

Our business model

Environmental management
Energy performance
Greenhouse gas emissions
KPI – Energy efficiency

Fair employment and diversity
Board diversity
Employee engagement and Workforce  
Engagement Director
Gender pay
Health, safety and wellbeing at work
KPI – Accident incidence rate
Principal risks:
– ‘Compliance’
– ‘Talent and capabilities’

Human rights

Non-financial KPIs

Social matters

Human Rights policy
Code of Business Ethics

Legal and regulatory compliance
Principal risk – ‘Compliance’

Energy efficiency
Accident incidence rate

Community involvement

Page  
reference

56
56 and 66
56
56
47

26 and 27

57
57
57
29

54
70
67 and 68

54
55
29

47
48

56
47

29
29

53

Results and dividends

The financial results for the financial year ended 31 December 2020 are set out on pages 111  
to 183. Adjusted operating profit for the year amounts to £173.6 million (2019: £258.1 million).

An interim dividend of 21.90 pence per share was paid on 6 November 2020 in respect of the 
half year ended 30 June 2020. The proposed final dividend for the year ended 31 December 
2019 was postponed due to the impact and uncertainty of COVID-19. An additional interim 
dividend of 43.20 pence per share was paid by the Company on 2 October 2020. 

The Board is recommending a final dividend of 46.5 pence per share for the year ended  
31 December 2020. Together with the interim dividend paid in November 2020, total dividends  
for the year ended 31 December 2020 amounted to 68.4 pence per share. Dividend details  
are given in Note 9 to the Financial Statements on page 137. 

Subject to the approval of shareholders at the 2021 AGM, the final dividend will be paid on  
30 June 2021 to those shareholders on the register at 14 May 2021.

The Company’s Articles contain specific provisions and restrictions regarding the Company’s 
powers to borrow money. Powers relating to pre-emptive rights, allotment of shares and 
purchase of the Company’s own shares are also included in the Articles and such authorities 
are renewed by shareholders each year at the Annual General Meeting. The Articles also  
give power to the Board to appoint and remove Directors and require Directors to submit 
themselves for election at the first AGM following their appointment and for annual  
re-election at subsequent AGMs. The Articles may be amended by special resolution of the 
shareholders. The Company’s Articles are available on the Company’s website:  
www.spectris.com.

Articles of Association 
(‘Articles’)

Annual General Meeting  
(‘AGM’)

It is intended that the 2021 AGM will be held at 12.00pm on Friday 14 May 2021 at Heritage 
House, Church Road,Egham, TW20 9QD. The Notice of the AGM accompanies this Annual 
Report and is available at www.spectris.com.

Auditor’s re-appointment  
and remuneration

Resolutions for the re-appointment of Deloitte LLP as the Company’s auditor and to authorise 
the Directors, acting through the Audit & Risk Committee, to agree the remuneration of the 
auditor are to be proposed at the 2021 AGM.

Directors’ report

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

99

Spectris Book 1.indb   99
Spectris Book 1.indb   99

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Governance 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report continued

Branches

Change in control

The Spectris Group, through various subsidiaries, has established branches in a number of 
different countries in which the business operates.

There are a number of agreements that take effect, alter or terminate upon a change of 
control of the Group following a takeover, such as bank loan agreements and Company share 
plans. None of these are deemed to be significant in terms of their potential impact on the 
business of the Group as a whole. It is also possible that funding arrangements for the Group’s 
defined benefit pension arrangements would need to be enhanced following a change in 
control if that resulted in a weakening of the employer covenant. The Company does not have 
any agreements with any Director that would provide for enhanced compensation for loss of 
office or employment following a takeover bid.

Directors

Details of the Directors who served during the year are set out on pages 60 and 61, other 
than Russell King who retired from the Board on 22 May 2020. Directors are appointed and 
replaced in accordance with the Articles, the Act and the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018. 

Directors’ conflicts  
of interest

The Board has an established process to review at least annually, and, if appropriate, authorise 
conflicts of interest. Any transactional conflicts are reviewed as they arise. Directors are asked 
to review and confirm reported conflicts of interest as part of the year-end process.

Directors’ remuneration  
and interest

Details of Directors’ remuneration and their interest in the Company’s shares are set out in the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 91, 92 and 93.

Directors’ and  
officers’ indemnities  
and insurance

The Spectris Group maintains liability insurance for its Directors and officers. The Directors  
and Company Secretary have also been granted a third-party indemnity, under the Act, which 
remains in force. Neither the Company’s indemnity nor insurance provides cover in the event 
that an indemnified individual is proven to have acted fraudulently or dishonestly.

Directors’ powers

The business of the Company is managed by the Board, which may exercise all the powers of 
the Company subject to the Articles and the Act.

Employee share plans

Details of employee share plans are set out in Note 23 to the Financial Statements on  
page 154.

Financial instruments

Details of the Group’s financial risk management in relation to its financial instruments are 
given in Note 28 to the Financial Statements on pages 164 to 166.

Going concern and  
Viability Statement

Having reviewed the Group’s plans and available financial facilities, the Board has a reasonable 
expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for at 
least 12 months following the signing of the accounts. For this reason, it continues to adopt 
the going concern basis in preparing the Group’s accounts. The Company’s Viability 
Statement can be found on page 49.

Political donations

The Group’s policy is not to make any political donations and none were made during the 
financial year ended 31 December 2020 (2019: nil).

Post balance  
sheet events

The sale of Concept Science’s legacy food testing business completed on 5 January 2021.  
The sale of the Millbrook business completed on 1 February 2021. See Note 25 for further 
details on these transactions. In February 2021, the Group proposed the commencement  
of a £200 million share buyback programme.

Purchase of own shares The Company was authorised by shareholders at the 2020 AGM to purchase in the market 

up to 10% of the Company’s issued share capital, as permitted under the Company’s Articles. 
No shares were purchased under this authority during the year. This standard authority is 
renewable annually and the Directors will seek to renew this authority at the 2021 AGM.

Related party transactions Details of related party transactions are set out in Note 32 to the Financial Statements on  

page 167.

100 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   100
Spectris Book 1.indb   100

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

GovernanceShare capital

Shareholders’ rights  
and obligations  
attaching to shares

The share capital of the Company comprises ordinary shares of 5 pence each: each share 
(with the exception of those held by the Company in Treasury) carries the right to one  
vote at general meetings of the Company. The Company may reduce or vary the rights 
attaching to its share capital by special resolution subject to the Articles and applicable laws 
and regulations. The issued share capital of the Company together with movements in the 
Company’s issued share capital during the year are shown in Note 22 to the Financial 
Statements on page 153.

The Articles (available on the Company’s website www.spectris.com ) contain provisions 
governing the ownership and transfer of shares. All shareholders have equal voting rights 
with one vote per share and there are no special control rights attaching to the shares. There 
are no restrictions on the transfer of shares beyond those required by applicable law under 
the Articles or under any applicable share dealing policy.

Subject to any special rights or restrictions, every shareholder on the Register not less than 
48 working hours before the time fixed for a general meeting, will have one vote for every 
fully-paid share that they hold. Shareholders may cast votes either personally or by proxy, 
and a proxy need not be a shareholder. Details relating to the appointment of proxies and 
registration of voting instructions for the 2021 AGM are set out in the Notice of AGM 
accompanying this Annual Report.

Substantial shareholders

As at 31 December 2020, the Company had received formal notifications of the following 
holdings in its ordinary shares in accordance with DTR 5:

Massachusetts Financial Services Company

FMR LLC

BlackRock

Shareholding in  
Spectris shares

11,499,077

8,682,229

6,069,049

Date of  
notification

01 Oct 2020

01 Jan 2020

21 Dec 2020

Percentage of issued 
share capital at  
date of notification

9.89%

7.48%

6.23%

Between 31 December 2020 and the date of this report, the Company received notification from:

•  UBS, on 11 January 2021 of a holding of 5.12% (5,954,691 shares).

A list of the Company’s major shareholders is set out on page 184.

Treasury shares

Shares held by the Company in treasury do not have voting rights and are not eligible to 
receive dividends.

Disclosures required  
under UK Listing Rule 9.8.4

There are no disclosures required to be made under UK Listing Rule 9.8.4 other than in 
respect of long-term incentive schemes, details of which are set out in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on pages 78 to 97.

Disclosure of  
information to auditor

The Directors who held office at the date of approval of the Directors’ Report confirm that:

•  so far as they are each aware, there is no relevant audit information, which would be 

needed by the Company’s auditor in connection with preparing its audit report, of which 
the Company’s auditor is unaware; and

•  each Director has taken all steps that they ought to have taken as a Director in order to 
make themselves aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the 
Company’s auditor is aware of that information.

On behalf of the Board

Mark Serföző  
General Counsel and Company Secretary 
24 February 2021

Directors’ report

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

101

Spectris Book 1.indb   101
Spectris Book 1.indb   101

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

GovernanceStatement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect of the 
Annual Report and the Financial Statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual 
Report, Directors’ Remuneration Report and the Group 
and Company Financial Statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations.

Under the Companies Act, the Directors are required to 
prepare the Group Financial Statements in accordance with 
international accounting standards in conformity with the 
requirements of the Companies Act and International 
Financial Reporting Standards adopted pursuant to 
Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applied in the European 
Union (‘EU’) and have also elected to prepare the Company 
Financial Statements in accordance with UK Accounting 
Standards and applicable law, including FRS 101 ‘Reduced 
Disclosure Framework’.

Under company law, the Directors are required to prepare 
such Financial Statements for each financial year and must 
not approve the Financial Statements unless they are 
satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of 
affairs of the Group and Company and of their profit or loss 
for that period.

Directors’ responsibility statement
We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:

•  the Financial Statements, prepared in accordance with 
the applicable set of accounting standards, give a true 
and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position 
and profit or loss of the Company and the undertakings 
included in the consolidation taken as a whole;

•  the Strategic Report on pages 1 to 59 and the Directors’ 
Report on pages 60 to 101 include a fair review of the 
development and performance of the business and the 
position of the Group and the undertakings included in 
the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a 
description of the principal risks and uncertainties that 
they face; and

•  the Annual Report and Accounts taken as a whole, is fair, 

balanced and understandable, and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the 
Group’s performance, business model and strategy.

The Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report were 
approved by the Board on 24 February 2021.

In preparing each of the Group and Company Financial 
Statements, the Directors are required to:

By order of the Board

Andrew Heath 
Chief Executive

Derek Harding 
Chief Financial Officer 
24 February 2021

•  select accounting policies and then apply them 

consistently;

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that are 

reasonable and prudent;

•  for the Group Financial Statements, state whether they 

have been prepared in conformity with the requirements 
of IFRS as adopted by the EU;

•  for the Company Financial Statements, state whether 

applicable UK Accounting Standards have been followed, 
subject to any material departures disclosed and 
explained in the Company Financial Statements; and
•  prepare the Financial Statements on the going concern 

basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group 
and Company will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain 
the Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable 
accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company 
and enable them to ensure that its Financial Statements 
comply with the Companies Act 2006. They have general 
responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open 
to them to safeguard the assets of the Group and to prevent 
and detect fraud and other irregularities. 

Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are 
also responsible for preparing a Strategic Report, Directors’ 
Report, Directors’ Remuneration Report and Corporate 
Governance Statement that comply with that law and 
those regulations. 

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and 
integrity of the corporate and financial information included 
on the Company’s website. Legislation in the UK governing 
the preparation and dissemination of financial statements 
may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

102 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   102
Spectris Book 1.indb   102

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

GovernanceIndependent Auditor’s Report to the  
Members of Spectris plc

Report on the audit of the  
financial statements

1.  Opinion
In our opinion:

We have audited the financial statements which comprise:

•  the Consolidated Income Statement;

•  the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income;

•  the Consolidated and Company Statement of Financial 

•  the financial statements of Spectris plc (the ‘Parent 

Position;

company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) give a true  
and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Parent 
company’s affairs as at 31 December 2020 and of the 
Group’s loss for the year then ended;

•  the Consolidated and Company Statement of Changes  

in Equity;

•  the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows; and

•  the Group financial statements have been properly 

•  the Consolidated Notes 1 to 35 and Company Notes 1 to 15.

prepared in accordance with international accounting 
standards in conformity with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006, and International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union;

•  the Parent Company financial statements have been 

properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom 
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, including 
Financial Reporting Standard 101 “Reduced Disclosure 
Framework”; and

•  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance 

with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied 
in the preparation of the Group financial statements is 
applicable law, and international accounting standards in 
conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 
2006, and IFRSs as adopted by the European Union. The 
financial reporting framework that has been applied in the 
preparation of the Parent company financial statements is 
applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, 
including FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework” (United 
Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

2. Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. 
Our responsibilities under those standards are further 
described in the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of 
the financial statements section of our report. 

We are independent of the Group and the Parent company 
in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant 
to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including 
the Financial Reporting Council’s (the ‘FRC’s’) Ethical 
Standard as applied to listed public interest entities, and we 
have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance 
with these requirements. The non-audit services provided to 
the Group and Parent company for the year are disclosed in 
note 5 to the financial statements. We confirm that the 
non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard 
were not provided to the Group or the Parent company.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is 
sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Spectris Book 1.indb   103
Spectris Book 1.indb   103

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

103

Financial StatementsIndependent Auditor’s Report to the  
Members of Spectris plc continued

3. Summary of our audit approach

Key audit matters The key audit matters that we identified in the current year were:

•  Impairment of goodwill, intangible and tangible assets at Millbrook; and

•  Revenue recognition; 

Within this report, key audit matters are identified as follows:

  Newly identified

Increased level of risk

  Similar level of risk

  Decreased level of risk

Materiality

Scoping

Significant 
changes in  
our approach

The materiality that we used for the Group financial statements was £7.7 million (2019: £12.3 million) 
which was determined on the basis of an average of 5% of adjusted profit before tax, 0.8% of revenue 
and 3% of EBITDA. 

Full scope audit work was completed on 58 components and specified audit procedures were 
undertaken on a further 2 components. Our full scope and specified audit procedures represent 74% 
(2019: 71%) of total Group revenue and 88% of Group adjusted profit before tax (2019: 78% of Group 
statutory profit before tax). We have presented profit coverage based on adjusted profit before tax  
in the current year, given the statutory loss

Our approach is consistent with the previous year with the exception of:

•  We have amended the basis on which we have determined materiality in the current period, given 

the volatility in the underlying current year earnings of the Group, predominantly following the 
outbreak of COVID-19. Historically our materiality has been determined solely with reference to an 
adjusted profit before tax benchmark. In the current year, a blended method has been used which 
uses adjusted profit before tax, revenue and EBITDA as reference benchmarks. 

•  The classification and disclosure of restructuring costs from significant programmes is no longer 
considered to be a key audit matter, following a sizeable reduction in the quantum of the costs  
and consistent nature of items reducing the level of judgement relative to the prior year. 

•  The impairment of the carrying value of goodwill, intangible and tangible assets at Concept Life 
Sciences is no longer considered a key audit matter, given the impairment recognised and the 
merger into the Malvern Panalytical platform cash generating unit during 2019. 

•  Entities within the Netherlands, France, Germany and Denmark have been brought into scope as 
full-scope audits in the current year. These entities are part of the Malvern Panalytical and HBK 
platforms. The Singapore entities have been taken out of scope in the current year, as none contribute 
significantly to Group results and no other qualitative risks identified. 

4. Conclusions relating to going concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting  
in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.

Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the Group’s and Parent company’s ability to continue to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting included:

•  evaluating the financing facilities available to the Group including nature of facilities, repayment terms and covenants

•  challenging the assumptions used in the forecasts by reference to historical performance, trading run rate, order book  

and other supporting evidence such as business disposal agreements 

•  recalculation and assessment of the amount of cash and covenant headroom in the forecasts

•  performing a sensitivity analysis to consider specific scenarios including a reverse stress test based on a reduction in 

revenue and associated margin

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions 
that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group’s and Parent company’s ability to continue as  
a going concern for a period of at least twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

In relation to the reporting on how the Group has applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing material  
to add or draw attention to in relation to the directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether the directors 
considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant 
sections of this report.

104 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   104
Spectris Book 1.indb   104

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
5. Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the 
financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement 
(whether or not due to fraud) that we identified. These matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall 
audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion 
thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

5.1. Impairment of the carrying value of goodwill, other intangible and tangible assets at Millbrook  

Key audit matter 
description

The carrying value of the Millbrook CGU as at 31 December 2020 was £114.7m (2019: £239.5m).

On 10 December 2020, Spectris reached an agreement to sell the Millbrook business, which formally 
completed on 1 February 2021. 

At the year end, management have determined the recoverable amount based on a fair value less 
costs to sell basis, as the business has been classified as held-for-sale in accordance with IFRS 5. The 
headline disposal value is £133.0m, which after accounting for £18.0m of completion adjustments and 
disposal costs results in a fair value less costs to sell of £114.7m. This consideration is made up of cash, 
vendor loan notes and a retained equity stake. 

The total impairment of Millbrook assets during 2020 is £125.9m, consisting of £58.4m goodwill, £51.2m 
of property, plant and equipment and £16.3m of other intangible assets. 

We consider that impairment of the carrying value of goodwill, other intangible and tangible assets  
at Millbrook represents a key audit matter due to the significance in the value of the transaction and 
effort and resources allocated during the audit throughout the year.

Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements sets out the Group’s accounting policy for testing  
of goodwill and intangibles for impairment. The basis for the impairment review is outlined in note 11  
to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements also 
includes details of the extent to which the CGUs to which the goodwill and other intangibles assets are 
allocated are sensitive to changes in the key inputs. Note 35 to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
includes detail of events which occurred after the balance sheet date, including the formal completion 
of the Millbrook disposal. 

How the scope  
of our audit 
responded to the 
key audit matter

We completed the following audit procedures:

•  Obtained an understanding of the relevant controls over the impairment process.

•  Assessed the transaction against the IFRS 5 held for sale criteria. 

•  Reviewed the sale and purchase agreement of the transaction to challenge the deemed fair value of 

the business.

•  Reviewed the valuation, accounting treatment and disclosures in relation to the vendor loan note and 

retained equity stake elements of the consideration.

•  Agreed a sample of disposal costs included in management’s calculations to supporting evidence. 

•  Reviewed the adequacy of management’s disclosures in relation to Millbrook impairment to ensure 

compliance with IFRS 5 and IAS 36. 

Key observations

Based on the work performed as outlined above, we are satisfied with the carrying value of Millbrook 
as at 31 December 2020 and the impairment charge recognised in the Consolidated Income 
Statement. We consider management’s disclosures in relation to these matters to be appropriate.

5.2. Revenue recognition  

Key audit matter 
description

The Group recognised revenue of £1,336 million (2019: £1,632 million) predominantly through the 
provision of goods and services accounted for under IFRS 15. Given the number of operating 
companies in the Group, the variety of revenue streams and the bespoke nature of businesses, 
spanning across numerous countries and industries, understanding the revenue cycles in each 
business and their respective control environments underpins our risk assessment and the basis  
for our planned audit procedures.

Consequently, we consider that revenue recognition represents a key audit matter due to the effort 
and resources allocated during the audit. Additionally, more revenue is generated in December  
across all operating companies than any other individual month in the financial year. We therefore 
identified a risk of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, relating to the cut-off of 
revenue recognition.

Refer to note 1 for the accounting policies on revenue recognition, and notes 3 and 4 for the Group’s 
segmental and revenue analysis.

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

105

Spectris Book 1.indb   105
Spectris Book 1.indb   105

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial StatementsIndependent Auditor’s Report 
Independent Auditor’s Report to the  
Members of Spectris plc continued

How the scope  
of our audit 
responded to the 
key audit matter

We designed our audit procedures to be specific to each operating company, considering the nature of 
each business and the associated revenue streams. Consequently, we performed a combination of the 
following audit procedures as appropriate:

•  Obtained an understanding of the controls over the revenue recognition process specifically  

in relation to cut-off and in certain instances tested the operating effectiveness of these relevant 
controls.

•  Traced a sample of revenue recognised in December 2020 to third party supporting evidence  
to determine whether appropriate cut-off was applied and that performance obligations have  
been satisfied.

•  Considered significant contracts with multiple performance obligations and assessed the 

identification of separate performance obligations, the timing of revenue recognition and the 
evidence of the performance obligations being satisfied.

•  Challenged the appropriateness of accrued income recognised by agreeing a sample to supporting 

evidence demonstrating that a performance obligation has been met or partially met. 

•  Obtained a schedule of adjusting and manual journals posted in December 2020 with a credit impact 

on revenue and traced a sample to appropriate evidence in support of the adjustment.

Key observations We consider the revenue recognised across the Group to be appropriate and year end cut-off is 

materially accurate. We concur with management’s accounting policies and their application across 
the Group.

6. Our application of materiality
6.1. Materiality
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable that the 
economic decisions of a reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality both  
in planning the scope of our audit work and in evaluating the results of our work.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Group Financial Statements

Materiality

£7.7 million (2019: £12.3 million)

Basis for 
determining 
materiality

Rationale  
for the 
benchmark 
applied

We have amended the basis on which we have determined materiality 
in the current period, given the volatility in the underlying earnings of 
the Group predominantly following the outbreak of COVID-19. 
Historically our materiality has been determined solely with reference 
to an adjusted profit before tax benchmark. In the current year, 
a blended method has been used. This involved taking the average of 
the adjusted PBT (5.0%), revenue (0.8%), and EBITDA (3.0%) 
benchmarks. Our current year materiality of £7.7 million equates to 
4.6% of adjusted PBT (2019: 5.0%).

Adjusted profit before tax, revenue and EBITDA are key performance 
measures for management, investors and the analyst community. 
These metrics are important to the users of the financial statements 
(investors and analysts being the key users for a listed entity) because 
they portray the performance of the business and hence its ability to 
pay a return on investment to the investors. Likewise, the adjusted 
profit before tax metric takes into account the acquisitive nature of the 
Group which results in exceptional items needing to be considered 
when determining the performance of the business. Refer to note 2 of 
the financial statements for the Group’s definition of Alternative 
Performance Measures.

Parent Company Financial 
Statements

£3.8 million (2019: £4.0 million)

Parent company performance 
materiality equates to 50% of 
net assets, which is capped at 
70% of Group performance 
materiality.

Non-trading entity, whose 
primary function within the 
Spectris Group is to act as a 
holding company. As such, net 
assets deemed the most 
appropriate benchmark.

Group materiality
£7.7m

Component 
materiality range
£3.8m to £2.4m

Audit Committee
reporting threshold
£0.4m

1

PBT £166.4m

2

1  Adjusted PBT 
2  Group materiality 

106 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   106
Spectris Book 1.indb   106

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial Statements6.2. Performance materiality
We set performance materiality at a level lower than materiality to reduce the probability that, in aggregate, uncorrected and 
undetected misstatements exceed the materiality for the financial statements as a whole. 

Performance 
materiality

Basis and 
rationale for 
determining 
performance 
materiality

Group Financial Statements

70% (2019: 70%) of Group materiality

Parent Company Financial 
Statements

70% (2019: 70%) of Parent 
company materiality 

In determining performance materiality for the Group and Parent company, we considered the following 
factors:

•  our risk assessment, including our assessment of the group’s overall control environment and our past 

experience of the audit

•  the disaggregated nature of the Group which reduces the likelihood of an individually material error

•  the low number of corrected and uncorrected misstatements identified in the previous audits 

6.3. Error reporting threshold
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would  
report to the Committee all audit differences in excess of 
£0.4 million (2019: £0.6 million), as well as differences below 
that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on 
qualitative grounds. We also report to the Audit Committee 
on disclosure matters that we identified when assessing the 
overall presentation of the financial statements.

7. An overview of the scope of our audit
7.1. Identification and scoping of components
The Group operates in more than 30 countries spread  
across five continents with the largest footprint being in 
North America, Asia and Europe. Our Group audit was 
scoped by obtaining an understanding of the Group and its 
environment, including Group-wide controls, and assessing 
the risks of material misstatement at the Group and 
component level. Based on that assessment, we focussed 
our Group audit scope primarily on audit work at the four 
segments, consisting of three platforms: Omega, HBK  
and Malvern Panalytical; as well as another 7 operating 
companies reported as part of the Industrial Solutions 
segment. These 3 platforms and 7 other operating 
companies are composed of many individual components, 
which are the lowest level at which management prepares 
financial information that is included in the Consolidated 
Financial Statements. The Company is located in the UK and 
is audited directly by the Group audit team.

We have considered components on the basis of their 
contribution to Group revenue, and profit, as well as those 
that require local statutory audits in their jurisdiction. Full 
scope audit work was completed on 58 components and 
specified audit procedures were undertaken on a further  
2 components. Our full scope and specified audit procedures 
represent 74% (2019: 71%) of total Group revenue and 88%  
of Group adjusted profit before tax (2019: 78% of Group 
statutory profit before tax). We have presented profit 
coverage based on adjusted profit before tax in the current 
year, given the statutory loss.

Revenue (%)

3

2

1

1  Full scope audit 
2  Specified audit procedures 
3  Review at Group level 

71%
3%
26%

Profit before tax (%)

3

2

1

1  Full scope audit 
2  Specified audit procedures 
3  Review at Group level 

73%
15%
12%

7.2. Our consideration of the control environment 
Given the disaggregated nature of the Group, we largely 
continue to adopt a substantive audit approach. Where 
control improvements are identified these are reported to 
management and the Audit Committee as appropriate.  
The Group continues to invest time in responding to and 
addressing our observations. Management determines their 
response to these observations and continues to monitor 
their resolution with reporting to and oversight from the 
Audit Committee. In the current year, a considerable piece of 
work has been completed by management on the IT control 
environment at a number of the key platform businesses. 
Further improvement is still required before we are able to 
rely on the IT controls within our audit approach. 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

107

Spectris Book 1.indb   107
Spectris Book 1.indb   107

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial StatementsIndependent Auditor’s ReportIndependent Auditor’s Report to the  
Members of Spectris plc continued

7.3. Working with other auditors
The Group audit was conducted exclusively by a global 
network of Deloitte member firms under the direction and 
supervision of the UK Group audit team. Component 
auditors were assigned to perform audit procedures in line 
with the scoping of the respective components within their 
jurisdiction. Each component in scope was subject to an 
audit materiality level between £2.4 million and £3.8 million. 
For the Group audit, the component auditors focused on 
components classified for full scope and specified audit 
procedures. Further work was performed at a Group level 
over the consolidation and components not in scope. 
Dedicated members of the Group audit team were assigned 
to each component to facilitate an effective and consistent 
approach to component oversight.

The planned programme which we designed as part of  
our involvement in the component auditor’s work was 
delivered over the course of the Group audit. The extent of 
our involvement which commenced from the planning 
phase included:

•  Setting the scope of the component auditor and 

assessment of the component auditor’s independence.

•  Designing the audit procedures for all significant risks to be 
addressed by the component auditors and issuing Group 
audit instructions detailing the nature and form of the 
reporting required by the Group engagement team.

•  Providing direction on enquiries made by the component 

auditors through online and telephone conversations.

•  A review of each component auditor’s engagement file by 

a senior member of the Group audit team.

•  Group team attendance at local component audit close 

meetings. 

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, which limited our 
ability to make component visits, more frequent calls were 
held between the Group and component teams and remote 
access to relevant documents was provided. Given the 
pandemic, the majority of our audit was performed under  
a remote working environment. Throughout this time, we 
increased the frequency of our meetings with the audit team 
and with management to ensure progress. We were able to 
perform our procedures without needing to make 
substantial changes to our planned approach.

8. Other information
The other information comprises the information included  
in the annual report, other than the financial statements and 
our auditor’s report thereon. The directors are responsible  
for the other information contained within the annual report. 
Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover  
the other information and, except to the extent otherwise 
explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form  
of assurance conclusion thereon.

Our responsibility is to read the other information and,  
in doing so, consider whether the other information is 
materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our 
knowledge obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise 
appears to be materially misstated.

If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent 
material misstatements, we are required to determine 
whether this gives rise to a material misstatement in the 
financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we 
have performed, we conclude that there is a material 
misstatement of this other information, we are required  
to report that fact.

108 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

We have nothing to report in this regard.

9. Responsibilities of directors
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities 
statement, the directors are responsible for the preparation 
of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they 
give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the 
directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of 
financial statements that are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are 
responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Parent 
company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing 
as applicable, matters related to going concern and using 
the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors 
either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent company 
or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to 
do so.

10. Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error,  
and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not 
a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with 
ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when 
it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and 
are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, 
they could reasonably be expected to influence the 
economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these 
financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of 
the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description 
forms part of our auditor’s report.

11. Extent to which the audit was considered capable  
of detecting irregularities, including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of  
non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design 
procedures in line with our responsibilities, outlined above,  
to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, 
including fraud. The extent to which our procedures  
are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud is 
detailed below.

11.1. Identifying and assessing potential risks related  
to irregularities
In identifying and assessing risks of material misstatement 
in respect of irregularities, including fraud and non-
compliance with laws and regulations, we considered  
the following:

•  the nature of the industry and sector, control environment 

and business performance including the design of the 
Group’s remuneration policies, key drivers for directors’ 
remuneration, bonus levels and performance targets;

•  results of our enquiries of management, internal audit, and 
the audit committee about their own identification and 
assessment of the risks of irregularities; 

•  any matters we identified having obtained and reviewed 

the Group’s documentation of their policies and procedures 
relating to:

Spectris Book 1.indb   108
Spectris Book 1.indb   108

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial Statements – identifying, evaluating and complying with laws and 

•  in addressing the risk of fraud through management 

regulations and whether they were aware of any instances 
of non-compliance;

 – detecting and responding to the risks of fraud and 

whether they have knowledge of any actual, suspected or 
alleged fraud;

 – the internal controls established to mitigate risks of fraud 

or non-compliance with laws and regulations;

•  the matters discussed among the audit engagement team, 
including significant component audit teams, and relevant 
internal specialists, including tax, valuations, pensions, IT, 
and industry specialists regarding how and where fraud 
might occur in the financial statements and any potential 
indicators of fraud.

As a result of these procedures, we considered the 
opportunities and incentives that may exist within the 
organisation for fraud and identified the greatest potential 
for fraud in the following areas: impairment of goodwill, 
intangible and tangible assets at Millbrook and revenue 
recognition. In common with all audits under ISAs (UK), we 
are also required to perform specific procedures to respond 
to the risk of management override.

We also obtained an understanding of the legal and 
regulatory frameworks that the Group operates in, focusing 
on provisions of those laws and regulations that had a direct 
effect on the determination of material amounts and 
disclosures in the financial statements. The key laws and 
regulations we considered in this context included the  
UK Companies Act, Listing Rules, pensions legislation  
and tax legislation in all relevant jurisdictions where the 
Group operates.

In addition, we considered provisions of other laws and 
regulations that do not have a direct effect on the financial 
statements but compliance with which may be fundamental 
to the Group’s ability to operate or to avoid a material 
penalty. These included the Group’s environmental 
regulations.  

11.2. Audit response to risks identified
As a result of performing the above, we identified the 
impairment of goodwill, intangible and tangible assets at 
Millbrook and revenue recognition as key audit matters 
related to the potential risk of fraud. The key audit matters 
section of our report explains the matters in more detail and 
also describes the specific procedures we performed in 
response to those key audit matters. 

In addition to the above, our procedures to respond to risks 
identified included the following:

•  reviewing the financial statement disclosures and testing 
to supporting documentation to assess compliance with 
provisions of relevant laws and regulations described as 
having a direct effect on the financial statements;

•  enquiring of management, the audit committee and 

in-house legal counsel concerning actual and potential 
litigation and claims;

•  performing analytical procedures to identify any unusual or 
unexpected relationships that may indicate risks of material 
misstatement due to fraud;

•  reading minutes of meetings of those charged with 

governance, reviewing internal audit reports and reviewing 
correspondence with HMRC; and

override of controls, testing the appropriateness of journal 
entries and other adjustments; assessing whether the 
judgements made in making accounting estimates are 
indicative of a potential bias; and evaluating the business 
rationale of any significant transactions that are unusual or 
outside the normal course of business.

We also communicated relevant identified laws and 
regulations and potential fraud risks to all engagement  
team members, including internal specialists and significant 
component audit teams, and remained alert to any 
indications of fraud or non-compliance with laws and 
regulations throughout the audit.

Report on other legal and regulatory 
requirements

12. Opinions on other matters prescribed by the 
Companies Act 2006
In our opinion the part of the directors’ remuneration report 
to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance 
with the Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course 
of the audit:

•  the information given in the strategic report and the 
directors’ report for the financial year for which the 
financial statements are prepared is consistent with the 
financial statements; and

•  the strategic report and the directors’ report have been 

prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the 
Group and the Parent company and their environment 
obtained in the course of the audit, we have not identified 
any material misstatements in the strategic report or the 
directors’ report.

13. Corporate Governance Statement
The Listing Rules require us to review the directors’ 
statement in relation to going concern, longer-term viability 
and that part of the Corporate Governance Statement 
relating to the Group’s compliance with the provisions of the 
UK Corporate Governance Code specified for our review.

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have 
concluded that each of the following elements of the 
Corporate Governance Statement is materially consistent 
with the financial statements and our knowledge obtained 
during the audit: 

•  the directors’ statement with regards to the 

appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis of 
accounting and any material uncertainties identified set 
out on page 100;

•  the directors’ explanation as to its assessment of the 

Group’s prospects, the period this assessment covers and 
why the period is appropriate set out on page 100;

•  the directors’ statement on fair, balanced and 

understandable set out on page 73;

•  the board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust 

assessment of the emerging and principal risks set out on 
page 74;

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

109

Spectris Book 1.indb   109
Spectris Book 1.indb   109

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial StatementsIndependent Auditor’s ReportIndependent Auditor’s Report to the  
Members of Spectris plc continued

•  the section of the annual report that describes the review  
of effectiveness of risk management and internal control 
systems set out on page 76; and

•  the section describing the work of the audit committee set 

out on page 73.

14. Matters on which we are required to report  
by exception
14.1. Adequacy of explanations received and accounting 
records
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to 
you if, in our opinion:

•  we have not received all the information and explanations 

we require for our audit; or

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the 
Parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have 
not been received from branches not visited by us; or

•  the Parent company financial statements are not in 
agreement with the accounting records and returns.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

14.2. Directors’ remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to 
report if in our opinion certain disclosures of directors’ 
remuneration have not been made or the part of the 
directors’ remuneration report to be audited is not in 
agreement with the accounting records and returns.

We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.

15. Other matters which we are required to address
15.1. Auditor tenure
Following the recommendation of the audit committee, 
we were appointed by the Board of Directors on 28 July 2016 
to audit the financial statements for the year ending 31 
December 2017 and subsequent financial periods. The 
period of total uninterrupted engagement including 
previous renewals and reappointments of the firm is four 
years, covering the years ending 31 December 2017 to 
31 December 2020.

15.2. Consistency of the audit report with the additional 
report to the audit committee
Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report 
to the audit committee we are required to provide in 
accordance with ISAs (UK).

16. Use of our report
This report is made solely to the company’s members, 
as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the 
Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken 
so that we might state to the company’s members those 
matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s 
report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent 
permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility 
to anyone other than the company and the company’s 
members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for 
the opinions we have formed.

Andrew Bond, FCA (Senior statutory auditor) 
For and on behalf of Deloitte LLP 
Statutory Auditor 
Reading UK 
24 February 2021

110 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   110
Spectris Book 1.indb   110

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial StatementsConsolidated Income Statement

For the year ended 31 December 2020

Continuing operations

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Indirect production and engineering expenses

Sales and marketing expenses

Administrative expenses

Adjusted operating profit

Restructuring costs

Net transaction-related costs and fair value adjustments

Depreciation of acquisition-related fair value adjustments to property, plant and equipment

Profit on disposal of property

Impairment of goodwill

Amortisation and impairment of acquisition-related intangible assets and impairment of other 
property, plant and equipment

Operating (loss)/profit

Fair value through profit and loss movements on equity investments

Share of post-tax results of joint venture

Impairment of non-current receivable from joint venture

Profit on disposal of businesses

Financial income

Finance costs

(Loss)/profit before tax

Taxation charge

(Loss)/profit for the year from continuing operations attributable to owners of the Company

Basic (loss)/earnings per share 

Diluted (loss)/earnings per share 

Dividends – amounts arising in respect of the year

2020: Interim and additional interim dividends paid and final dividend proposed for the year 
(2019: interim dividend paid for the year) (per share)

Dividends paid during the year (per share)

Note

2020
£m

2019
£m

2,3,4

1,336.2

1,632.0

(717.8)

914.2

(108.2)

(345.7)

(376.0)

258.1

(52.2)

(6.1)

(1.0)

5.2

(35.1)

(84.6)

84.3

–

(4.9)

(21.3)

204.7

7.9

(11.4)

259.3

(25.2)

234.1

(599.8)

736.4

(96.7)

(268.3)

(394.7)

173.6

(19.5)

(19.4)

(0.7)

–

2

2

2

2

2

2,11

(58.4)

(98.9)

(23.3)

23.2

–

–

4.4

1.8

(10.2)

(4.1)

(12.9)

(17.0)

2,11

2,3,5

13

2

2

25

7

7

8

10

10

9

9

(14.6)p

(14.6)p

202.2p

201.6p

111.6p

21.9p

65.1p

62.4p

Spectris Book 1.indb   111
Spectris Book 1.indb   111

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

111

Financial StatementsConsolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

For the year ended 31 December 2020

(Loss)/profit for the year attributable to owners of the Company

Other comprehensive income:

Items that will not be reclassified to the Consolidated Income Statement:

Re-measurement of net defined benefit obligation

Fair value gain on investment in equity instruments designated as at fair value through other 
comprehensive income

Tax (charge)/credit on items above

Items that are or may be reclassified subsequently to the Consolidated Income Statement:

Net (loss)/gain on effective portion of changes in fair value of forward exchange contracts on cash 
flow hedges

Foreign exchange movements on translation of overseas operations

Currency translation differences transferred to profit on disposal of business

Tax credit/(charge) on items above

Total other comprehensive income/(loss)

Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year attributable to owners of the Company

Note

20

13

8

8

2020 
£m

(17.0)

8.5

0.1

(1.3)

7.3

(0.6)

(0.6)

–

0.1

(1.1)

6.2

(10.8)

2019 
£m

234.1

(10.6)

–

1.7

(8.9)

3.1

(32.7)

(35.8)

(0.6)

(66.0)

(74.9)

159.2

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

For the year ended 31 December 2020

Share 
capital
£m

Share 
premium
£m

Retained 
earnings
£m

Translation 
reserve
£m

Hedging 
reserve
£m

Note

6.0

231.4

983.3

At 1 January 2020

Loss for the year

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

Total comprehensive loss for the year

Transactions with owners recorded 
directly in equity:

Equity dividends paid by the Company

Share-based payments, net of tax

9

23

Proceeds from exercise of equity-settled 
options

–

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(17.0)

7.3

(9.7)

(75.7)

3.3

0.3

901.5

Merger 
reserve
£m

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
£m

Total 
equity
£m

3.1

0.5

1,321.5

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(17.0)

6.2

(10.8)

(75.7)

3.3

0.3

98.6

– 

(0.6)

(0.6)

– 

– 

– 

(1.4)

– 

(0.5)

(0.5)

– 

– 

– 

At 31 December 2020

6.0

231.4

98.0

(1.9)

3.1

0.5

1,238.6

Share 
capital
£m

Share 
premium
£m

Retained 
earnings
£m

Translation 
reserve
£m

Hedging 
reserve
£m

Note

Merger 
reserve
£m

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
£m

At 1 January 2019

Adoption of IFRS 16 and IFRIC 23

At 1 January 2019 (restated)

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners recorded 
directly in equity:

Equity dividends paid by the Company

Share-based payments, net of tax

9

23

Proceeds from exercise of equity-settled 
options

6.0

– 

6.0

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

231.4

828.7

– 

231.4

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(2.9)

825.8

234.1

(8.9)

225.2

(72.3)

3.6

1.0

167.1

– 

167.1

– 

(68.5)

(68.5)

– 

– 

– 

(3.9)

– 

(3.9)

– 

2.5

2.5

– 

– 

– 

3.1

– 

3.1

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

0.5

– 

0.5

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Total 
equity
£m

1,232.9

(2.9)

1,230.0

234.1

(74.9)

159.2

(72.3)

3.6

1.0

At 31 December 2019

6.0

231.4

983.3

98.6

(1.4)

3.1

0.5

1,321.5

112 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   112
Spectris Book 1.indb   112

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial StatementsConsolidated Statement of Financial Position

As at 31 December 2020

ASSETS

Non-current assets

Intangible assets:

Goodwill

Other intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Investment in equity instruments

Deferred tax assets

Current assets

Inventories

Current tax assets

Trade and other receivables

Derivative financial instruments

Cash and cash equivalents

Assets held for sale

Total assets

LIABILITIES

Current liabilities

Borrowings

Derivative financial instruments

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Current tax liabilities

Provisions

Liabilities held for sale

Net current assets

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings

Other payables

Lease liabilities

Provisions

Retirement benefit obligations

Deferred tax liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

EQUITY

Share capital

Share premium

Retained earnings

Translation reserve

Hedging reserve

Merger reserve

Capital redemption reserve

Note

2020 
£m

2019 
£m

11

11

12

13

21

14

15

28

16

25

17

28

18

19

25

17

18

19

20

21

22

22

22

22

22

577.0

133.5

710.5

187.1

39.4

14.6

951.6

168.5

4.1

291.8

1.9

222.2

178.7

867.2

646.8

178.5

825.3

369.0

–

9.0

1,203.3

197.2

4.1

335.7

1.5

213.1

18.9

770.5

1,818.8

1,973.8

(13.1)

(0.1)

(80.7)

(0.1)

(288.3)

(296.8)

(12.9)

(16.7)

(24.7)

(37.3)

(393.1)

474.1

(104.5)

(24.7)

(26.0)

(3.8)

(20.4)

(7.7)

(187.1)

(15.1)

(20.8)

(27.3)

–

(440.8)

329.7

(98.9)

(21.3)

(45.4)

(5.6)

(27.5)

(12.8)

(211.5)

(580.2)

1,238.6

(652.3)

1,321.5

6.0

231.4

901.5

98.0

(1.9)

3.1

0.5

6.0

231.4

983.3

98.6

(1.4)

3.1

0.5

Total equity attributable to owners of the Company

1,238.6

1,321.5

The Financial Statements on pages 111 to 168 were approved by the Board of Directors on 24 February 2021 and were signed 
on its behalf by:

Derek Harding
Chief Financial Officer

Company Registration No. 2025003

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

113

Spectris Book 1.indb   113
Spectris Book 1.indb   113

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial StatementsConsolidated Statement of Cash Flows

For the year ended 31 December 2020

Cash generated from operations

Net income taxes paid

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Cash flows (used in)/from investing activities

Purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment and software

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

Purchase of equity investments

Proceeds from disposal of businesses, net of tax paid of £2.3m (2019: £1.2m)

Proceeds from government grants related to purchase of property, plant and equipment and 
intangible assets

Interest received

Net cash flows (used in)/from investing activities

Cash flows used in financing activities

Interest paid on borrowings

Interest paid on lease liabilities

Dividends paid 

Net proceeds from exercise of share options

Payments on principal portion of lease liabilities

Loan repaid by/(made to) joint venture

Proceeds from borrowings

Repayment of borrowings

Net cash flows used in financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Reconciliation of changes in cash and cash equivalents to movements in net cash/(debt)

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

Proceeds from borrowings

Repayment of borrowings

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

Movement in net cash

Net cash/(debt) at beginning of year

Net cash at end of year

Note

26

24

13

25

34

30

9

30

16

Note

2

2020 
£m

254.6

(28.6)

226.0

(43.1)

4.1

(10.9)

(15.2)

20.6

0.2

2.4

2019 
£m

277.8

(37.0)

240.8

(86.6)

11.2

(9.7)

–

260.1

5.0

0.7

(41.9)

180.7

(6.9)

(2.3)

(75.7)

0.3

(19.3)

3.0

0.3

(86.4)

(187.0)

(2.9)

213.1

0.7

210.9

2020 
£m

(2.9)

(0.3)

86.4

(10.6)

72.6

33.5

106.1

(7.0)

(2.9)

(72.3)

1.0

(17.6)

(2.2)

193.2

(363.5)

(271.3)

150.2

67.3

(4.4)

213.1

2019 
£m

150.2

(193.2)

363.5

10.1

330.6

(297.1)

33.5

114 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   114
Spectris Book 1.indb   114

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial StatementsNotes to the Accounts

1. Basis of preparation and summary of significant accounting policies
a) Basis of preparation 
Basis of accounting
The Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis except for items that are required by 
International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’) to be measured at fair value, principally certain financial instruments. The 
Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity 
with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and IFRS adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No. 1606/2002, as it applies 
in the European Union.

The Consolidated Financial Statements set out on pages 111 to 168 have been prepared using consistent accounting policies, 
except for the adoption of new accounting standards and interpretations noted below. Details of the application of new and 
revised IFRS that became applicable in 2020 are set out below.

These Consolidated Financial Statements are presented in millions of Sterling rounded to the nearest one decimal place.

Basis of consolidation
The Consolidated Financial Statements set out the Group’s financial position as at 31 December 2020 and the Group’s 
financial performance for the year ended 31 December 2020, which incorporate the Financial Statements of Spectris plc  
and its subsidiaries.

Subsidiaries are those entities controlled by the Group. Control exists when the Group has the power, directly or indirectly,  
to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities. Subsidiaries are 
consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group and cease to be consolidated from the date on 
which control is transferred out of the Group. 

Joint ventures are contractual arrangements which the Group has entered into with one or more parties to undertake an 
economic activity that is subject to joint control. Joint control is the contractually agreed sharing of control over an economic 
activity and exists only when decisions relating to the relevant activities require the unanimous consent of the parties 
sharing the control. The Group has assessed the nature of its joint arrangements and determined them to be joint ventures. 
Joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method, under which the investment in a joint venture is initially 
recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position at cost and adjusted thereafter to recognise the Group’s 
share of the profit or loss and other comprehensive income of the joint venture. When the Group’s share of the losses of a 
joint venture exceeds the Group’s interest in that joint venture the Group discontinues recognising its share of further losses. 

The Group discontinues the use of the equity method from the date when the investment ceases to be a joint venture.  
When the Group retains an interest in the former joint venture and the retained interest is a financial asset, the Group 
measures the retained interest at fair value at that date and the fair value is regarded as its fair value on initial recognition 
in accordance with IFRS 9. The difference between the carrying amount of the joint venture at the date the equity method 
was discontinued, and the fair value of any retained interest and any proceeds from disposing of a part interest in the joint 
venture is included in the determination of the gain or loss on disposal of the joint venture. In addition, the Group accounts 
for all amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income in relation to that on the same basis as would be 
required if that had directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities. Therefore, if a gain or loss previously recognised in 
other comprehensive income by that joint venture would be reclassified to profit or loss on the disposal of the related assets 
or liabilities, the Group reclassifies the gain or loss from equity to profit or loss (as a reclassification adjustment) when the 
joint venture is disposed of.

All inter-company balances and transactions, including unrealised profits arising from intra-group transactions, have been 
eliminated. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealised gains except that they are only eliminated to the 
extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

Going concern
In determining the basis of preparation for the Consolidated Financial Statements the Directors have considered the Group’s 
available resources, current business activities and factors likely to impact on its future development and performance, 
including the impact of COVID-19 on the Group, which are described in the Chief Executive’s Review, Financial Review and 
Operational Review.

The Group’s business activities, together with factors likely to affect its future development, performance and financial 
position, are set out in the Strategic Report on pages 1 to 59. The financial position of the Group, its cash flows, liquidity 
position and borrowing facilities are described in the Financial Review on pages 38 to 43. In addition, Note 27 to the Financial 
Statements includes the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for managing its capital; its financial risk management 
objectives; details of its financial instruments and hedging activities; and its exposure to credit risk and liquidity risk.

As at 31 December 2020, the Group had £690.5m of committed facilities denominated in different currencies, consisting 
of an $800.0m (£586.0m) revolving credit facility maturing in July 2025 and a seven-year €116.2m (£104.5m) term loan 
maturing in September 2022. From these facilities, the Group had total gross borrowings of £104.5m at 31 December 2020. 
The revolving credit facility (‘RCF’) was undrawn at 31 December 2020. During the year the Group requested a further 
one-year extension of its $800m RCF, as permitted under the agreement. The extension was approved by all ten banks 
in the syndicate, ensuring the Group continues to have access to the full amount under the facility until July 2025.

These facilities have a leverage (net debt/EBITDA) covenant of up to 3x for the term loan and up to 3.5x for the RCF. The Group 
regularly monitors its financial position to ensure that it remains within the terms of its banking covenants. At 31 December 
2020, interest cover (defined as adjusted earnings before interest, tax and amortisation divided by net finance charges) was 
more than 40 times, against a minimum requirement of 3.75 times, and leverage (defined as adjusted earnings before 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

115

Spectris Book 1.indb   115
Spectris Book 1.indb   115

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial StatementsNotes to the Accounts continued

1. Basis of preparation and summary of significant accounting policies continued
interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation divided by net cash/(debt)) was less than zero due to the Group’s net cash 
position, against a maximum permitted leverage of 3 times. 

In addition to the above, after adjusting for £3.7m of cash and cash equivalents included in the ‘assets held for sale’ line of the 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, at 31 December 2020, the Group had a cash and cash equivalents balance of 
£225.9m and various uncommitted facilities and bank overdraft facilities available, resulting in a net cash position of £106.1m, 
an increase of £72.6m from £33.5m at 31 December 2019.

In April 2020, Spectris successfully applied for access to the Bank of England’s Covid Corporate Financing Facility (‘CCFF’), 
resulting in the ability to raise up to £600m of additional short-term funding, if required, before 23 March 2021 by issuing 
commercial paper for purchase by the Bank under the programme. The Group is under no obligation to utilise the facility 
and, in view of the Group’s other undrawn facilities and current financial position, we do not anticipate accessing the 
programme before its expiry. 

The Group has prepared and reviewed cash flow forecasts, which reflect forecasted changes in revenue across its business as 
set out and compared these to a reverse stress test of the forecasts to determine the extent of downturn which would result 
in a breach of covenants (Notes 17 and 27). Assuming similar levels of cash conversion as experienced in recent months since 
the outbreak occurred, a monthly decline of revenue well in excess of that experienced in any month during 2020 would 
need to persist throughout the entire going concern period for a covenant breach to occur, which is considered very unlikely. 
In addition, the reverse stress test does not take in account any mitigating actions which the Group would implement in the 
event of a severe and extended revenue decline, which would increase the headroom further. This assessment indicates that 
the Group can operate within the level of its current facilities, as set out above, without the need to obtain any new facilities 
for a period of not less than 12 months from the date of this report. 

Following this assessment, the Board of Directors are satisfied that the Group has sufficient resources to continue in 
operation for the foreseeable future, a period of not less than 12 months from the date of this report. Accordingly, they 
continue to adopt the going concern basis in relation to this conclusion and preparing the Consolidated Financial 
Statements. There are no key sensitivities identified in relation to this conclusion. Further information on the going concern 
of the Group can be found on page 49 in the Viability Statement.

New standards and interpretations adopted
In the current year there are no new standards and interpretations that have had a material impact on the Group’s Statement 
of Financial Position. 

New accounting standards and interpretations not yet adopted
At the date of authorisation of these Consolidated Financial Statements, the Group has not applied the following new and 
revised IFRS Standards that have been issued but are not yet effective:

IFRS 17

IFRS 10 and IAS 28 (amendments)

Amendments to IAS 1

Amendments to IFRS 3

Amendments to IAS 16

Amendments to IAS 37

Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018-2020 Cycle

Insurance Contracts

Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or 
Joint Venture

Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-Current

Reference to the Conceptual Framework

Property, Plant and Equipment – Proceeds before Intended Use

Onerous Contracts – Costs of Fulfilling a Contract

Amendments to IFRS 1 First-time Adoption of International Financial 
Reporting Standards, IFRS 9 Financial Instruments, IFRS 16 Leases, and 
IAS 41 Agriculture

The Directors do not expect that the adoption of the Standards listed above will have a material impact on the Consolidated 
Financial Statements of the Group in future periods.

Significant accounting judgements and estimates
In determining and applying accounting policies, judgement is often required where the choice of specific policy, 
assumption or accounting estimate to be followed could materially affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income 
and expenses, should it be determined that a different choice be more appropriate. Estimates and assumptions are reviewed 
on an ongoing basis and are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable 
under the circumstances, including the impact of COVID-19 on the Group.

Critical accounting judgements
Restructuring costs
Restructuring costs consist of costs incurred under significant restructuring programmes. These costs are presented in a 
separate income statement category, as adjusting items to operating profit. The classification and presentation of these 
items require significant judgement to determine the nature and intention of the transaction. Details of the Group’s adjusted 
measures are included in Note 2.

116 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   116
Spectris Book 1.indb   116

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial Statements1. Basis of preparation and summary of significant accounting policies continued
Key sources of estimation uncertainty 
Management considers the following to be the key sources of estimation uncertainty for the Group at the end of the current 
reporting period due to the risk of causing a material change to the carrying amount of assets and liabilities within the 
next year.

i) Taxation
The Group operates in a number of countries and is subject to taxes in numerous jurisdictions. Significant estimation is 
required in determining the provision for taxes as the tax treatment is often by its nature complex and cannot be finally 
determined until a formal resolution has been reached with the relevant tax authority which may take several years to 
conclude. Amounts provided are accrued based on management’s interpretation of country-specific tax laws and the 
likelihood of settlement. Actual liabilities could differ from the amount provided which could have a consequent adverse 
impact on the results and net position of the Group. The assumptions and estimates which have been applied in the 
determination of taxation are detailed in Note 8. Details of the accounting policies applied in respect of taxation are set 
out on page 120.

ii) Retirement benefit plans
Accounting for retirement benefit plans under IAS 19 (revised) requires an assessment of the future benefits payable in 
accordance with actuarial assumptions. The discount rate and rate of retail price inflation (‘RPI’) assumptions applied in the 
calculation of plan liabilities, which are set out in Note 20, represent a key source of estimation uncertainty for the Group. 
Details of the accounting policies applied in respect of retirement benefit plans are set out on page 122.

b) Summary of significant accounting policies
The accounting policies set out below have been applied consistently by Group entities to all years presented in these 
Consolidated Financial Statements.

Business combinations and goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the fair value of the purchase consideration for the interests in subsidiary undertakings 
over the net fair value to the Group of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired. Where the fair 
value of the Group’s share of identifiable net assets acquired exceeds the fair value of the consideration, the difference is 
recognised immediately in the Consolidated Income Statement. Contingent consideration is initially recognised as a liability 
with changes to estimates of contingent consideration reflected in operating profit unless they occur during the 12-month 
measurement period, in which situation the amount of goodwill recognised on the acquisition is adjusted. Adjustments to 
contingent consideration are treated as an adjusting item for the purposes of alternative performance measures (see Note 2).

Transaction costs on a business combination are expensed as incurred in the Consolidated Income Statement and treated as 
an adjusting item for the purposes of alternative performance measures (see Note 2).

Goodwill arising on the acquisition of a business is tested annually for impairment. Goodwill is not amortised, and any 
impairment losses are not subsequently reversed. The net book value of goodwill at the date of transition to IFRS has been 
treated as deemed cost. On the subsequent disposal or discontinuance of a previously-acquired business, the relevant 
goodwill is dealt with in the Consolidated Income Statement except for the goodwill already charged to reserves. Goodwill  
is allocated on acquisition to cash-generating units (‘CGUs’) that are anticipated to benefit from the combination. Goodwill  
is tested for impairment by assessing the recoverable amount of the CGU to which the goodwill relates and comparing it 
against the net book value. This estimate of recoverable amount is determined annually and additionally when there is an 
indication that a CGU may be impaired. The Group’s identified CGUs are equivalent to or smaller than the reportable 
operating segments in Note 3.

The estimate of recoverable amount requires significant assumptions to be made and is based on a number of factors such 
as the near-term business outlook for the CGU, including both its operating profit and operating cash flow performance. 
Where the recoverable amount of the CGU is less than the carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognised in the 
Consolidated Income Statement. Where goodwill forms part of a CGU and part of the operation within that unit is disposed 
of, the goodwill associated with the operation disposed of is included in the carrying amount of the operation when 
determining the gain or loss on disposal. Goodwill disposed of in this circumstance is measured on the basis of the relative 
values of the operation disposed of and the portion of the CGU retained.

Intangible assets and amortisation
The cost of acquiring software (including associated implementation costs where applicable) that is not specific to an item 
of property, plant and equipment is classified as an intangible asset.

Self-funded research and development costs are charged to the Consolidated Income Statement in the year in which they 
are incurred unless development expenditure meets certain strict criteria for capitalisation. These criteria include demonstration 
of the technical feasibility, intent of completing a new intangible asset that is separable and that the asset will generate 
probable future economic benefits. From the point where expenditure meets the criteria, development costs are capitalised 
and amortised over the useful economic lives of the assets to which they relate. 

Intangible assets arising from a business combination that are separable from goodwill are recognised initially at fair value 
at the date of acquisition. Other acquired intangible assets (including software not specific to an item of property, plant and 
equipment) are initially recognised at cost (plus any associated implementation costs where applicable).

Subsequent expenditure is capitalised only when it increases the future economic benefits, otherwise it is expensed 
as incurred.

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

117

Spectris Book 1.indb   117
Spectris Book 1.indb   117

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial StatementsNotes to the AccountsNotes to the Accounts continued

1. Basis of preparation and summary of significant accounting policies continued
Amortisation of intangible assets is charged to administrative expenses in the Consolidated Income Statement on a straight-
line basis over the shorter of the estimated useful economic life (determined on an asset-by-asset basis) or underlying 
contractual life. The estimated useful lives are as follows:

•  software – 3 to 7 years;
•  patents, contractual rights and technology – up to 10 years, dependent upon the nature of the underlying contractual right; 

and

•  customer-related and trade names – 3 to 20 years, dependent upon the underlying contractual arrangements and specific 

circumstances such as customer retention experience.

Property, plant and equipment and depreciation
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. The cost comprises 
the purchase price paid and any costs directly attributable to bringing it into working condition for its intended use. Tangible 
assets arising from a business combination are recognised initially at fair value at the date of acquisition.

Depreciation is recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement on a straight-line basis to write off the cost, less the 
estimated residual value (which is reviewed annually) of property, plant and equipment over its estimated useful economic 
life. Depreciation commences on the date the assets are available for use within the business and the asset carrying values 
are reviewed for impairment when there is an indication that they may be impaired. The depreciation charge is revised 
where useful lives are different from those previously estimated, or where technically obsolete assets are required to be 
written down. Where parts of an item of plant and equipment have separate lives, they are accounted for and depreciated 
as separate items. Land is not depreciated. Estimated useful lives are as follows:

•  freehold and long leasehold property and automotive testing tracks – 20 to 40 years; 
•  short leasehold property – over the period of the lease; and 
•  plant and equipment – 3 to 20 years.

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets that take a 
substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use are capitalised as part of the cost of the respective asset.

Leases
The Group assesses whether a contract is or contains a lease, at inception of the contract. The Group recognises a right-of-
use asset and a corresponding lease liability with respect to all lease arrangement in which it is the lessee, except for 
short-term leases (defined as leases with a lease term of 12 months or less) and leases of low value assets. For these leases, 
the Group recognises the lease payments as an operating expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. 

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement 
date, discounted by using the rate implicit in the lease. If this rate cannot be readily determined, the Group uses its 
incremental borrowing rate. Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise: fixed lease 
payments (including in substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives; variable lease payments that depend on an 
index or rate, initially measured using the index or rate at the commencement date; the amount expected to be payable 
by the lessee under residual value guarantees; the exercise price of purchase options, if the lessee is reasonably certain to 
exercise the options; and payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the exercise of an option 
to terminate the lease. The lease liability is subsequently measured by increasing the carrying amount to reflect interest on 
the lease liability (using the effective interest method) and by reducing the carrying amount to reflect the lease payments 
made. The lease liability is presented as a separate line in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

The right-of-use assets comprise the initial measurement of the corresponding lease liability, lease payments made at or 
before the commencement day and any initial direct costs. They are subsequently measured at cost less accumulated 
depreciation and impairment losses. Right-of-use assets are depreciated over the shorter period of lease term and useful life 
of the underlying asset. Whenever the Group incurs an obligation for costs to dismantle and remove a leased asset, restore 
the site on which it is located or restore the underlying asset to the condition required by the terms and conditions of the 
lease, a provision is recognised and measured under IAS 37. The right-of-use assets are presented within the ‘Property, plant 
and equipment’ line of the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, together with owned items of property, plant and 
equipment. Separate disclosure of right-of-use assets is provided in Note 12.

The Group remeasures the lease liability (and makes a corresponding adjustment to the related right-of-use asset) whenever: 
the lease term has changed or there is a change in the assessment of exercise of a purchase option, in which case the lease 
liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using a revised discount rate; the lease payments 
change due to changes in an index or rate or a change in expected payment under a guaranteed residual value, in which 
cases the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using the initial discount rate; or a lease 
contract is modified, in which case the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using a 
revised discount rate. 

The interest portion of lease payments is presented under financing activities in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

118 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   118
Spectris Book 1.indb   118

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial Statements1. Basis of preparation and summary of significant accounting policies continued
Inventories
Inventories and work in progress are carried at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Inventory acquired as part of 
business combinations is valued at fair value less cost to sell. Cost represents direct costs incurred and, where appropriate, 
production or conversion costs and other costs to bring the inventory to its existing location and condition. In the case of 
manufacturing inventory and work in progress, cost includes an appropriate share of production overheads based on normal 
operating capacity. Inventory is accounted for on a first-in, first-out basis or, in some cases, a weighted-average basis, if 
deemed more appropriate for the business. Provisions are made to write down slow-moving, excess and obsolete items to 
net realisable value, based on an assessment of technological and market developments and on an analysis of historical and 
projected usage with regard to quantities on hand.

Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables are carried at original invoice amount (which is considered a reasonable proxy for fair value) 
and are subsequently held at amortised cost less provision for impairment. The provision for impairment of receivables is 
based on lifetime expected credit losses. Lifetime expected credit losses are calculated by assessing historical credit loss 
experience, adjusted for factors specific to the receivable and operating company. The movement in the provision is 
recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at bank and in hand and short-term deposits held on call or with maturities of 
less than three months at inception. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form an integral part of the Group’s 
cash management are included as a component of cash equivalents for the purposes of the Consolidated Statement of 
Cash Flows.

Assets and liabilities held for sale
Assets, liabilities and disposal groups classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value 
less costs to sell.

Assets, liabilities and disposal groups are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered principally 
through a sale transaction rather than continuing use. This condition is regarded as met only when the sale is highly 
probable and the asset (or disposal group) is available for immediate sale in its present condition and when management 
is committed to the sale which is expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale within one year from the date 
of classification.

When the Group is committed to a sale plan involving loss of control of a subsidiary, all of the assets and liabilities of that 
subsidiary are classified as held for sale when the criteria described above are met, regardless of whether the Group will 
retain a non-controlling interest in its former subsidiary after the sale.

When the Group is committed to a sale plan involving disposal of an investment in an associate or, a portion of an 
investment in an associate, the investment, or the portion of the investment in the associate, that will be disposed of is 
classified as held for sale when the criteria described above are met. The Group then ceases to apply the equity method in 
relation to the portion that is classified as held for sale. Any retained portion of an investment in an associate that has not 
been classified as held for sale continues to be accounted for using the equity method.

Government grants
Government grants are not recognised until there is reasonable assurance that the Group will comply with the conditions 
attaching to them and that the grants will be received.

Government grants are recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement on a systematic basis over the periods in which 
the Group recognises as expenses the related costs for which the grants are intended to compensate. 

Government grants whose primary condition is that the Group should purchase, construct or otherwise acquire non-current 
assets (including property, plant and equipment) are recognised as an asset in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 
and transferred to the Consolidated Income Statement on a systematic basis over the useful lives of the related assets.

Government grants that are receivable as compensation for expenses or losses already incurred or for the purpose of giving 
immediate financial support to the Group with no future related costs are recognised in Consolidated Income Statement in 
the period in which they become receivable.

Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are recognised at the amounts expected to be paid to counterparties and subsequently held at 
amortised cost.

Provisions
A provision is recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position when the Group has a present legal or 
constructive obligation as a result of a past event and it is probable that an outflow of resources, that can be reliably 
measured, will be required to settle the obligation. In respect of warranties, a provision is recognised when the underlying 
products or services are sold. Provisions are recognised at an amount equal to the best estimate of the expenditure required 
to settle the Group’s liability. A contingent liability is disclosed where the existence of the obligation will only be confirmed by 
future events or where the amount of the obligation cannot be measured with reasonable reliability. Contingent assets are 
not recognised but are disclosed where an inflow of economic benefit is probable. Obligations arising from restructuring 
plans are recognised when detailed formal plans have been established and when there is a valid expectation that such a 
plan will be carried out.

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

119

Spectris Book 1.indb   119
Spectris Book 1.indb   119

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial StatementsNotes to the AccountsNotes to the Accounts continued

1. Basis of preparation and summary of significant accounting policies continued
Taxation
Tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises both current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the Consolidated Income 
Statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognised either in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, 
in which case tax is recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income or the Consolidated Statement of 
Changes in Equity, respectively.

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted 
at the Statement of Financial Position date, and any adjustments to tax payable in respect of prior years. Tax positions are 
reviewed to assess whether a provision should be made based on prevailing circumstances. Tax provisions are included 
within current taxation liabilities. 

Deferred taxation is provided on taxable temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the 
Financial Statements and their corresponding tax bases. No provision is made for deferred tax which would become payable 
on the distribution of retained profits by overseas subsidiaries where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference 
can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax is 
measured using the tax rates expected to apply when the asset is realised, or the liability settled based on tax rates enacted 
or substantively enacted at the Statement of Financial Position date.

Deferred tax is not provided on the initial recognition of goodwill, nor on the initial recognition of an asset or liability unless 
the related transaction is a business combination or affects tax or accounting profit.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against 
which the asset can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax 
benefit will be realised.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current tax assets against current tax 
liabilities and the deferred taxes relate to the same taxable entity and the same taxation authority.

Additional income taxes that arise from the distribution of intra-group dividends are recognised at the same time as the 
liability to pay the related dividend.

Foreign currency translation
The functional currency for each entity in the Group is determined with reference to the currency of the primary economic 
environment in which it operates. Transactions in currencies other than the functional currency are initially recorded at 
the functional currency rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign 
currencies are retranslated at the rate of exchange ruling at the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position date. Exchange 
gains and losses on settlement of foreign currency transactions are determined using the rate prevailing at the date of the 
transactions, or the translation of monetary assets and liabilities at period end exchange rates, and are charged/credited to 
the Consolidated Income Statement. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are stated 
at historical cost are translated to the functional currency at the foreign exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction.

On consolidation, the Income Statement items of subsidiaries are translated into Sterling at average rates of exchange. 
Statement of Financial Position items are translated into Sterling at year-end exchange rates. Exchange differences on 
the retranslation are taken to the translation reserve within equity. Exchange differences on foreign currency borrowings 
designated as a hedge of the net investment in a foreign operation are reported in the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income. All other exchange differences are charged or credited to the Consolidated Income Statement in 
the year in which they arise. On disposal of an overseas subsidiary, any cumulative exchange movements relating to that 
subsidiary held in the translation reserve are transferred to the Consolidated Income Statement.

Derivative financial instruments may be purchased to hedge the Group’s exposure to changes in foreign exchange rates. 
The accounting policies applied in these circumstances are described below.

Interest-bearing borrowings
Interest-bearing borrowings are recognised initially at the fair value of consideration received less directly attributable 
transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, interest-bearing borrowings are measured at amortised cost with any 
difference between cost and redemption value being recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement over the period 
of the borrowings on an effective-interest basis.

Financial instruments
Recognition
The Group recognises financial assets and liabilities on its Consolidated Statement of Financial Position when it becomes 
a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

Financial assets and liabilities are offset, and the net amount is reported in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 
when there is a legally enforceable right to set off the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or 
realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Measurement
When financial assets and liabilities are initially recognised, they are measured at fair value, being the consideration given or 
received plus directly attributable transaction costs. In determining estimated fair value, investments are valued at quoted 
bid prices on the trade date. When quoted prices on an active market are not available, fair value is determined by reference 
to price quotations for similar instruments traded. In determining fair value for deferred contingent consideration, the fair 
value is determined by reference to best estimates of the likely outcome.

120 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   120
Spectris Book 1.indb   120

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial Statements1. Basis of preparation and summary of significant accounting policies continued
Originated loans and receivables are initially recognised in accordance with the policy stated above and subsequently 
re-measured at amortised cost using the effective-interest method. Allowance for impairment is estimated on a  
case-by-case basis.

The Group uses derivative financial instruments such as forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge risks associated with 
foreign exchange fluctuations. These are designated as cash flow hedges. At the inception of the hedge relationship, the 
Group documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item, along with its risk management 
objectives and its strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. Furthermore, at the inception of the hedge and on 
an ongoing basis, the Group documents whether the hedging instrument that is used in a hedging relationship is highly 
effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of the hedged item.

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is 
deferred in equity. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the Consolidated Income 
Statement.

Amounts deferred in equity are reclassified to the Consolidated Income Statement in the periods when the hedged item 
is recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement, in the same line of the Consolidated Income Statement as the 
recognised hedged item. However, when the forecast transaction that is hedged results in the recognition of a non-financial 
asset or a non-financial liability, the gains and losses previously deferred in equity are transferred from equity and included in 
the initial measurement of the cost of the asset or liability.

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the Group revokes the hedging relationship, the hedging instrument expires or is 
sold, terminated, or exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. Any cumulative gain or loss deferred in equity at 
that time remains in equity and is recognised when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in the Consolidated 
Income Statement. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was deferred 
in equity is recognised immediately in the Consolidated Income Statement.

Derecognition
A financial asset is derecognised when the Group loses control over the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset. 
This occurs when the rights are realised, expire or are surrendered. A financial liability is derecognised when the obligation 
specified in the contract is discharged, cancelled or expired. Originated loans and receivables are derecognised on the date 
they are transferred by the Group.

Investments in equity instruments
i) Investments in equity instruments classified as fair value through profit and loss
Investments in equity instruments are classified as fair value through profit and loss, unless the Group designates an equity 
instrument that is neither held for trading nor a contingent consideration arising from a business combination as at fair value 
through other comprehensive income on initial recognition.

Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss are measured at fair value at the end of each reporting period, with any 
fair value gains or losses recognised in profit or loss to the extent they are not part of a designated hedging relationship (see 
hedge accounting policy). Dividends on investments in equity instruments classified as fair value through profit and loss are 
recognised in profit or loss.

ii) Investments in equity instruments classified as fair value through other comprehensive income
On initial recognition, the Group may make an irrevocable election (on an instrument-by-instrument basis) to designate 
investments in equity instruments as at fair value through other comprehensive income. Designation at fair value through 
other comprehensive income is not permitted if the equity investment is held for trading or if it is contingent consideration 
recognised by an acquirer in a business combination.

An investment in equity instrument is held for trading if:
•  it has been acquired principally for the purpose of selling it in the near term; or
•  on initial recognition it is part of a portfolio of identified financial instruments that the Group manages together and has 

evidence of a recent actual pattern of short-term profit-taking; or

•  it is a derivative (except for a derivative that is a financial guarantee contract or a designated and effective hedging 

instrument).

Investments in equity instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income are initially measured at fair value plus 
transaction costs.

Subsequently, they are measured at fair value with gains and losses arising from changes in fair value recognised in other 
comprehensive income and accumulated in the retained earnings reserve. The cumulative gain or loss is not reclassified to 
profit or loss on disposal of the equity investments, instead, it is transferred to retained earnings.

Dividends from investments in equity instruments designated as at fair value through other comprehensive income are 
recognised in profit and loss in accordance with IFRS 9, unless the dividends clearly represent a recovery of part of the cost  
of the investment. 

Impairment of financial assets
The Group assesses at each Consolidated Statement of Financial Position reporting date whether there is any objective 
evidence that a financial asset, or group of financial assets, is impaired. A financial asset, or group of financial assets, is 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

121

Spectris Book 1.indb   121
Spectris Book 1.indb   121

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial StatementsNotes to the AccountsNotes to the Accounts continued

1. Basis of preparation and summary of significant accounting policies continued
deemed to be impaired if, and only if, there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that has 
occurred after the initial recognition of the asset (an incurred ‘loss event’) and that loss event has an impact on the estimated 
future cash flows of the financial asset or group of financial assets that can be reliably estimated. For trade receivables the 
Group recognises impairment provisions based on lifetime expected credit losses.

Net investment hedge accounting
The Group uses Euro-denominated borrowings as a hedge against the translation exposure on the Group’s net investment in 
overseas companies. To the extent that the hedge is effective at hedging the variability in the net assets of such companies, 
caused by changes in foreign exchange rates, the changes in the value of the borrowings are recognised in the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income. The ineffective part of any change in value caused by changes in foreign exchange 
rates is recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement.

Employee benefits
The Group operates defined benefit post-retirement benefit plans and defined contribution pension plans.

Defined benefit plans
The Group’s net obligation recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position in respect of defined benefit plans 
is calculated separately for each plan as the present value of the plan’s liabilities less the fair value of the plan’s assets. The 
operating and financing costs of defined benefit plans are recognised separately in the Consolidated Income Statement. 
Operating costs comprise the current service cost, plan administrative expense, any gains or losses on settlement or 
curtailments, and past service costs where benefits have vested. Finance items comprise the unwinding of the discount on 
the net asset surplus/deficit. Actuarial gains or losses comprising changes in plans’ liabilities due to experience and changes 
in actuarial assumptions are recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

The amount of any pension fund asset recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position is limited to any future 
refunds from the plan or the present value of reductions in future contributions to the plan.

Defined contribution plans
A defined contribution plan is a post-employment benefit plan under which an entity pays fixed contributions into a 
separate entity and will have no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. Obligations for contributions to 
defined contribution pension plans are recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement in the periods during which 
services are rendered by employees.

In certain countries, the Group participates in industry-wide defined benefit-type pension arrangements. In such 
circumstances, it is not possible to determine the amount of any surplus or deficit attributable to the Group and the pension 
costs are accounted for as if the arrangements were defined contribution plans. These are not material to the Group and, 
accordingly, no additional disclosures are provided.

Short-term benefits
Short-term employee benefit obligations are measured on an undiscounted basis and are expensed as the related service is 
provided. A liability is recognised for the amount expected to be paid under short-term cash bonus or profit-sharing plans if 
the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result of past service provided by the 
employee, and the obligation can be estimated reliably.

Share-based payments
Certain employees of the Group receive part of their remuneration in the form of share-based payment transactions, 
whereby employees render services in exchange for shares or rights over shares (equity-settled transactions). The cost of 
equity-settled transactions with employees is measured at fair value at the date at which they are granted. The fair value of 
share awards with market-related vesting conditions is determined by an external consultant and the fair value at the grant 
date is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period based on the Group’s estimate of shares that will eventually 
vest. The estimate of the number of awards likely to vest is reviewed at each Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 
reporting date up to the vesting date, at which point the estimate is adjusted to reflect the actual outcome of awards which 
have vested. No adjustment is made to the fair value after the vesting date even if the awards are forfeited or not exercised.

Where it is not possible to incentivise managers of the Group’s operating companies with equity-settled options, they are 
issued with cash-settled options. The charge for these awards is adjusted to reflect the expected and actual levels of options 
that vest, and the fair value is based on either the share price at date of exercise or the share price at the Consolidated 
Statement of Financial Position date if sooner.

Own shares
Own equity instruments which are re-acquired (own shares) are recognised at cost and deducted from equity. No gain or 
loss is recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement on the purchase, sale, issue or cancellation of the Group’s own 
equity instruments. Any difference between the carrying amount and the consideration paid to acquire such equity 
instruments is recognised within equity.

Dividends
Dividends are recognised as a liability in the period in which they are approved by shareholders.

122 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   122
Spectris Book 1.indb   122

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial Statements1. Basis of preparation and summary of significant accounting policies continued
Revenue
Revenue is measured based on the fair value of the consideration specified in a contract with a customer, net of returns and 
discounts, and excludes amounts collected on behalf of third parties, value added tax and other sales-related taxes. The 
Group recognises revenue when it transfers control of a product or service to a customer.

The Group’s major revenue streams are the same as its reportable operating segments (Malvern Panalytical, HBK, Omega 
and Industrial Solutions).

The following table provides further details on the nature of each of the major revenue streams. The table shows where each 
revenue factor forms more than 10% of the operating segment’s total revenue:

Revenue stream

Malvern Panalytical

HBK

Omega

Industrial Solutions

% of total 
Group sales 
2020

Provision of 
services

Sale of goods 
without 
installation

Sale of goods 
with simple 
installation

Sale of goods 
with complex 
installation

Revenue derived from:

28%

29%

9%

34%

Further details of the nature of each major revenue stream is provided below.

Malvern Panalytical
Revenue from the provision of services, including ongoing support, servicing and maintenance, is recognised in line with the 
delivery of the service, either at a point in time or, for some ongoing services, over time. 

Revenue from the sale of goods, where the goods are not required to be installed, is recognised at a point in time when legal 
title transfers to the customer, usually on delivery.

When the sale of goods is combined with installation, revenue recognition depends upon the nature of the installation. 
Simple installations are those which the customer perceives as a separate performance obligation within the overall contract 
to deliver goods, whereas complex installations are those for which the installation is an integral part of the delivery of 
the goods. 

Revenue is recognised for simple installations separately from the delivery of goods, and only at a point in time when the 
installation has occurred. 

For complex installations, revenue is normally deferred until installation is complete. For a small number of complex 
installations, revenue is recognised before installation when: a) a significant period of time has elapsed since completion 
of the product; b) an installation date has not been agreed despite multiple attempts to arrange; and c) payment has been 
received from the customer. Significant judgement is required for these installations. Revenue from these arrangements 
represents approximately 2% of the segment’s total sales.

Occasionally, the initial contract covers both the supply of goods and ongoing support, servicing and maintenance. For such 
contracts, revenue is allocated across each of the individual components in line with their relative price and value of the 
performance obligation and each element is accounted for as described above.

Payment is normally due at the point that the performance obligation is completed. For some of the segment’s business the 
customer may make partial payment in advance. Such payments are recognised as contract liabilities until the performance 
obligation has been satisfied.

Sales-related warranties associated with the products cannot be purchased separately and they serve as an assurance that 
the products sold comply with agreed-upon specifications.

HBK
Revenue from the provision of services, including ongoing support, servicing and maintenance, is recognised in line with the 
delivery of the service, either at a point in time or, for some ongoing services, over time.

Revenue from the sale of goods, where the goods are not required to be installed, is recognised at a point in time when legal 
title transfers to the customer on delivery.

Occasionally, the initial contract covers both the supply of goods and ongoing support, servicing and maintenance. For such 
contracts revenue is allocated across each of the individual components in line with their relative price and value of the 
performance obligation and each element is accounted for as described above.

Spectris Book 1.indb   123
Spectris Book 1.indb   123

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

123

Financial StatementsNotes to the AccountsNotes to the Accounts continued

1. Basis of preparation and summary of significant accounting policies continued
Payment is normally due at the point that the performance obligation is completed. For some of the segment’s business the 
customer may make partial payment in advance. Such payments are recognised as contract liabilities until the performance 
obligation has been satisfied.

Sales-related warranties associated with the products cannot be purchased separately and they serve as an assurance that 
the products sold comply with agreed-upon specifications.

Omega
The segment sells products direct to the customer and to the wholesale market (distributors). 

For sale of products to retail customers and distributors, revenue is recognised when control of the goods has transferred, 
being when the goods have been shipped to the customer or wholesaler’s location. 

Sales-related warranties associated with the products cannot be purchased separately and they serve as an assurance that 
the products sold comply with agreed-upon-specifications.

Payment is normally due at the point that the performance obligation is completed. For some of the segment’s business the 
customer may make partial payment in advance. Such payments are recognised as contract liabilities until the performance 
obligation has been satisfied.

Industrial Solutions
Revenue from the provision of services, including ongoing support, servicing and maintenance, is recognised in line with the 
delivery of the service, either at a point in time or, for some ongoing services, over time.

Revenue from the sale of goods, where the goods are not required to be installed, is recognised at a point in time when legal 
title transfers to the customer, usually on delivery.

Simple installations are those which the customer perceives as a separate performance obligation within the overall contract 
to deliver goods, whereas complex installations are those for which the installation is an integral part of the delivery of 
the goods. 

Occasionally, the initial contract covers both the supply of goods and ongoing support, servicing and maintenance. For such 
contracts, revenue is allocated across each of the individual components in line with their relative price and value of the 
performance obligation and each element is accounted for as described above.

Sales-related warranties associated with the products cannot be purchased separately and they serve as an assurance that 
the products sold comply with agreed-upon specifications.

Payment is normally due at the point that the performance obligation is completed. For some of the segment’s business the 
customer may make partial payment in advance. Such payments are recognised as contract liabilities until the performance 
obligation has been satisfied.

Finance costs and financial income
Finance costs comprise the interest payable on borrowings calculated using the effective interest method, the unwinding 
of discount factor on lease liabilities and the unwinding of the discount factor on deferred or contingent consideration. 
Financial income comprises interest income on cash and invested funds, together with interest income from the joint 
venture, and is recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement as it accrues. The net gain or loss on retranslation of 
short-term inter-company loan balances is also presented within net finance costs.

124 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   124
Spectris Book 1.indb   124

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial Statements2. Alternative performance measures
Policy
Spectris uses adjusted figures as key performance measures in addition to those reported under IFRS, as management 
believe these measures enable management and stakeholders to assess the underlying trading performance of the 
businesses as they exclude certain items that are considered to be significant in nature and/or quantum, foreign exchange 
movements and the impact of acquisitions and disposals.

The alternative performance measures (‘APMs’) are consistent with how the businesses’ performance is planned and 
reported within the internal management reporting to the Board and Operating Committees. Some of these measures are 
used for the purpose of setting remuneration targets. The key APMs that the Group uses include like-for-like (‘LFL’) organic 
performance measures and adjusted measures for the income statement together with adjusted financial position and cash 
flow measures. Explanations of how they are calculated and how they are reconciled to an IFRS statutory measure are set 
out below.

Adjusted measures
The Group’s policy is to exclude items that are considered to be significant in nature and/or quantum and where treatment 
as an adjusted item provides stakeholders with additional useful information to better assess the period-on-period trading 
performance of the Group. The Group excludes certain items, which management have defined as:

•  restructuring costs from significant programmes;
•  amortisation and impairment of acquisition-related goodwill and other intangible assets;
•  impairment of property, plant and equipment;
•  bargain purchase on acquisition;
•  depreciation of acquisition-related fair value adjustments to property, plant and equipment;
•  transaction-related costs, deferred and contingent consideration fair value adjustments;
•  profits or losses on termination or disposal of businesses;
•  impairment of non-current receivable from joint venture and share of impairment of investment in joint venture;
•  unwinding of the discount factor on deferred and contingent consideration;
•  unrealised changes in the fair value of financial instruments;
•  fair value through profit and loss movements on equity investments;
•  gains or losses on retranslation of short-term inter-company loan balances; and
•  related tax effects on the above and other tax items which do not form part of the underlying tax rate (see Note 8).

During 2019, a profit on disposal of property of £5.2m in Omega was treated as an adjusting item since it was significant in 
quantum and would distort the underlying trading performance if included.

In November 2018, the Group announced the implementation of a Group-wide profit improvement programme. The total 
costs of implementation of this programme is considered to be significant in both nature and amount. On this basis the 
costs of the implementation of this programme is excluded from adjusted operating profit. Adjusted operating profit 
(including on a LFL basis) is therefore presented before the impact of the Group profit improvement programme. The 
ongoing benefits arising from this programme is considered to be part of underlying trading.

LFL measures 
The Board reviews and compares current and prior year segmental sales and adjusted operating profit at constant exchange 
rates and excludes the impact of acquisitions and disposals during the year. 

The constant exchange rate comparison uses the current year segmental information, stated in each entity’s functional 
currency, and translates the results into its presentation currency using the prior year’s monthly exchange rates, irrespective 
of the underlying transactional currency. 

The incremental impact of business acquisitions is excluded for the first 12 months of ownership from the month of 
purchase. For business disposals, comparative figures for segmental sales and adjusted operating profit are adjusted to 
reflect the comparable periods of ownership.

On 10 October 2019, Malvern Panalytical’s environment consultancy and testing business was disposed of and, as a result, 
the segmental LFL adjusted sales and adjusted operating profit for Malvern Panalytical for 2019 exclude the trading results 
of the environment consultancy and testing business.

On 1 December 2019, the Group completed the disposal of BTG and, as a result, the segmental LFL adjusted sales and 
adjusted operating profit for Industrial Solutions for 2019 exclude the trading results of BTG.

On 31 January 2020, Malvern Panalytical’s rheology business was disposed of and, as a result, the segmental LFL adjusted 
sales and adjusted operating profit for Malvern Panalytical for 2019 exclude the trading results of the rheology business for 
the 11-month period from February 2019 to December 2019.

The LFL measure is presented as a means of eliminating the effects of exchange rate fluctuations on the period-on-period 
statutory results as well as allowing the Board to assess the underlying trading performance of the businesses on a LFL basis 
for both sales and operating profit. 

Spectris Book 1.indb   125
Spectris Book 1.indb   125

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

125

Financial StatementsNotes to the AccountsNotes to the Accounts continued

2. Alternative performance measures continued
Based on the above policy, the adjusted performance measures are derived from the statutory figures as follows:

Income statement measures
a) LFL adjusted sales by segment

2020 sales by segment

Sales

Constant exchange rate adjustment 

Acquisitions

LFL adjusted sales

2019 sales by segment

Sales

Disposal of businesses

LFL adjusted sales

Malvern 
Panalytical
£m

372.5

1.4

–

HBK
£m

392.6

(2.4)

(0.4) 

373.9

389.8

Malvern 
Panalytical
£m

448.2

(18.0) 

430.2

b) Adjusted operating profit, operating margin and adjusted EBITDA

2020 adjusted operating profit 

Statutory operating profit/(loss)

Restructuring costs

Net transaction-related costs and fair value adjustments

Depreciation of acquisition-related fair value adjustments 
to property, plant and equipment

Impairment of goodwill

Amortisation and impairment of acquisition-related 
intangible assets and impairment of other property, plant 
and equipment

Adjusted operating profit

Constant exchange rate adjustment 

Acquisitions

LFL adjusted operating profit 

2019 adjusted operating profit 

Statutory operating (loss)/profit

Restructuring costs

Net transaction-related costs and fair value adjustments

Depreciation of acquisition-related fair value adjustments 
to property, plant and equipment

Profit on disposal of property

Impairment of goodwill

Amortisation and impairment of acquisition-related 
intangible assets and impairment of other property, plant 
and equipment

Adjusted operating profit

Disposal of businesses

LFL adjusted operating profit 

Malvern 
Panalytical
£m

44.6

3.0

0.6

0.2

–

6.5

54.9

(0.3) 

–

 54.6 

Malvern 
Panalytical
£m

(17.7)

16.4

(0.3)

0.4

–

35.1

42.3

76.2

(1.3) 

 74.9 

Industrial 
Solutions
£m

2020
Total
£m

451.9

1,336.2

0.2

–

0.1

(0.4) 

452.1

 1,335.9 

Omega
£m

119.2

0.9

–

120.1

Omega
£m

138.3

–

138.3

Omega
£m

1.2

–

–

–

–

7.5

8.7

 – 

–

 8.7 

Industrial 
Solutions
£m

616.5

(118.9) 

497.6

Industrial 
Solutions
£m

(83.3)

0.4

7.5

0.5

58.4

77.4

60.9

 0.6 

–

 61.5 

Omega
£m

Industrial 
Solutions
£m

12.0

2.2

–

–

(5.2)

–

7.9

16.9

–

 16.9 

71.9

15.9

3.3

0.6

–

–

12.9

104.6

(22.6) 

 82.0 

HBK
£m

429.0

–

429.0

HBK
£m

14.2

16.1

11.3

–

–

7.5

49.1

(1.1) 

 0.4 

 48.4 

HBK
£m

18.1

17.7

3.1

–

–

–

21.5

60.4

–

 60.4 

2019
Total
£m

1,632.0

(136.9) 

 1,495.1 

2020
Total
£m

(23.3)

19.5

19.4

0.7

58.4

98.9

173.6

(0.8) 

 0.4 

 173.2 

2019
Total
£m

84.3

52.2

6.1

1.0

(5.2)

35.1

84.6

258.1

(23.9) 

 234.2 

126 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   126
Spectris Book 1.indb   126

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial Statements2. Alternative performance measures continued 

2020 operating margin

Statutory operating margin1

Adjusted operating margin2

LFL adjusted operating margin3

2019 operating margin

Statutory operating margin1

Adjusted operating margin2

LFL adjusted operating margin3

Malvern 
Panalytical
%

12.0

14.7

14.6

Malvern 
Panalytical
%

(3.9)

17.0

17.4

HBK
%

3.6

12.5

12.4

HBK
%

4.2

14.1

14.1

Omega
%

1.0

7.3

7.2

Omega
%

8.7

12.2

12.2

Industrial 
Solutions
%

(18.4)

13.5

13.6

Industrial 
Solutions
%

11.7

17.0

16.5

1  Statutory operating margin is calculated as statutory operating profit/(loss) dividend by sales
2  Adjusted operating margin is calculated as adjusted operating profit divided by sales
3  LFL adjusted operating margin is calculated as LFL adjusted operating profit divided by LFL adjusted sales. Refer to the tables above for a 

reconciliation of the nearest GAAP measure (sales/operating profit respectively) to LFL adjusted sales/LFL adjusted operating profit.

Adjusted EBITDA

Statutory operating (loss)/profit

Depreciation and impairment of owned assets

Depreciation and impairment of right-of-use assets

Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets

Impairment of goodwill

EBITDA

Profit on disposal of property classified as a separate adjusting item

Restructuring costs excluding £6.5m impairment of owned and right-of-use property, plant and 
equipment and intangible assets (2019: £8.8m)

Net transaction-related costs and fair value adjustments

Adjusted EBITDA

Note

12

12

11

11

2020
£m

(23.3)

86.7

22.2

57.9

58.4

201.9

–

13.0

19.4

234.3

2020
Total
%

(1.7)

13.0

13.0

2019
Total
%

5.2

15.8

15.7

2019
£m

84.3

35.5

22.1

95.2

35.1

272.2

(5.2)

43.4

6.1

316.5

EBITDA is calculated as statutory operating (loss)/profit before depreciation, amortisation and impairment of property, plant 
and equipment, intangible assets and goodwill. Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as EBITDA excluding other adjusting items as 
defined previously. This measure is used for the purpose of assessing capital management and covenant compliance and is 
reported to the Group Executive Committee.

c) Adjusted net finance costs

Statutory net finance costs

Net loss/(gain) on retranslation of short-term inter-company loan balances

Unwinding of discount factor on deferred and contingent consideration

Adjusted net finance costs

d) Adjusted profit before taxation

Adjusted operating profit

Adjusted share of post-tax results of joint venture

Adjusted net finance costs

Adjusted profit before taxation

Note

7

7

7

Note

2b

2c

2020
£m

(8.4)

0.8

0.4

(7.2)

2020
£m

173.6

–

(7.2)

166.4

2019
£m

(3.5)

(4.0)

0.7

(6.8)

2019
£m

258.1

(3.9)

(6.8)

247.4

In 2019 the share of post-tax results of the joint venture was adjusted to exclude £1.0m of impairment of acquisition-related 
intangible assets consistent with the Group’s treatment of adjusted operating profit measures. Adjusted share of post-tax 
results of joint venture is an alternative performance measure and is defined as share of post-tax joint venture (2020: £nil, 
2019: £4.9m) less impairment of acquisition-related intangible assets (2020: £nil; 2019: £1.0m).

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

127

Spectris Book 1.indb   127
Spectris Book 1.indb   127

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial StatementsNotes to the AccountsNotes to the Accounts continued

2. Alternative performance measures continued
e) Adjusted earnings per share

Adjusted earnings

Statutory (loss)/profit after tax

Adjusted for:

Restructuring costs

Net transaction-related costs and fair value adjustments

Depreciation of acquisition-related fair value adjustments to property, plant and equipment

Profit on disposal of property

Impairment of goodwill

Amortisation and impairment of acquisition-related intangible assets and other property,  
plant and equipment

Fair value through profit and loss movements on equity investments

Profit on disposal of businesses

Impairment of non-current receivable from joint venture

Share of impairment of acquisition-related intangible in joint venture

Net loss/(gain) on retranslation of short-term inter-company loan balances

Unwinding of discount factor on deferred and contingent consideration

Tax effect of the above and other non-recurring items

Adjusted earnings

Adjusted earnings per share

Weighted average number of shares outstanding (millions)

Adjusted earnings per share (pence)

Note

12

11

11

13

25

7

7

8

Note

10

Basic (loss)/earnings per share in accordance with IAS 33 ‘Earnings Per Share’ are disclosed in Note 10.

Financial position measures
f) Net cash

Bank overdrafts

Bank overdrafts included in liabilities held for sale

Bank loans unsecured

Total borrowings

Cash and cash equivalents included in current assets

Cash and cash equivalents included in assets held for sale

Net cash

Note

17

17, 25

17

16

16, 25

2020
£m

(17.0)

19.5

19.4

0.7

–

58.4

98.9

(23.2)

(4.4)

–

–

0.8

0.4

(23.4)

130.1

2020

116.1

112.1

2020
£m

(13.1)

(2.2)

(104.5)

(119.8)

222.2

3.7

106.1

Net cash excludes lease liabilities arising under IFRS 16 as this aligns with the definition of net cash under the Group’s 
bank covenants.

Cash flow measures
g) Adjusted cash flow

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Transaction-related costs paid

Restructuring cash outflow

Net income taxes paid

Purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

Proceeds from government grants related to purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment and software2

Adjusted cash flow

Adjusted cash flow conversion1

2020
£m

226.0

13.6

15.1

28.6

(43.1)

0.2

4.1

244.5

141%

2019
£m

234.1

52.2

6.1

1.0

(5.2)

35.1

84.6

–

(204.7)

21.3

1.0

(4.0)

0.7

(27.7)

194.5

2019

115.8

168.0

2019
£m

–

–

(179.6)

(179.6)

213.1

–

33.5

2019
£m

240.8

1.6

34.3

37.0

(86.6)

5.0

2.1

234.2

91%

1  Adjusted cash flow conversion is calculated as adjusted cash flow as a proportion of adjusted operating profit.
2  Excludes the proceeds from disposal of property in Omega of £9.1m in 2019 classified as an adjusting item. This item was treated as an adjusting item 

since it was significant in quantum and would distort the underlying trading performance if included.

128 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   128
Spectris Book 1.indb   128

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial Statements2. Alternative performance measures continued
Other measures
h) Return on gross capital employed (‘ROGCE’)
The return on gross capital employed is calculated as adjusted operating profit for the last 12 months divided by the average 
of opening and closing gross capital employed. Gross capital employed is calculated as net assets excluding net (cash)/debt 
and excluding accumulated amortisation and impairment of acquisition-related intangible assets including goodwill.

Net (cash)/debt

Accumulated impairment losses on goodwill 

Accumulated amortisation and impairment of acquisition-related intangible assets

Shareholders’ equity

Gross capital employed

Average gross capital employed (current and prior year)1

31 December 
2020
£m

31 December 
2019
£m

31 December 
2018
£m

(104.6)

178.6

407.6

1,238.6

1,720.2

1,777.0

(33.5)

179.4

366.3

1,321.5

1,833.7

1,909.4

 297.1 

 148.8 

 306.1 

 1,232.9 

 1,984.9 

Adjusted operating profit for year (see Note 2b)

173.6

258.1

Return on gross capital employed

9.8%

13.5%

1  Average gross capital employed is calculated as current period gross capital employed divided by comparative period gross capital employed.

i) Net transaction-related costs and fair value adjustments
Net transaction-related costs and fair value adjustments comprise transaction costs of £21.6m (2019: £2.1m) that have been 
recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement under IFRS 3 (Revised) ‘Business Combinations’ and other fair value 
adjustments relating to deferred and contingent consideration comprising a credit of £2.2m (2019: £4.0m charge). Net 
transaction-related costs and fair value adjustments are included within administrative expenses. Transaction-related costs 
have been excluded from the adjusted operating profit and transaction costs paid of £13.6m (2019: £1.6m) have been 
excluded from the adjusted cash flow.

3. Operating segments
The Group has four reportable segments, as described below. The segmental platform structure reflects the internal 
reporting provided to the Chief Operating Decision Maker (considered to be the Board) on a regular basis to assist in making 
decisions on capital allocated to each segment and to assess performance. The segment results include an allocation of 
head office expenses. The following summarises the operations in each of the Group’s reportable segments: 

•  the Malvern Panalytical platform provides products and services that enable customers to determine structure, 

composition, quantity and quality of particles and materials during their research and product development processes, 
when assessing materials before production, or during the manufacturing process. The operating companies in this 
segment are Malvern Panalytical and Concept Life Sciences;

•  the HBK platform supplies test, measurement and analysis equipment, software and services for product design 

optimisation, and manufacturing control. The operating companies in this segment are Hottinger, Brüel & Kjær and 
VI-grade;

•  the Omega platform is a global leader in the technical marketplace, offering products for measurement and control of 
temperature, humidity, pressure, strain, force, flow, level, pH and conductivity. Omega also provides a complete line of  
data acquisition, electric heating and custom-engineered products. The operating company in this segment is Omega 
Engineering; 

•  the Industrial Solutions division (‘ISD’) comprises a portfolio of high-value, niche businesses. A number of ISD companies 
have platform potential, with strong market positions, growth prospects and margins. The operating companies in this 
segment are Brüel & Kjær Vibro, ESG Solutions, Millbrook, NDC Technologies, Particle Measuring Systems, Red Lion 
Controls, Servomex and BTG (disposed on 1 December 2019). 

Spectris Book 1.indb   129
Spectris Book 1.indb   129

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

129

Financial StatementsNotes to the AccountsNotes to the Accounts continued

3. Operating segments continued
Further details of the nature of these segments and the products and services they provide are contained in the Strategic 
Report on pages 1 to 59.

Information about reportable segments

Segment revenues

Inter-segment revenue

External revenue

Malvern 
Panalytical
£m

372.6

(0.1)

372.5

HBK
£m

393.3

(0.7)

392.6

Omega
£m

119.3

(0.1)

119.2

Industrial 
Solutions
£m

452.2

(0.3)

451.9

2020
Total
£m

1,337.4

(1.2)

1,336.2

Operating profit/(loss)

44.6

14.2

1.2

(83.3)

(23.3)

Fair value through profit and loss movements on equity investments1

Profit on disposal of businesses1

Financial income1

Finance costs1

Loss before tax1

Taxation charge1

Loss after tax1

1  Not allocated to reportable segments.

Information about reportable segments

Segment revenues

Inter-segment revenue

External revenue

Operating (loss)/profit

Share of post-tax results of joint venture1

Impairment of non-current receivable from joint venture1

Profit on disposal of businesses1

Financial income1

Finance costs1

Profit before tax1

Taxation charge1

Profit after tax1

1  Not allocated to reportable segments.

Malvern 
Panalytical
£m

448.4

(0.2)

448.2

HBK
£m

430.7

(1.7)

429.0

Omega
£m

138.5

(0.2)

138.3

Industrial 
Solutions
£m

616.7

(0.2)

616.5

(17.7)

18.1

12.0

71.9

23.2

4.4

1.8

(10.2)

(4.1)

(12.9)

(17.0)

2019
Total
£m

1,634.3

(2.3)

1,632.0

84.3

(4.9)

(21.3)

204.7

7.9

(11.4)

259.3

(25.2)

234.1

Reportable segment profit is consistent with that presented to the Chief Operating Decision Maker. Inter-segment revenue 
includes the movements in internal cash flow hedges with inter-segment pricing on an arm’s length basis. Segments are 
presented on the basis of actual inter-segment charges made. 

Carrying amount  
of segment assets

Carrying amount  
of segment liabilities

Malvern Panalytical

HBK

Omega

Industrial Solutions

Total segment assets and liabilities

Cash and borrowings

Derivative financial instruments

Assets and liabilities held for sale that are not allocable to a segment

Investment in equity instruments

Retirement benefit liabilities 

Taxation 

2020
£m

461.8 

431.3 

218.0 

418.6 

 1,529.7 

 222.2 

 1.9 

 6.9 

 39.4 

–

 18.7 

2019
£m

486.9 

446.7 

242.8 

550.8 

 1,727.2 

 213.1 

 1.5 

 18.9 

–

–

 13.1 

Consolidated total assets and liabilities

 1,818.8 

 1,973.8 

130 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

2020
£m

(148.8)

(134.5)

(20.5)

(110.5)

(414.3) 

(117.6) 

(0.1) 

(3.4) 

–

(20.4) 

(24.4) 

(580.2) 

2019
£m

(149.1)

(129.4)

(21.4)

(111.6)

(411.5) 

(179.6) 

(0.1) 

–

–

(27.5) 

(33.6) 

(652.3) 

Spectris Book 1.indb   130
Spectris Book 1.indb   130

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial Statements3. Operating segments continued
Segment assets comprise: goodwill, other intangible assets, property, plant and equipment, inventories and trade 
and other receivables and assets held for sale that are attributable to the reported operating segments. Segment 
liabilities comprise: trade and other payables, provisions, lease liabilities and other payables, and liabilities held for sale 
that are attributable to the reported operating segments. Unallocated items represent all components of net cash/(debt), 
derivative financial instruments, assets and liabilities held for sale that are not allocable to a segment, investment in 
equity instruments, retirement benefit liabilities and current and deferred taxation balances. 

Malvern Panalytical

HBK

Omega

Industrial Solutions

Total segments

Investment in equity instruments

Consolidated total

Additions to  
non-current assets

Depreciation, amortisation  
and impairment

2020
£m

14.2 

12.7 

2.9 

29.6 

59.4 

39.4 

98.8 

2019
£m

10.9 

19.2 

7.9 

55.1 

93.1 

–

93.1 

2020
£m

20.0 

28.3 

13.9 

163.0 

225.2 

2019
£m

99.9 

36.9 

13.4 

37.7 

187.9 

225.2 

187.9 

Geographical segments 
The Group’s operating segments are each located in several geographical locations and sell on to external customers in all 
parts of the world. No individual country amounts to more than 3% of revenue, other than those noted below. The following 
is an analysis of revenue by geographical destination.

UK

Germany

France

Rest of Europe

USA

Rest of North America

Japan

China

South Korea

Rest of Asia

Rest of the world

UK

Germany

France

Rest of Europe

USA

Rest of North America

Japan

China

South Korea

Rest of Asia 

Rest of the world

Malvern 
Panalytical
£m

28.2

20.7

12.8

53.6

72.5

13.9

25.2

66.4

10.4

41.6

27.2

HBK
£m

11.9

70.3

20.6

71.5

89.3

4.5

29.6

57.5

9.1

16.3

12.0

Omega
£m

Industrial 
Solutions
£m

3.4

3.8

0.8

4.4

75.4

6.8

2.6

9.8

4.7

5.7

1.8

57.9

19.9

7.7

52.7

149.1

12.7

15.6

56.7

17.4

42.7

19.5

2020
Total
£m

101.4 

114.7 

41.9 

182.2 

386.3 

37.9 

73.0 

190.4 

41.6 

106.3 

60.5 

372.5 

392.6 

119.2 

451.9 

1,336.2 

Malvern 
Panalytical
£m

42.7

25.9

16.0

60.9

84.9

14.7

31.2

70.9

12.4

50.9

37.7

HBK
£m

13.4

80.4

25.4

79.1

88.3

5.6

32.3

60.8

10.1

20.1

13.5

Omega
£m

Industrial 
Solutions
£m

4.0

5.4

1.1

5.3

89.9

7.7

2.5

9.9

4.1

6.0

2.4

64.7

30.8

10.9

76.2

195.3

20.9

23.3

76.5

27.4

60.6

29.9

2019
Total
£m

 124.8 

 142.5 

 53.4 

 221.5 

 458.4 

 48.9 

 89.3 

 218.1 

 54.0 

 137.6 

 83.5 

 448.2 

 429.0 

 138.3 

 616.5 

 1,632.0 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

131

Spectris Book 1.indb   131
Spectris Book 1.indb   131

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial StatementsNotes to the AccountsNotes to the Accounts continued

3. Operating segments continued

UK

Germany

France

Rest of Europe1

USA

Rest of North America

Japan

China

South Korea

Rest of Asia 

Rest of the world

Deferred tax assets2

Total non-current assets

Non-current assets

2020
£m

195.2 

73.4 

3.6 

235.5 

385.2 

17.3 

5.5 

10.7 

0.7 

7.9 

2.0 

937.0 

14.6 

951.6 

2019
£m

386.7 

85.7 

2.9 

264.5 

404.3 

22.4 

5.1 

10.5 

1.9 

7.7 

2.6 

1,194.3 

9.0 

1,203.3 

1  Principally in Netherlands and Switzerland (2019: Netherlands, Finland and Switzerland).
2  Not allocated to reportable geographic area in reporting to the Chief Operating Decision Maker.

4. Revenue
Disaggregation of revenue
The Group derives its revenue from the provision of goods and services both at a point in time and over time. Product 
lines are presented consistent with the revenue information that is disclosed for each reportable segment under IFRS 8 
(see Note 3).

IFRS 15 paragraph 114 requires an entity to disaggregate revenue recognised from contracts with customers into categories 
that depict how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. 
This disaggregation will depend on the entity’s individual facts and circumstances. The Group has assessed that the 
disaggregation of revenue by operating segments is appropriate in meeting this disclosure requirement as this is the 
information regularly reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker in order to evaluate the financial performance of the 
entity. The Group also believes that presenting a disaggregation of revenue based on the timing of transfer of goods or 
services provides users of the Financial Statements with useful information as to the nature and timing of revenue from 
contracts with customers.

Timing of revenue recognition:

At a point in time:

Malvern Panalytical 

HBK 

Omega 

Industrial Solutions

Over time:

Malvern Panalytical 

HBK 

Omega 

Industrial Solutions

Revenue

2020
£m

 304.4 

 336.9 

 119.2 

 424.6 

 1,185.1 

 68.8 

 55.3 

–

 27.0 

 151.1 

2019
£m

 381.7 

 368.8 

 138.3 

 578.4 

 1,467.2 

 66.5 

 60.2 

–

 38.1 

 164.8 

 1,336.2 

 1,632.0 

The Group’s material revenue streams have an expected duration of one year or less. The Group has therefore applied the 
practical expedient in IFRS 15 paragraph 121 to not disclose information about its remaining performance obligations.

No individual customer accounted for more than 2% of external revenue in 2020 (2019: 2%).

Total revenue for the Group, after including financial income of £1.8m (2019: £7.9m) (see Note 7), was £1,338.0m (2019: £1,639.9m).

132 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   132
Spectris Book 1.indb   132

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial Statements5. Operating (loss)/profit
Operating (loss)/profit is stated after charging/(crediting):

Net foreign exchange losses included in operating (loss)/profit

Research and development expense

Amortisation of intangible assets 

Impairment of intangible assets (including £58.4m impairment of goodwill (2019: £35.1m))

Depreciation of owned property, plant and equipment

Impairment of owned property, plant and equipment

Depreciation and impairment of right-of-use assets

Income from sub-leasing right-of-use assets

Expenses relating to short term and low-value leases

Cost of inventories recognised as expense

Profit on disposal and remeasurements of property, plant and equipment and associated lease liabilities

Auditor’s remuneration

Fees payable to the Company's auditor for audit of the Company's annual accounts

Fees payable to the Company's auditor for the audit of the Company's subsidiaries, pursuant to legislation

Total audit-related fees

Fees payable to the Company's auditor for other services:

•  audit-related assurance services1

•  other non-audit services

 1  Review of the half-year Financial Statements

6. Employee costs and other information
Employee costs, including Directors’ remuneration, comprise: 

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Defined benefit pension plans:

•  current service cost

•  past service cost

Defined contribution pension plans

Equity-settled share-based payment expense

Cash-settled share-based payment expense

Directors’ remuneration

Short-term benefits

Equity-settled share-based payment expense

Note

11

11

12

12

12

Note

20

20

20

2020
£m

 1.1 

 84.7 

 38.2 

 78.1 

 33.6 

 53.1 

 22.2 

 1.4 

 0.3 

2019
£m

 3.5 

 93.8 

 48.1 

 82.2 

 33.0 

 2.5 

 22.1 

 1.5 

 0.8 

 347.2 

 414.9 

 (0.1) 

(4.9) 

2020
£m

 0.5 

1.8

 2.3 

 0.1 

0.5

 2.9 

2019
£m

 0.5 

 1.7 

 2.2 

0.1

– 

 2.3 

2020
£m

2019
£m

 454.9 

 542.4 

 77.1 

 91.3 

 1.0 

 0.3 

18.3

2.9

1.2

 1.8 

–

18.1

3.0

2.9

 555.7 

 659.5 

2020
£m

 2.5 

 0.1 

 2.6 

2019
£m

2.7

0.2

2.9

Further details of Directors’ remuneration and share options are given in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 78 to 97.

Average number of employees

Production and engineering 

Sales, marketing and service

Administrative

2020
Number

2019
Number

 3,608 

 3,939 

 903 

 3,901 

 4,643 

 950 

 8,450 

 9,494 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

133

Spectris Book 1.indb   133
Spectris Book 1.indb   133

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial StatementsNotes to the AccountsNotes to the Accounts continued

7. Financial income and finance costs

Financial income

Interest receivable

Income on receivable from joint venture

Net gain on retranslation of short-term inter-company loan balances

Finance costs

Interest payable on loans and overdrafts

Net loss on retranslation of short-term inter-company loan balances

Unwinding of discount factor on lease liabilities

Unwinding of discount factor on deferred and contingent consideration

Net interest cost on pension plan obligations

Other finance costs

2020
£m

(1.8)

–

–

(1.8)

2020
£m

6.0 

0.8 

2.3 

0.4 

0.4 

0.3 

10.2 

2019
£m

(0.7)

(3.2)

(4.0)

(7.9)

2019
£m

7.1 

–

2.9 

0.7 

0.6 

0.1 

11.4 

Net finance costs

8.4 

3.5 

Net interest costs of £4.2m (2019: £6.4m) for the purposes of the calculation of interest cover comprise interest receivable of 
£1.8m (2019: £0.7m) and interest payable on loans and overdrafts of £6.0m (2019: £7.1m). 

134 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   134
Spectris Book 1.indb   134

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
8. Taxation

Current tax charge

Adjustments in respect of current tax of prior years

Deferred tax – origination and reversal of temporary differences 
(Note 21)

Taxation charge

UK
£m

Overseas
£m

 3.9 

(0.3) 

(8.0) 

(4.4) 

23.5

(1.1) 

(5.1) 

 17.3 

2020

Total
£m

 27.4 

(1.4) 

(13.1) 

 12.9 

UK
£m

2.1

– 

(7.4) 

 (5.3) 

Overseas
£m

36.7

(1.7) 

(4.5) 

 30.5 

2019

Total
£m

 38.8 

(1.7) 

(11.9) 

 25.2 

The standard rate of corporation tax for the year, based on the weighted average of tax rates applied to the Group’s profits, is 
-85.4% (2019: 18.6%). The standard rate of corporation tax for the year is a charge on a loss before tax due to the fact that the 
statutory tax rates applying to the impairment of goodwill and other acquisition-related intangible assets are lower than the 
statutory tax rates applying to the Group’s profits before impairment losses. In the absence of any impairment losses, the 
standard rate of corporation tax for the year, based on the weighted average of tax rates applied to the Group’s profits, would 
have been a charge of 22.9% (2019: 25.5%). The tax charge for the year is higher (2019: lower) than the tax charge using the 
standard rate of corporation tax for the reasons set out in the following reconciliation.

(Loss)/profit before taxation

Corporation tax charge at standard rate of -85.4% (2019: 18.6%)

Profit on disposal of business taxed at higher/(lower) rate

Non-deductible impairments

Other non-deductible expenditure

Movements on unrecognised deferred tax assets

Tax credits and incentives

Change in tax rates

Adjustments to prior year current and deferred tax charges

Taxation charge

2020
£m

2019
£m

(4.1) 

 259.3 

 3.5 

 0.3 

 11.1 

 5.6 

(2.6) 

(4.5) 

 1.1 

(1.6) 

 48.2 

(29.8) 

 9.9 

 3.3 

 0.5 

(5.1) 

–

(1.8) 

 12.9 

 25.2 

The Group’s standard rate of corporation tax of -85.4% is lower than the prior year rate (18.6%), principally due to impairments 
being made in countries with lower statutory tax rates. 

‘Change in tax rates’ above, in the current year principally refers to the tax effect of revaluing deferred tax liabilities at a tax 
rate of 19% following the UK government’s decision to reverse the legislation reducing the corporation tax rate to 17%.

‘Tax credits and incentives’ above refers principally to research and development tax credits and other reliefs for innovation, 
such as the UK Patent Box regime and Dutch Innovation Box regime, as well as tax reliefs available for Foreign Derived 
Intangible Income in the US.

Factors that may affect the future tax charge
The Group’s tax charge in future years is likely to be affected by the proportion of profits arising, and the effective tax rates, 
in the various territories in which the Group operates, as well as changes in tax law affecting future periods. Such law 
changes may affect the future availability or amount of existing tax reliefs or incentives. Furthermore, the resolution of tax 
or other legal cases or investigations such as those mentioned below in respect of the UK’s dividend taxation regime or the 
EU’s State Aid investigation into aspects of UK tax legislation may result in a re-assessment of the Group’s tax liabilities in 
respect of prior years.

Tax on items recognised directly in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

Tax (credit)/charge on net gain/(loss) on effective portion of changes in fair value of forward exchange contracts

Tax charge/(credit) on re-measurement of net defined benefit obligations, net of foreign exchange

Aggregate current and deferred tax charge/(credit) relating to items recognised directly in the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income

Tax on items recognised directly in the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

Tax credit in relation to share-based payments

Aggregate current and deferred tax credit on items recognised directly in the Consolidated Statement of 
Changes in Equity

2020
£m

(0.1) 

 1.3 

2019
£m

 0.6 

(1.7) 

 1.2 

(1.1) 

2020
£m

(0.4) 

2019
£m

(0.7) 

(0.4) 

(0.7) 

Spectris Book 1.indb   135
Spectris Book 1.indb   135

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

135

Financial StatementsNotes to the AccountsNotes to the Accounts continued

8. Taxation continued
The following tax (credits)/charges relate to items of income and expense that are excluded from the Group’s adjusted 
performance measures.

Tax on items of income and expense that are excluded from the Group’s adjusted profit before tax

Tax credit on amortisation and impairment of acquisition-related intangible assets and other property, plant and 
equipment

Tax credit on depreciation of acquisition-related fair value adjustments to property, plant and equipment

Tax credit on impairment of goodwill

Tax credit on net transaction-related costs and fair value adjustments

Tax charge on profit on disposal of property

Tax credit on retranslation of short-term inter-company loan balances

Tax charge on profit on disposal of businesses

Tax credit relating to prior year acquisitions

Tax charge on fair value through profit and loss movements on equity investments

Tax credit on restructuring costs

Total tax credit

The effective adjusted tax rate for the year was 21.8% (2019: 21.4%) as set out in the reconciliation below.

Reconciliation of the statutory taxation charge to the adjusted taxation charge

Statutory taxation charge

Tax credit on items of income and expense that are excluded from the Group’s adjusted profit before tax 

Adjusted taxation charge

2020
£m

(18.8) 

(0.1) 

(0.9) 

(1.6) 

 –   

(0.4) 

 1.1 

–

 1.8 

(4.5) 

(23.4) 

2020
£m

 12.9 

 23.4 

 36.3 

2019
£m

(16.9) 

(0.2) 

–

(0.8) 

 1.2 

(0.1) 

 3.2 

(2.2) 

–

(11.9) 

(27.7) 

2019
£m

 25.2 

 27.7 

 52.9 

Management judgement is applied to determine the level of provisions required in respect of both direct and indirect taxes. 
The Group is potentially subject to tax audits in many jurisdictions. By their nature these are often complex and could take a 
significant period of time to be agreed with the tax authorities. Judgement is therefore applied based on the interpretation 
of country-specific tax legislation and the likelihood of settlement. The Group estimates and accrues taxes that will ultimately 
be payable when reviews or audits by tax authorities of tax returns are completed. These estimates include judgements 
about the position expected to be taken by each tax authority.

The Group applies judgement in respect of possible tax audit adjustments primarily in respect of transfer pricing as well as 
in respect of financing arrangements and tax credits and incentives. In respect of transfer pricing, the level of provision is 
determined by reference to management judgements of the adjustments that would arise in the event that certain intra-
group transactions are successfully challenged as not being at arm’s length.

Management estimates of the level of risk arising from tax audit may change in the next year as a result of changes in 
legislation or tax authority practice or correspondence with tax authorities during a specific tax audit. It is not possible 
to quantify the impact that such future developments may have on the Group’s tax positions. Actual outcomes and 
settlements may differ significantly from the estimates recorded in these Consolidated Financial Statements. Further 
detail is provided below in relation to tax provisions that are known to be potentially material.

Judgement is also applied relating to the recognition of deferred tax assets which are dependent on an assessment of the 
generation of future taxable income in the countries concerned in which temporary differences become deductible or in 
which tax losses can be utilised. These estimates may change in the next year if there are changes in the forecast profitability 
of the relevant company.

IFRIC 23 provides further guidance on how to apply the recognition and measurement requirements of IAS 12. The Group 
adopted IFRIC 23 in the prior year with the cumulative effect of initially applying the Interpretation recognised at the date 
of initial application of 1 January 2019. 

The UK’s dividend taxation regime prior to July 2009 is the subject of long-running litigation between HMRC and other 
taxpayers in relation to the tax charge on dividends received from EU-based companies. The outcome of this dispute is likely 
to be relevant to the Group in respect of certain dividends received by UK Group companies before that date. The Group is 
currently engaged in active dialogue with HMRC with a view to reaching a settlement on this matter and during 2020 made 
a payment of £1.1m in respect of tax and accrued interest relating to the amounts in dispute. Pending resolution of this issue, 
an amount of £8.3m (2019: £8.8m) continues to be held as a tax creditor for the potential tax liabilities arising if the final 
conclusion is in HMRC’s favour. An amount of £5.3m (2019: £5.5m) relating to accrued interest on the potential tax liabilities is 
also held as a tax-related provision (see Note 19) and an amount of £1.0m (2019: £0.9m) has been booked as a deferred tax 
asset in respect of future tax relief on the accrued interest.

136 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   136
Spectris Book 1.indb   136

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial Statements8. Taxation continued
In October 2017, the EU Commission opened a formal State Aid investigation into an exemption within the UK’s Controlled 
Foreign Company regime for certain finance income. A final decision was published by the Commission during 2019, 
concluding that certain aspects of the exemption (as it was implemented in UK law for the years 2013-2018) constituted 
State Aid and requiring the UK to recover such aid from affected parties. Spectris is impacted by this decision since we  
have claimed the benefit of the group finance exemption during the period in question. 

The Group, along with the UK government and a number of other affected taxpayers, has sought annulment of the  
EU Commission’s decision through the EU Courts. No provision has been made in respect of this matter since we believe 
that it is more likely than not that the decision will subsequently be annulled and no additional tax will be due. In the event 
that the Commission’s decision is upheld then, as at 31 December 2020, the Group’s maximum estimated exposure is  
£19.5m (2019: £19.0m) in respect of tax and £1.3m (2019: £1.0m) in respect of interest. However, quantification of the liability in 
accordance with the Commission’s judgement is complex and depends on the facts of each individual case, and therefore 
the Group’s liability may ultimately be determined to be less than this amount.

9. Dividends

Amounts recognised and paid as distributions to owners of the Company in the year

Final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2018 of 40.5p per share

Interim dividend for the year ended 31 December 2020 of 21.9p (2019: 21.9p) per share

Additional interim dividend for the year ended 31 December 2020 of 43.2p per share

Amounts arising in respect of the year

Interim dividend for the year ended 31 December 2020 of 21.9p (2019: 21.9p) per share

Additional interim dividend for the year ended 31 December 2020 of 43.2p per share

Proposed final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2020 of 46.5p per share

2020
£m

–

25.5

50.2

75.7

2020
£m

25.5

50.2

54.1

129.8

2019
£m

46.9

25.4

–

72.3

2019
£m

25.4

–

–

25.4

On 6 April 2020 the Group announced the withdrawal of the £50.1m proposed 2019 final dividend of 43.2p per share and the 
£175.0m proposed special dividend of 150.0p per share. On 4 August 2020 the Group declared an additional £50.2m interim 
dividend of 43.2p per share, which was paid on 2 October 2020.

The proposed final dividend is subject to approval by shareholders at the AGM on 14 May 2021 and has not been included  
as a liability in these Financial Statements. 

10. (Loss)/earnings per share
Basic (loss)/earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing net (loss)/profit for the year attributable to ordinary 
shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year (excluding treasury shares).

Diluted (loss)/earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing the net (loss)/profit attributable to ordinary shareholders 
by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year but adjusted for the effects of dilutive 
options. This additional adjustment is not made when there is a net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders. The key 
features of the Company’s share option schemes are described in Note 23.

Basic (loss)/earnings per share

(Loss)/profit after tax (£m)

Weighted average number of shares outstanding (millions)

Basic (loss)/earnings per share (pence) 

Diluted (loss)/earnings per share

(Loss)/profit after tax (£m)

Basic weighted average number of shares outstanding (millions)

Weighted average number of dilutive 5p ordinary shares under option (millions)

Weighted average number of 5p ordinary shares that would have been issued at average market value from 
proceeds of dilutive share options (millions)

Diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding (millions)

Diluted (loss)/earnings per share (pence)

2020

(17.0)

116.1

(14.6)

2020

(17.0)

116.1

n/a

n/a

116.1

(14.6)

2019

234.1

115.8

202.2

2019

234.1

115.8

0.4

(0.1)

116.1

201.6

Spectris Book 1.indb   137
Spectris Book 1.indb   137

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

137

Financial StatementsNotes to the AccountsNotes to the Accounts continued

11. Goodwill and other intangible assets

Cost

At 1 January 2019

Additions – separately acquired

Additions – internal development

Additions – business combinations

Disposals

Disposal of business

Foreign exchange difference

At 31 December 2019

Additions – separately acquired

Additions – internal development

Additions – business combinations

Transfer to assets held for sale

Disposals

Disposals of business

Foreign exchange difference

At 31 December 2020

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

At 1 January 2019

Charge for the year

Impairment 

Disposals

Disposal of business

Foreign exchange difference

At 31 December 2019

Charge for the year

Impairment 

Transfer to assets held for sale

Disposals

Foreign exchange difference

At 31 December 2020

Carrying amount

At 31 December 2020

At 31 December 2019

Patents, 
contractual 
rights and 
technology
£m

Customer-
related 
and trade 
names
£m

Note

Goodwill
£m

Software
£m

Total
£m

 915.1 

 227.8 

 306.0 

 85.9 

 1,534.8 

–

–

 2.4 

–

(66.7) 

(24.6) 

–

 7.3 

 1.8 

(3.2) 

(8.4) 

(5.2) 

–

–

–

(9.1) 

(2.1) 

(6.1) 

826.2

220.1

288.7

–

–

1.2

–

7.3

0.3

–

–

0.7

(74.3)

(4.4)

(24.0)

–

(0.5)

3.0

–

–

(3.1)

755.6

220.2

 148.8 

–

 35.1 

–

(0.2) 

(4.3) 

 153.6 

 18.0 

 3.1 

(3.2) 

(3.6) 

(3.7) 

–

–

(3.9)

261.5

 152.7 

 22.6 

 41.3 

(9.1) 

(0.7) 

(4.0) 

 12.7 

–

–

(1.0) 

(5.9) 

(2.7) 

89.0

6.9

–

–

(2.8)

(1.6)

–

0.2

91.7

 12.7 

 7.3 

 4.2 

(13.3) 

(83.1) 

(38.6) 

1,424.0

6.9

7.3

2.2

(105.5)

(1.6)

(0.5)

(3.8)

1,329.0

 50.1 

 505.2 

 7.5 

 2.7 

(1.0) 

(5.2) 

(1.8) 

 48.1 

 82.2 

(13.3) 

(9.7) 

(13.8) 

179.4

164.2

202.8

52.3

598.7

–

58.4

(57.9)

–

(1.3)

178.6

15.7

1.0

(3.8)

–

(3.0)

174.1

13.4

18.7

(24.0)

–

(3.6)

9.1

–

(1.9)

(1.5)

0.5

38.2

78.1

(87.6)

(1.5)

(7.4)

207.3

58.5

618.5

577.0

646.8

46.1

55.9

54.2

85.9

33.2

36.7

710.5

825.3

24

25

25

Goodwill is allocated to the cash-generating units that are anticipated to benefit from the acquisition.

The Group’s identified cash-generating units are smaller than the four reportable segments, being the 10 operating 
companies (including 2 classified as held for sale) as at 31 December 2020 (2019: 10, with none reclassified as held for sale). 
Goodwill arising on a bolt-on acquisition is combined with the goodwill in the existing Group company and is not considered 
separately for impairment purposes, since such acquisitions are quickly integrated.

138 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   138
Spectris Book 1.indb   138

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial Statements11. Goodwill and other intangible assets continued
The most significant amounts of goodwill are as follows:

Malvern Panalytical

HBK

Omega Engineering

Red Lion Controls 

Servomex 

Millbrook

Other

2020

Pre-tax
discount 
rate 
 %

10.1

10.4

11.7

11.7

11.7

n/a

11.3-11.9

Goodwill
£m

210.3

185.0

108.1

39.2

24.3

n/a

10.1

577.0

Goodwill
£m

208.6

179.3

111.8

40.5

24.6

57.6

24.4

646.8

2019

Pre-tax
discount 
rate 
 %

10.2

10.3

11.6

11.5

11.6

12.1

10.3-13.2

Goodwill at 31 December 2020 excludes balances transferred to assets held for sale totalling £16.4m (2019: nil).

Included within ‘Other’ are two (2019: three) cash-generating units, in which none of the goodwill balances are considered 
to be individually significant.

Goodwill is not amortised but is tested for impairment annually or whenever there is an indication that the asset may be 
impaired. As part of the annual impairment review, the carrying amount of goodwill has been assessed with reference to its 
recoverable amount determined based on value in use. In assessing value in use, the forecast projected cash flows of each 
cash-generating unit, which are based on actual operating results, the most recent budget for the next financial year as 
approved by the Board, detailed strategic review projections and an assumed long-term growth rate to perpetuity, are 
discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects the time value of money and the risks specific 
to the cash-generating unit.

The key assumptions on which the value in use calculations are based on relate to future business performance over the 
forecast period (five years), projected long-term growth rates and the discount rates applied. The forecast cash flows include 
management’s latest estimates on sales volumes and pricing, production and other costs. The key estimates applied in the 
impairment review are the forecast level of revenue, operating margins and the proportion of operating profit converted to 
cash in each year. A long-term growth rate of 2.0% (2019: 2.0%) has been consistently applied in the impairment review for all 
cash-generating units based on current forecast global industrial production growth rates, and long-term GDP growth rates 
for the Group’s primary markets. The cash flow projections have been discounted using cash-generating unit specific pre-tax 
discount rates of between 10.1% and 11.9% (2019: 10.2% and 13.2%). These rates have been determined by taking into account 
the size of business, specific geographical and industry risk factors, as well as the period of ownership by the Group.

Impairment of goodwill, acquisition-related intangible assets and other property, plant and equipment
2020: Millbrook
During the year, £58.4m was recognised as an impairment of goodwill (2019: £35.1m) and £70.9m impairment recognised in 
the ‘amortisation and impairment of acquisition-related intangible assets and other property, plant and equipment’ line of 
the Consolidated Income Statement (2019: £47.1m). Of this, goodwill of £58.4m, £16.3m of the intangible asset impairment 
and £51.2m of the property, plant and equipment impairment related to the Millbrook cash generating unit, which forms 
part of the Industrial Solutions operating segment.

During the first half of 2020, Millbrook’s business was impacted as follows:
1.   There was reduced demand from automotive customers, who have delayed development projects (and therefore testing) 

in response to the impact of COVID-19 on their businesses.

2.  On 31 March 2020, a large customer decided to in-house all outsourced engine testing services for the period from April 

2020 through to April 2021.

3. Millbrook’s events business was largely shut down as a result of COVID-19 restrictions.

Spectris Book 1.indb   139
Spectris Book 1.indb   139

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

139

Financial StatementsNotes to the AccountsNotes to the Accounts continued

11. Goodwill and other intangible assets continued
These factors led to an impairment of the whole of Millbrook’s goodwill balance of £58.4m, £11.0m of other intangibles and 
£6.4m of other property, plant and equipment being charged to the Consolidated Income Statement during the first half 
of 2020, reflecting the recoverable amount at that time. This impairment reflects the loss of value from the acquired 
workforce and the loss of expected future customer relationships. The estimated recoverable amount of the Millbrook cash 
generating unit at 30 June 2020 was £157.6m, which was determined on a value in use basis using a pre-tax discount rate 
of 12.1% (31 December 2019: 12.1%). 

During the second half of 2020 a comprehensive sale process relating to Millbrook was concluded resulting in the 
announcement on 10 December 2020, that agreement had been reached for the sale of the Millbrook business, which 
forms part of the Industrial Solutions operating segment. The transaction was subject to customary completion conditions 
and regulatory approvals, and the sale completed on 1 February 2021. The disposal proceeds from the Millbrook business is 
expected to be £114.7m, net of costs to sell. The structure of the transaction provided an immediate cash inflow plus the 
chance to participate in the future performance of the combined group, which will now be able to provide a more extensive 
and comprehensive range of services to its clients. The commercial valuation achieved resulted in a further impairment of 
£44.8m of property, plant and equipment and £5.3 million of other intangible assets.

The remaining £3.4m impairment of intangible assets relates to other items within Industrial Solutions with short remaining 
useful economic lives.

2019
In 2019, an impairment of Concept Life Sciences goodwill of £35.1m was charged to the Consolidated Income Statement. 
Details of this impairment were given in the 2019 Annual Report and Financial Statements.

In 2019, impairment of other intangible assets includes £32.4m relating to customer relationships and technology acquired 
as part of the CLS acquisition. The remaining £14.7m impairment of other intangible assets relates to items impaired as a 
result of restructuring activities undertaken following the strategic review.

Sensitivity analysis
For all cash-generating units with goodwill balances at 31 December 2020 the Directors do not consider that there are any 
reasonably possible sensitivities for the business that could arise in the next 12 months that could result in an impairment 
charge being recognised. 

Other intangible assets
Internally generated assets arising from the capitalisation of qualifying development expenditure typically have a finite 
expected useful life of four to ten years. Capitalised development expenditure is amortised on a straight-line basis. All 
amortisation charges for the year have been charged against operating profit. The Group has capitalised £7.3m of internally-
generated intangible assets from development expenditure in 2020 (2019: £7.3m). Accumulated amortisation on internally-
generated intangible assets was £1.7m (2019: £0.7m).

The trade names and technology assets recognised on the acquisition of Omega Engineering in 2011, and included within 
the Omega reportable segment, are considered significant by the Directors as they represent 72% (2019: 51%) of total 
customer-related and trade names, and 6% (2019: 11%) of total patents, contractual rights and technology, respectively. The 
carrying amount of the Omega customer-related and trade name intangible assets at 31 December 2020 is £39.0m (2019: 
£44.1m) and is being amortised over 20 years with the remaining amortisation period being 11 years. The carrying amount of 
the Omega patents, contractual rights and technology intangible assets at 31 December 2020 is £2.6m (2019: £6.2m) and is 
being amortised over ten years with the remaining amortisation period being one year.

140 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   140
Spectris Book 1.indb   140

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial Statements12. Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment: owned 

Cost

At 1 January 2019

Adoption of IFRS 16

At 1 January 2019 (restated)

Additions – separately acquired

Reclassifications

Disposals

Disposal of business

Foreign exchange difference

At 31 December 2019

Additions – separately acquired

Additions – business combinations

Reclassifications

Transfer to assets held for sale

Disposals

Disposal of business

Foreign exchange difference

At 31 December 2020

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

At 1 January 2019

Adoption of IFRS 16

At 1 January 2019 (restated)

Charge for the year

Impairment

Disposals

Disposal of business

Foreign exchange difference

At 31 December 2019

Charge for the year

Impairment

Transfer to assets held for sale

Disposals

Disposal of business

Foreign exchange difference

At 31 December 2020

Carrying amount

At 31 December 2020

At 31 December 2019

Freehold 
property
£m

Leasehold 
property
£m

Plant and 
equipment
£m

Note

247.9

–

247.9

13.8

(2.6)

(1.4)

(14.9)

(7.5)

235.3

4.1

1.6

5.5

(87.4)

(4.1)

–

5.7

160.7

64.2

–

64.2

6.9

–

(0.5)

(5.2)

(2.9)

62.5

7.6

32.3

(34.6)

(1.1)

–

2.4

69.1

18.9

0.5

19.4

1.4

–

(0.9)

(0.2)

(0.6)

19.1

1.7

–

0.1

(1.4)

(1.9)

–

0.1

17.7

12.5

0.4

12.9

1.6

–

(0.8)

(0.2)

(0.3)

13.2

1.7

–

(1.0)

(1.7)

–

0.1

12.3

24

25

25

25

25

Total
£m

562.6

 (1.9)

560.7

56.3

–

 (15.2)

 (43.6)

 (16.2)

542.0

28.6

2.0

–

295.8

(2.4)

293.4

41.1

2.6

(12.9)

(28.5)

(8.1)

287.6

22.8

0.4

(5.6)

(99.7)

 (188.5)

(6.0)

(0.1)

4.2

 (12.0)

 (0.1)

10.0

203.6

382.0

154.4

(1.3)

153.1

24.5

2.5

(11.2)

(15.3)

(5.4)

148.2

24.3

20.8

231.1

 (0.9)

230.2

33.0

2.5

 (12.5)

 (20.7)

 (8.6)

223.9

33.6

53.1

(45.8)

 (81.4)

(5.9)

(0.1)

3.1

 (8.7)

 (0.1)

5.6

144.6

226.0

91.6

172.8

5.4

5.9

59.0

139.4

156.0

318.1

The amount included in the cost of plant and equipment of assets in the course of construction was £14.3m (2019: £20.5m).

No borrowing costs were capitalised during either year. 

Of the total depreciation charge of £33.6m (2019: £33.0m), the amount attributable to the depreciation on fair value 
adjustments to acquisition-related property, plant and equipment was £0.7m (2019: £1.0m). 

Additions are net of £0.2m (2019: £5.0m) relating to the receipt of government grants.

Spectris Book 1.indb   141
Spectris Book 1.indb   141

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

141

Financial StatementsNotes to the AccountsNotes to the Accounts continued

12. Property, plant and equipment continued
Property, plant and equipment: right-of-use

At 1 January 2019 on adoption of IFRS 16

Additions

Depreciation and impairment

Disposals

Disposal of business

Foreign exchange difference

At 31 December 2019

Additions

Depreciation and impairment

Disposals

Transfer to assets held for sale

Remeasurement

Reclassification

Foreign exchange difference

At 31 December 2020

Property, plant and equipment: owned

Property, plant and equipment: right-of-use

Note

Property
£m

Plant and
equipment
£m

53.2

8.9

(16.0)

(0.3)

(3.0)

(0.3)

42.5

8.7

(17.1)

(3.1)

(6.0)

(0.4)

0.3

0.1

25.0

25

Total
£m

66.0

12.6

(22.1)

(1.1)

(3.9)

(0.6)

50.9

12.4

(22.2)

(3.2)

(6.9)

(0.4)

–

0.5

31.1

2019
£m

318.1

50.9

369.0

2019
£m

–

–

–

12.8

3.7

(6.1)

(0.8)

(0.9)

(0.3)

8.4

3.7

(5.1)

(0.1)

(0.9)

–

(0.3)

0.4

6.1

2020
£m

156.0

31.1

187.1

2020
£m

1.1

38.3

39.4

Impairments of owned and right of use assets in 2020 includes £51.2m in relation to Millbrook (see Note 11).

13. Investment in equity instruments

Investments in equity instruments designated as at fair value through other comprehensive income

Investments in equity instruments measured at fair value through profit and loss 

Total investment in equity instruments at 31 December

Investments in equity instruments designated as at fair value through other comprehensive income
At 31 December 2020 the investment in equity instruments designated to be measured at fair value through other 
comprehensive income consists of 10,000,000 shares in Envirosuite Ltd, which has a fair value of £1.1m.

This investment was not held for trading at initial recognition and is not contingent consideration. Instead, it is held for 
medium to long-term strategic purposes. Accordingly, the Group has elected to designate this investment in equity 
instruments as at fair value through other comprehensive income at initial recognition as it believes that recognising 
short-term fluctuations in this investments’ fair value in profit or loss would not be consistent with the Group’s strategy 
of holding the investment for long-term purposes and realising its performance potential in the long run.

Investments in equity instruments measured at fair value through profit and loss
At 31 December 2020 the investment in equity instruments measured at fair value through profit and loss consists of an 
investment in a US publicly-listed company, which has a fair value of £38.3m.

The Group does not consider that it is able to exercise significant influence over any of the above investments as its 
percentage ownership and voting rights of the businesses is small and it does not have any unusual power or rights over 
the businesses.

No dividends have been recognised on investment in equity instruments during the year. 

142 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   142
Spectris Book 1.indb   142

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial Statements14. Inventories

Raw materials

Work in progress

Finished goods and goods held for resale

2020
£m

60.3

 41.0 

 67.2 

168.5

2019
£m

70.0

51.9

75.3

197.2

In the ordinary course of business, the Group makes provision for slow-moving, excess and obsolete inventory to write it 
down to its net realisable value based on an assessment of technological and market developments specific to the relevant 
business, and an analysis of historical and projected usage on an individual item or product line basis.

Expenses relating to inventories written down during the year totalled £12.3m (2019: £12.6m). 

Finished goods and goods held for resale expected to be utilised after 12 months amounted to £1.7m (2019: £0.9m).

15. Trade and other receivables

Current

Trade receivables

Prepayments

VAT and similar taxes receivable

Other receivables

Contract assets 

2020
£m

 235.7 

 20.9 

 15.9 

 14.7 

 4.6 

2019
£m

271.7

17.9

11.2

24.4

10.5

291.8

335.7

Trade receivables are non-interest bearing. Standard credit terms provided to customers differ according to business and 
country, and are typically between 30 and 60 days. Trade receivables are stated after the provision for impairment of £7.6m 
(2019: £4.8m). Trade and other receivables include £8.1m of receivables expected to be received in more than one year.

The fair value of trade and other receivables approximates to its carrying amount due to the short-term maturities associated 
with these items. There is no impairment risk identified with regards to other receivables where no amounts are past due. 

The maximum exposure to credit risk for trade receivables at 31 December by geographic region was:

UK

Germany

France

Rest of Europe

USA

Rest of North America

Japan

China

South Korea

Rest of Asia

Rest of the world

2020
£m

 13.7 

 18.0 

 14.2 

 42.9 

 63.5 

 9.6 

 14.2 

 20.3 

 5.5 

 21.7 

 12.1 

2019
£m

20.2

19.9

15.7

49.2

67.8

9.5

12.0

27.4

6.4

29.1

14.5

235.7

271.7

Expected credit losses
The Group measures the loss allowance for trade receivables at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses (‘ECL’). 
The ECL on trade receivables are estimated using a provision matrix by reference to past default experience of the debtor 
and an analysis of the debtor’s current financial position, adjusted for factors that are specific to the debtor, general 
economic conditions of the industry in which the debtor operates and an assessment of both the current as well as the 
forecast direction of conditions at the reporting date.

There has been no change in the estimation techniques or significant assumptions made during the current reporting period.

The Group writes off a trade receivable when there is information indicating that the debtor is in severe financial difficulty 
and there is no realistic prospect of recovery, e.g. when the debtor has been placed under liquidation or has entered into 
bankruptcy proceedings.

Spectris Book 1.indb   143
Spectris Book 1.indb   143

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

143

Financial StatementsNotes to the AccountsNotes to the Accounts continued

15. Trade and other receivables continued
The ageing of trade receivables and related provisions for impairment at 31 December was:

Not past due

One month past due

Two months past due

Three months past due

Four months past due

More than four months past due

2020

Impairment 
 £m

–

–

–

–

–

7.6

7.6

Gross
£m

157.2

32.9

13.2

8.4

7.1

24.5

243.3

Gross
£m

180.5

43.3

18.5

7.2

6.0

21.0

276.5

The movement in the provision for impairment in respect of trade receivables during the year was as follows:

At 1 January 

Provision for impairment of receivables

Impairment loss utilised

Disposal of business

Foreign exchange difference

At 31 December

2020
£m

4.8

4.1

(1.4)

–

0.1

7.6

2019

Impairment 
 £m

0.6

–

0.9

–

–

3.3

4.8

2019
£m

4.6

1.8

(0.5)

(1.0)

(0.1)

4.8

All of the above impairment losses relate to receivables arising from contracts with customers.

Significant changes in contract assets during the year
The decrease in contract assets during 2020 is mainly due to the transfer of Millbrook and Brüel & Kjaer Vibro contract assets 
to assets held for sale. There were no other significant changes in contract assets during 2020. The decrease in contract 
assets during 2019 reflected progress on a number of larger contracts in the Industrial Solutions business.

16. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents included in current assets

Cash and cash equivalents included in assets held for sale

Notional cash-pool related bank overdrafts included in liabilities held for sale

Notional cash-pool related bank overdrafts included in current borrowings

Cash and cash equivalents in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

Note

25

25

17

2020
£m

222.2

3.7

(2.2)

(12.8)

210.9

2019
£m

213.1

–

–

–

213.1

The Group’s exposure to interest rate risk and a sensitivity analysis for financial assets and liabilities is disclosed in Note 28.

17. Borrowings

Current

Bank overdrafts (including £2.2m of overdrafts classified as 
liabilities held for sale)

Interest rate

Repayable date

2020
£m

On demand

15.3

Bank loans unsecured – €94.8m

Fixed 2.56%

 14 October 2020

Bank loans unsecured – £50.0m uncommitted facility

Relevant LIBOR +50bps

On demand

Total current borrowings

Non-current

Bank loans unsecured – €116.2m

Interest rate

Maturity date

Fixed 1.15%

9 September 2022

Bank loans unsecured – $800.0m revolving credit facility

Relevant LIBOR +55bps

31 July 2025

Total non-current borrowings

Total current and non-current borrowings

Total unsecured borrowings

–

–

15.3

2020
£m

104.5

–

104.5

119.8

119.8

2019
£m

–

 80.7 

–

80.7

2019
£m

98.9

–

98.9

179.6

179.6

At 31 December 2020, the Group had available £586m of undrawn committed borrowing facilities in respect of its $800m 
revolving credit facility (2019: £606.4m). 

144 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   144
Spectris Book 1.indb   144

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial Statements17. Borrowings continued
Movements in total unsecured borrowings are reconciled as follows:

At 1 January

Notional cash-pooling movements

Proceeds from borrowings

Repayment of borrowings

Effect of foreign exchange rates

At 31 December

18. Trade and other payables

Current

Trade payables

Accruals

Customer advances

Contract liabilities

Deferred and contingent consideration on acquisitions and disposals

VAT and similar taxes payable

Other payables

Non-current

Contract liabilities

Deferred and contingent consideration on acquisitions and disposals

Other payables

2020
£m

179.6

15.0

0.3

2019
£m

364.4

–

193.2

 (86.4)

 (363.5)

11.3

119.8

 (14.5)

179.6

2020
£m

 51.6 

 97.8 

 23.8 

 59.6 

 2.7 

 15.6 

 37.2 

2019
£m

 53.1 

 89.2 

 19.5 

 73.4 

 11.6 

 14.7 

 35.3 

 288.3 

 296.8 

 9.9 

 0.4 

 14.4 

 24.7 

 2.8 

 3.2 

 15.3 

 21.3 

The fair value of trade and other payables approximates to their carrying amount due to the short-term maturities associated 
with these items.

Total contract liabilities relate to the following product groups:

Malvern Panalytical 

HBK 

Omega

Industrial Solutions 

Contract liabilities included in liabilities held for sale

2020
£m

 44.1 

 21.3 

 0.1 

 4.0 

 69.5 

 4.6 

 74.1 

2019
£m

 45.0 

 23.1 

 0.1 

 8.0 

 76.2 

–

 76.2 

Significant changes in contract liabilities during the year
2020:
At 31 December 2020, £4.6m of contract liability balances that would previously have been included in the Industrial 
Solutions product group have been classified within liabilities held for sale.

There were no other significant changes in contract liability balances during 2020.

2019:
During 2019, £1.6m of contract liability balances were derecognised on the disposal of BTG.

There were no other significant changes in contract liability balances during 2019.

Spectris Book 1.indb   145
Spectris Book 1.indb   145

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

145

Financial StatementsNotes to the AccountsNotes to the Accounts continued

19. Provisions

At 1 January 2020

Provision during the year

Recognised on acquisitions

Disposal of business

Utilised during the year

Released during the year

Transfer to liabilities held for sale

Foreign exchange difference

At 31 December 2020

Reorganisation
£m

Note

Product 
warranty
£m

Legal, 
contractual 
and other
£m

24

25

25

11.2 

7.3

–

–

(11.9)

(0.7)

(0.2)

0.2 

5.9 

11.0 

8.8

0.1 

(0.2)

(7.6)

(0.3)

(0.4)

0.1 

11.5 

10.7 

4.1

–

–

(3.3)

(0.1)

(0.4)

0.1 

11.1 

Total
£m

32.9 

20.2

0.1 

(0.2)

(22.8)

(1.1)

(1.0)

0.4 

28.5 

Reorganisation
Reorganisation provisions relate to committed restructuring plans in place within the business, with much of the movement 
during 2020 relating to the Group-wide profit improvement programme (see Note 2). Costs are mostly expected to be 
incurred within one year and there is little judgement in determining the amount.

Product warranty
Product warranty provisions reflect commitments made to customers on the sale of goods in the ordinary course of business 
and included within the Group’s standard terms and conditions. Warranty commitments typically apply for a 12-month 
period, but can extend to 36 months. These extended warranties are not invidually significant.

Legal, contractual and other
Legal, contractual and other provisions mainly comprise amounts provided against open legal and contractual disputes 
arising in the normal course of business. The Company has on occasion been required to take legal or other actions to 
protect its intellectual property rights, to enforce commercial contracts or otherwise and similarly to defend itself against 
proceedings brought by other parties. Provisions are made for the expected costs associated with such matters, based on 
past experience of similar items and other known factors, taking into account professional advice received, and represent 
management’s best estimate of the most likely outcome. The timing of utilisation of these provisions is frequently uncertain, 
reflecting the complexity of issues and the outcome of various court proceedings and negotiations. Contractual and other 
provisions represent the Directors’ best estimate of the cost of settling current obligations. Other provisions includes £5.3m 
(2019: £5.5m) relating to accrued interest on potential tax liabilities (see Note 8).

No provision is made for proceedings which have been or might be brought by other parties against Group companies 
unless management, taking into account professional advice received, assesses that it is probable that such proceedings 
may be successful. Contingent liabilities associated with such proceedings have been identified, but the Directors are of the 
opinion that any associated claims that might be brought can be defeated successfully and, therefore, the possibility of any 
material outflow in settlement is assessed as remote.

146 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   146
Spectris Book 1.indb   146

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial Statements20. Retirement benefit plans
Spectris plc operates funded defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans for the Group’s qualifying employees 
in the UK. At 31 December 2020, 13 overseas subsidiaries (2019: 12) in three overseas countries provided defined benefit plans. 
Other UK and overseas subsidiaries have their own defined contribution plans invested in independent funds. 

Defined benefit plans
The UK, German, Dutch and Swiss plans provide pensions in retirement, death in service and in some cases disability 
benefits to members. The pension benefit is linked to members’ final salary at retirement and their service life. Since  
31 December 2009, the UK plan has been closed to all service accruals. The German and Dutch plans are closed to new 
members. The Italian plan is a mandatory Trattamento di Fine Rapporto (‘TFR’) severance plan.

The UK plan is administered by a pension fund, but the Swiss and Dutch plans are held by insurance companies that are 
legally separate from the Group. The majority of the overseas plan assets are insurance policies. The UK plan is managed  
by a Board of Trustees that represents both employees and employer, who is required to act in the best interest of the plan’s 
participants and is responsible for setting certain policies (e.g. investment, contribution and indexation policies) of the 
various funds.

The plans expose the Group to actuarial risks, such as longevity risk, currency risk, interest rate risk and market (investment) 
risk. Inflation and interest rate hedges are taken out to mitigate against risks arising on the UK plan and some reinsurance 
exists in respect of the overseas plans.

The overseas plans are funded by the Group’s overseas subsidiaries, and the UK plan has been funded in the past by both  
the Group’s UK subsidiaries and the Company. The assets of the UK plan are invested in accordance with Section 40 of the 
Pensions Act 1995. Although the Act permits 5% of the plan’s assets to be invested in ‘employer-related investments’, the 
Trustees have elected that none of the plan assets are to be invested directly in Spectris plc shares. The Trustees also hold 
interest rate and inflation swaps to help protect against the impact of changes in prevailing interest rates and price inflation, 
which in conjunction with the corporate bond portfolio aims to fully hedge against interest and inflation rate risks on the 
basis used by the Trustee to fund the plan. Trustee investment in derivatives is only made in so far as they contribute to the 
reduction of investment risks or facilitate efficient portfolio management and are managed such as to avoid excessive risk 
exposure to a single counterparty or other derivative operations.

The Trustee of the UK plan has invested a large proportion of the plan’s assets in a buy and maintain corporate bond 
portfolio, designed to move in a similar way to the value of the plan’s liabilities. The Trustee has also entered into a swaps 
strategy which seeks to further mitigate against movement in interest rates and price inflation over time.

The funding requirements are based on the individual funds’ actuarial measurement framework set out in the funding 
policies of the various plans.

The Group has determined that, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the defined benefit plans, and in 
accordance with statutory requirements (including minimum funding requirements) of the plans of the respective 
jurisdictions, the present value of the refunds or reductions in future contributions is not lower than the balance of the  
total fair value of the plan assets less the total present value of obligations. This determination has been made on a  
plan-by-plan basis. As such, no decrease in the defined benefit asset was necessary at 31 December 2020.

The last full actuarial valuation for the UK plan was 31 December 2017 and for the overseas plans was 31 December 2020. 
Where applicable, the valuations were updated to 31 December 2020 for IAS 19 (Revised) ‘Employee Benefits’ purposes by 
qualified independent actuaries.

Spectris Book 1.indb   147
Spectris Book 1.indb   147

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

147

Financial StatementsNotes to the AccountsNotes to the Accounts continued

20. Retirement benefit plans continued
The Group’s contributions to defined benefit plans during the year ended 31 December 2020 were £1.2m (2019: £2.3m). 
Contributions for 2021 are expected to be £1.0m for the overseas plans.

Contributions to the Spectris Pension Plan (UK) ceased from 1 July 2012. The contribution rates are subject to review at future 
valuations and periodic certifications of the schedule of contributions.

The assumptions used by the actuary to value the liabilities of the defined benefit plans were:

Discount rate

Salary increases

Pension increases in payment

Pension increases in deferment

Inflation assumption

Interest credit rate

2020

Overseas 
plans
% p.a.

0.0 – 0.6

1.25 – 3.0

UK plan
% p.a.

1.4

n/a

2019

Overseas 
plans
% p.a.

0.1 – 1.0

1.25 – 3.0

UK plan
% p.a.

1.9

n/a

2.2 – 3.6

0.0 – 1.75

2.2 – 3.5

0.0 – 2.0

2.3 – 3.1

2.2 – 3.0

2.3 – 3.1

1.0 – 2.0

2.2 – 3.0

1.0 – 2.0

1.0

0.0 – 1.0

The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation at 31 December 2020 was approximately 14 years  
(2019: 14 years) for the UK plan and 18.0 years (2019: 17.9 years) for the overseas plans.

Pensioner life expectancy assumed in the 31 December 2020 valuation is based on the following tables:

UK plan

German plans

Dutch plans

Swiss plan

Italian plans

95% S1PMA/99% S1PFA centred in 2006, future improvements in line with the core CMI_2019 model with 
a long-term rate of improvement of 1.1% per annum and initial addition of 0%

Dr K Heubeck pension tables 2018 G

A.G. Prognosetafel 2018 tables

BVG 2015 – CMI 1.50%

SI 2019

Samples of the ages which pensioners are assumed to live to are as follows:

Pensioners aged 65 in 2020

Pensioners aged 65 in 2030

Male

Female

86.0 – 86.9

88.1 – 88.9

86.5 – 88.8

88.8 – 90.8

UK plan

Overseas plans

Amounts recognised in the 
Consolidated Income Statement

2020 
£m

2019 
£m

Current service cost

Past service cost

Administrative cost

Settlement

Disposal

Net interest cost

–

0.2

0.5

–

–

0.3

1.0

–

–

0.4

–

–

0.3

0.7

2020 
£m

1.0

0.1

–

(0.5)

–

0.1

0.7

2019 
£m

1.8

–

0.1

–

 (15.8)

0.3

(13.6)

2020 
£m

1.0

0.3

0.5

(0.5)

–

0.4

1.7

Total

2019 
£m

1.8

–

0.5

–

 (15.8)

0.6

(12.9)

The current service cost and past service cost are recognised in administrative expenses in the Consolidated Income 
Statement. The net interest cost on the net defined benefit obligation is recognised in finance costs in the Consolidated 
Income Statement. The settlement in 2020 consisted of a Dutch Plan removed from the Consolidated Statement of Financial 
Position following employment contract changes and was recognised in administrative expenses. The disposal in 2019 
consisted of the balance disposed as a result of the sale of BTG and was recognised in profit on disposal of business in the 
Consolidated Income Statement in 2019. Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income.

During the year, insurance premiums for death-in-service benefits amounting to £0.5m (2019: £0.5m) were paid.

There was a total return on plan assets in the year of £10.9m (2019: £14.2m).

148 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   148
Spectris Book 1.indb   148

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial Statements20. Retirement benefit plans continued

Amounts recognised in the  
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

Actuarial gains/(losses) recognised in the current year

Foreign exchange (losses)/gains in the current year

Total gains/(losses) recognised in the current year

Amounts recognised in the  
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

Present value of defined benefit obligations

Fair value of plan assets

Net deficit in plans

Reconciliation of movement in net deficit

At 1 January

Balance transferred from other payables

Current service cost

Net interest cost

Plan administrative cost

Settlement

Disposal

Past service cost

Contributions from sponsoring company and plan members

Benefits paid

Actuarial gains/(losses)

Balance transferred to liabilities held for sale (see Note 25)

Foreign exchange difference

At 31 December

Analysis of movement in the present value  
of the defined benefit obligation

At 1 January

Balance transferred from other payables

Current service cost

Interest cost

Settlement

Disposal

Past service cost

Contributions from plan members

Actuarial losses – financial

Actuarial (gains)/losses – demographic

Actuarial gains – experience

Benefits paid

Balance transferred to liabilities held for sale (see Note 25)

Foreign exchange difference

At 31 December

Analysed as:

UK plan

Overseas plans

2020 
£m

8.3

 – 

8.3

2019 
£m

(1.9)

–

(1.9)

2020 
£m

0.2

(0.6)

(0.4)

2019 
£m

(9.1)

0.4

(8.7)

UK plan

Overseas plans

2020 
£m

2019 
£m

(130.0)

(133.2)

122.2

(7.8)

118.1

(15.1)

2020 
£m

(27.3)

14.7

(12.6)

2019 
£m

(27.0)

14.6

(12.4)

UK plan

Overseas plans

2020 
£m

(15.1)

–

–

(0.3)

(0.5)

–

–

(0.2)

–

–

8.3

–

–

2019 
£m

(12.5)

–

–

(0.3)

(0.4)

–

–

–

–

–

(1.9)

–

–

(7.8)

(15.1)

2020 
£m

(12.4)

(0.8)

(1.0)

(0.1)

–

0.5

–

(0.1)

0.4

0.8

0.2

0.5

(0.6)

(12.6)

2019 
£m

(19.6)

–

(1.8)

(0.3)

(0.1)

–

15.8

–

1.7

0.6

(9.1)

–

0.4

(12.4)

UK plan

Overseas plans

2020 
£m

133.2

2019 
£m

125.7

–

–

2.5

–

–

0.2

–

11.4

(6.5)

(5.7)

(5.1)

–

–

–

–

3.3

–

–

–

–

12.2

(1.4)

(0.2)

(6.4)

–

–

130.0

133.2

2020 
£m

27.0

0.8

1.0

0.2

(1.0)

–

0.1

0.2

1.5

–

(0.6)

(1.2)

(2.2)

1.5

27.3

2019 
£m

57.4

–

1.8

0.7

–

(41.9)

–

1.2

10.6

0.9

(0.6)

(2.2)

–

(0.9)

27.0

2020 
£m

8.5

(0.6)

7.9

2020 
£m

Total

2019 
£m

(11.0)

0.4

(10.6)

Total

2019 
£m

(157.3)

(160.2)

136.9

(20.4)

2020 
£m

(27.5)

(0.8)

(1.0)

(0.4)

(0.5)

0.5

–

(0.3)

0.4

0.8

8.5

0.5

(0.6)

(20.4)

2020 
£m

160.2

0.8

1.0

2.7

(1.0)

0.0

0.3

0.2

12.9

(6.5)

(6.3)

(6.3)

(2.2)

1.5

157.3

132.7

(27.5)

Total

2019 
£m

(32.1)

–

(1.8)

(0.6)

(0.5)

–

15.8

–

1.7

0.6

(11.0)

–

0.4

(27.5)

Total

2019 
£m

183.1

–

1.8

4.0

–

(41.9)

–

1.2

22.8

(0.5)

(0.8)

(8.6)

–

(0.9)

160.2

Present value of unfunded defined benefit obligation

Present value of funded defined benefit obligation

–

130.0

–

133.2

8.7

18.6

7.7

19.3

8.7

148.6

7.7

152.5

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

149

Spectris Book 1.indb   149
Spectris Book 1.indb   149

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial StatementsNotes to the AccountsNotes to the Accounts continued

20. Retirement benefit plans continued

Reconciliation of movement in fair value of plan assets

At 1 January

Balance transferred from other liabilities

Interest income on assets

Plan administration cost

Settlement

Disposal

Contributions from sponsoring company

Contributions from plan members

Actuarial gains/(losses)

Benefits paid

Balance transferred to liabilities held for sale (see Note 25)

Foreign exchange difference

At 31 December

Fair value of assets

Equity instruments

Corporate bonds

Government bonds

Cash and financial derivatives and other (net)

Insurance policies

UK plan

Overseas plans

2020 
£m

118.1

–

2.2

(0.5)

–

–

–

–

7.5

(5.1)

–

–

2019 
£m

113.2

–

3.0

(0.4)

–

–

–

–

8.7

(6.4)

–

–

122.2

118.1

2020 
£m

14.6

–

0.1

–

(0.5)

–

0.4

0.2

1.1

(0.4)

(1.7)

0.9

14.7

2019 
£m

37.8

–

0.4

(0.1)

–

(26.1)

1.7

1.2

1.8

(1.6)

–

(0.5)

14.6

UK plan

Overseas plans

2020 
£m

6.1

105.6

19.5

(9.0)

 – 

122.2

2019 
£m

5.7

103.3

20.1

(11.0)

–

118.1

2020 
£m

2019 
£m

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

14.7

14.7

–

–

–

–

14.6

14.6

2020 
£m

132.7

–

2.3

(0.5)

(0.5)

–

0.4

0.2

8.6

(5.5)

(1.7)

0.9

136.9

2020 
£m

6.1

105.6

19.5

(9.0)

14.7

136.9

Total

2019 
£m

151.0

–

3.4

(0.5)

–

(26.1)

1.7

1.2

10.5

(8.0)

–

(0.5)

132.7

Total

2019 
£m

5.7

103.3

20.1

(11.0)

14.6

132.7

The UK plan assets are invested in active markets which have a quoted market price. The overseas plan assets are invested in 
insurance policies.

Sensitivity analysis
The table below shows the sensitivity of the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position to changes in the significant 
pension assumptions based on a reasonably expected change given current market conditions:

Discount rate

Rate of price inflation (RPI)

Impact on plan liabilities as at 31 December 2020

Change in assumption

UK plan

Overseas plans

Increase by 1%

Decrease by £17.8m

Decrease by £4.7m

Increase by 1%

Increase by £12.3m

Increase by 1.3m

Assumed life expectancy at age 65

Increase by 1 year

Increase by £5.3m

Increase by £1.1m

The sensitivity analysis is approximate and extrapolation beyond the ranges shown may not be appropriate.

Defined contribution plans
The total cost of the defined contribution plans for the year was £18.3m (2019: £18.1m). There were no outstanding or prepaid 
contributions to these plans as at the end of the year.

150 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   150
Spectris Book 1.indb   150

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial Statements21. Deferred tax
The movement in the net deferred tax liability/(asset) is shown below.

At 1 January

Adoption of IFRS 16 

At 1 January (restated)

Foreign exchange difference

Acquisition of subsidiary undertakings

Disposal of businesses

Transferred to assets held for sale

Transferred to liabilities held for sale

Deferred tax on changes in fair value of forward exchange contracts recognised in the Consolidated

Statement of Comprehensive Income

Deferred tax on re-measurement of net defined benefit liability recognised in the Consolidated

Statement of Comprehensive Income

Deferred tax on share-based payments recognised in equity

Credited to the Consolidated Income Statement

At 31 December 

Comprising:

Deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax assets 

Note

24

8

The movements in deferred tax assets and liabilities during the year are shown below. Deferred tax assets and liabilities  
are only offset where there is a legally enforceable right of offset and they relate to income taxes levied by the same  
taxation authority.

Net deferred tax (assets)/liabilities

Accelerated
tax
depreciation
£m

Accruals 
and 
provisions
£m

Unrealised
profit on inter-
company
transactions
£m

Tax 
losses
£m

Goodwill 
and other 
intangible 
assets
£m

Pension 
plans
£m

At 1 January 2020

 5.1 

(14.0) 

(0.7) 

(7.3) 

(6.1) 

Foreign exchange difference

Acquisition of subsidiary undertakings

Disposal of businesses

Transferred to assets held for sale

Transferred to liabilities held for sale

Deferred tax on changes in fair value of 
forward exchange contracts recognised 
in the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income

Deferred tax on re-measurement of net 
defined benefit obligation recognised 
in the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income

Deferred tax on share-based payments 
recognised in equity

(Credited)/charged to the Consolidated 
Income Statement

At 31 December 2020

–

 –   

–

 0.4 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

 0.3 

–

–

–

(2.1) 

 3.4 

(6.0) 

(19.7) 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(0.7) 

–

–

 –   

–

–

–

–

–

 0.6 

(6.7) 

–

–

–

–

–

–

 1.3 

–

(0.9) 

(5.7) 

 27.1 

(0.2) 

 0.1 

–

 2.1 

 0.4 

–

–

–

(0.2) 

(0.2) 

–

 1.3 

(0.2) 

(0.2) 

(6.5) 

 23.0 

1.8 

(0.5) 

(13.1) 

(6.9) 

2020
£m

 3.8 

 – 

 3.8 

(0.2) 

 0.1 

 –  

 2.3 

(0.7) 

2019
£m

 18.9 

(1.0) 

 17.9 

(0.1) 

 0.4 

(1.5) 

–

–

(0.2) 

 0.5 

 1.3 

(0.2) 

(13.1) 

(6.9) 

 7.7 

(14.6) 

(6.9) 

Other
£m

(0.3) 

–

–

–

(0.2) 

(1.4) 

(1.7) 

 0.2 

(11.9) 

 3.8 

 12.8 

(9.0) 

 3.8 

2020
Total
£m

 3.8 

(0.2) 

 0.1 

–

 2.3 

(0.7) 

Spectris Book 1.indb   151
Spectris Book 1.indb   151

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

151

Financial StatementsNotes to the AccountsNotes to the Accounts continued

21. Deferred tax continued 

Net deferred tax (assets)/liabilities

At 1 January 2019

Adoption of IFRS 16

At 1 January 2019 (restated)

Foreign exchange difference

Acquisition of subsidiary undertakings

Disposal of business

Deferred tax on changes in fair value of 
forward exchange contracts recognised 
in the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income

Deferred tax on re-measurement of net 
defined benefit obligation recognised 
in the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income

Deferred tax on share-based payments 
recognised in equity

Charged/(credited) to the Consolidated 
Income Statement

At 31 December 2019

Accelerated 
tax 
depreciation
£m

Accruals 
and 
provisions
£m

Unrealised
profit on inter-
company
transactions
£m

Tax 
losses
£m

Goodwill 
and other 
intangible 
assets
£m

Pension 
plans
£m

 4.3 

 – 

 4.3 

(13.2) 

 – 

(13.2) 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(1.1) 

 – 

(1.1) 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 0.8 

 5.1 

(0.8) 

(14.0) 

 0.4 

(0.7) 

 1.0 

(7.3) 

(8.3) 

 – 

(8.3) 

(7.0) 

 45.2 

 – 

 – 

(7.0) 

 45.2 

 – 

 – 

 2.1 

(0.1) 

 0.4 

(3.6) 

Other
£m

(1.0) 

(1.0) 

(2.0) 

 – 

 – 

 – 

2019
Total
£m

 18.9 

(1.0) 

 17.9 

(0.1) 

 0.4 

(1.5) 

 – 

 – 

 0.5 

 0.5 

(1.7) 

– 

 0.5 

(6.1) 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(1.7) 

 0.2 

0.2 

(14.8) 

 27.1 

 1.0 

(0.3) 

(11.9) 

 3.8 

Unrecognised temporary differences
Deferred tax assets have not been recognised on the following temporary differences due to the degree of uncertainty  
over both the amount and utilisation of the underlying tax losses and deductions in certain jurisdictions. £2.0m will expire 
between 2026 and 2030. There is no expiry date associated with the remaining tax losses of £33.1m.

Tax losses

Other temporary differences

2020
£m

 35.1 

 1.1 

 36.2 

2019
£m

 51.3 

 0.3 

 51.6 

It is likely that the unremitted earnings of overseas subsidiaries would qualify for the UK dividend exemption such that no  
UK tax would be due upon remitting these earnings to the UK. However, £100.9m (2019: £82.7m) of those earnings may  
still result in a tax liability, principally as a result of the dividend withholding taxes levied by the overseas tax jurisdictions in  
which those subsidiaries operate. These tax liabilities are not expected to exceed £5.4m (2019: £4.8m), of which only £3.0m 
(2019: £2.0m) has been provided for as the Group is able to control the timing of the dividends. It is not expected that further 
amounts will crystallise in the foreseeable future.

152 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   152
Spectris Book 1.indb   152

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial Statements22. Share capital and reserves

Issued and fully paid (ordinary shares of 5p each):

At 1 January and 31 December

Number 
of shares 
Millions

121.2

2020

£m

6.0

Number  
of shares  
Millions

121.2

2019

£m

6.0

No ordinary shares were issued upon exercise under share option schemes during the year (2019: nil).  

At 31 December 2020, the Group held 4,934,567 treasury shares (2019: 5,182,366). During the year, 247,799 of these shares 
were issued to satisfy options exercised by, and SIP Matching shares awarded to, employees which were granted under the 
Group’s share schemes (2019: 453,787). 

The Group has an employee benefit trust (‘EBT’), which operates the Spectris Share Incentive Plan (‘SIP’) to all eligible 
UK-based employees. The EBT holds shares in Spectris plc for the purposes of the SIP, further details of which are disclosed  
in the Directors’ Remuneration Report. At 31 December 2020, the EBT held 52,924 shares which were purchased from the 
market during the year (31 December 2019: 33,780). The costs of funding and administering the plan are charged to the 
Income Statement in the period to which they relate.

Other reserves
Movements in reserves are set out in the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity. The retained earnings reserve also 
includes own shares purchased by the Company and treated as treasury shares. The nature and purpose of other reserves 
forming part of equity are as follows:

Translation reserve
The foreign currency translation reserve is used to record exchange differences arising from the translation of the Financial 
Statements of foreign subsidiaries, including gains or losses arising on net investment hedges.

Hedging reserve
This reserve records the cumulative net change in the fair value of forward exchange contracts where they are designated  
as effective cash flow hedge relationships.

Merger reserve
This reserve arose on the acquisition of Servomex Limited in 1999, a purchase satisfied substantially by the issue of share 
capital and therefore eligible for merger relief under the provisions of Section 612 of the Companies Act 2006.

Capital redemption reserve 
This reserve records the historical repurchase of the Company’s own shares.

Spectris Book 1.indb   153
Spectris Book 1.indb   153

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

153

Financial StatementsNotes to the Accounts 
Notes to the Accounts continued

23. Share-based payments
Spectris Long Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’) – awards granted from 2020 onwards with performance conditions attached
The LTIP is used to grant share awards with performance conditions attached to senior executives and key employees that 
are settled in either equity or cash. 

Both cash and equity-settled LTIP awards are expected to vest, subject to their performance conditions, after three years. 
Vested equity settled awards, which are granted in the form of nominal share options, must be exercised within the next 
seven years, whereas vested conditional share awards and cash-settled awards are paid out on or shortly after the vesting 
date. All LTIP awards granted to Executive Directors are subject to an additional two-year holding period. The Executive 
Directors’ LTIP awards vest after five years (three-year performance period plus two-year holding period) and must be 
exercised within the next five years. 

Subject to the LTIP awards vesting, participants receive additional dividend shares on the vested shares under the LTIP 
award. Dividend shares are of equivalent value to the Company’s dividends paid between the date of grant and the  
vesting date. 

PSP performance conditions
Spectris Performance Share Plan (‘PSP’) - awards granted to prior to 2020 
The PSP was used to grant share awards to senior executives and key employees that are settled in either equity or cash.

Both cash and equity-settled PSP awards are expected to vest, subject to their performance conditions, after three years. 
Vested equity settled awards must be exercised within the next seven years, whereas vested cash-settled awards are paid 
out on or shortly after the vesting date. Outstanding PSP awards granted to Executive Directors are subject to an additional 
two-year holding period. The Executive Directors’ PSP awards vest after five years (three-year performance period plus 
two-year holding period) and must be exercised within the next five years. 

Subject to the PSP awards vesting, participants receive additional dividend shares on the vested shares under the PSP 
award. For PSP awards granted in or after 2014, the dividend shares are of equivalent value to the Company’s dividends paid 
between the date of grant and the vesting date. For PSP awards granted before 2014, dividend shares were of equivalent 
value to Company’s dividends paid between the date of grant and the date of exercise. 

Linked (tax-advantaged) awards
Some PSP and LTIP awards granted to UK employees are linked to a grant of market value share options under the terms 
of HMRC’s tax-advantaged Company Share Option Plan (‘Linked (tax-advantaged) awards’). Linked (tax-advantaged) awards 
are granted up to an aggregate value of £30,000, which is HMRC’s limit. The Linked (tax-advantaged) awards have the same 
performance and vesting conditions as the PSP/LTIP awards to which they are linked.

When an employee chooses to exercise a PSP/LTIP award which is linked to a Linked (tax-advantaged) award, both parts are 
also automatically exercised at the same time. Should there be a gain on exercise from the Linked (tax-advantaged) award 
part, then a proportion of the PSP/LTIP award will lapse to ensure that the overall gross value received from the combined 
exercise of these awards is no more than would have been delivered from a stand-alone equivalent PSP/LTIP award. Should 
there be no gain on exercise from the Linked (tax-advantaged) award part, then this part is forfeited and there is no 
reduction in the remaining PSP/LTIP award.

LTIP performance conditions
LTIP awards granted to Executive Directors and Executive Committee members are subject to an adjusted earnings per 
share growth target (‘EPS’) and a return on gross capital employed (‘ROGCE’) target. Any vesting under these performance 
conditions will then be further assessed against both absolute and relative Total Shareholder Return (‘TSR’) metrics which 
can potentially increase the vested award via a multiplier (maximum 1.4 times).

The performance conditions attached to LTIP awards granted to senior managers are one-third EPS, one-third ROGCE and 
the remaining one-third solely subject to continuous employment over the three-year vesting period. LTIP Awards below 
senior management level are subject to EPS (50%) and ROGCE (50%).

Normally, LTIP awards granted to participants who leave employment prior to vesting will be forfeited. In the event a 
participant leaves due to a qualifying reason, they receive a time pro-rated entitlement.

PSP performance conditions
Outstanding PSP awards granted to Executive Directors are subject to the following performance conditions: one-third EPS; 
one-third economic profit (‘EP’); and one-third relative TSR.

PSP awards granted to other members of the Executive Committee in 2017 and 2018 are subject to the following 
performance conditions: one-third subject to EPS; one-third subject to EP; and one-third solely subject to continuous 
employment over the three-year vesting period. In 2019, the same conditions applied for Head Office Executive Committee 
roles however the EP target was replaced for an operating company profit target for the Executive Committee members 
who are Presidents of an operating company.

PSP awards granted to other senior head office managers were, until 2016, 50% subject to EPS and 50% subject to TSR.  
From 2017 onwards, senior head office management have two-thirds of their PSP awards subject to EPS and the remaining 
one-third solely subject to continuous employment over the three-year vesting period.

154 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   154
Spectris Book 1.indb   154

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial Statements23. Share-based payments continued
PSP awards granted to executives and senior managers of the Group’s operating companies between 2010 and 2016 
had two-thirds subject to an operating company profit target and one-third subject to EPS. In 2017 and 2018, the 
performance conditions have been two-thirds operating company profit targets and one-third continuous employment 
over the three-year vesting period. In 2019, the performance conditions were one-third operating company profit targets, 
one-third EPS and one-third continuous employment over the three-year vesting period.

Normally, PSP awards granted to participants who leave employment prior to vesting will be forfeited. In the event  
a participant leaves due to a qualifying reason, they receive a time pro-rated entitlement. 

Spectris Spectris Reward Plan (‘SRP’) – awards granted from 2020 onwards with no performance conditions attached
The SRP is used to grant share awards with no performance conditions attached to key employees that are settled in equity 
or, in limited circumstances, in cash. SRP awards can not be granted to an Executive Director of Spectris plc.

Both cash and equity-settled SRP awards are expected to vest after three years. Vested equity settled awards, which are 
granted in the form of nominal share options, must be exercised within the next seven years, whereas vested conditional 
share awards and cash-settled awards are paid out on or shortly after the vesting date.

On vesting, participants receive additional dividend shares on the vested shares under the SRP award. Dividend shares are 
of equivalent value to the Company’s dividends paid between the date of grant and the vesting date.

Restricted Shares Plan (‘RSP’) – Cash-settled awards granted without performance conditions between 2014 and 2018
RSP is used to grant cash-settled share awards to selected key employees within the Spectris Group. RSP awards, which 
were granted from 2014 and 2018, are subject to the same rules as the PSP but no performance conditions apply. RSP awards 
could not be granted to an Executive Director of Spectris plc.

Spectris Savings Related Share Option Scheme (‘SAYE’)
The SAYE is a UK tax-advantaged all employee share option scheme. UK employees could choose to save up to £500 per 
month over three years and then can use their savings to exercise options to purchase ordinary shares in the Company 
during a six-month window following the SAYE maturity date. The exercise price of the SAYE options, which have no 
performance conditions attached to them, is set as the mid-market closing share price on the day before the SAYE invitation 
date. No SAYE invitation has been made since September 2016.

Spectris Share Incentive Plan (‘SIP’)
The SIP, a UK tax-advantaged share matching plan, was launched after it was approved by shareholders at the May 2018 
AGM. UK employees can invest up to £150 per month to buy ordinary shares in the Company (‘Partnership shares’) tax 
efficiently and for every five Partnership shares purchased, the Company will gift one free ordinary share (‘Matching share’). 
Matching shares need to be held in the SIP Trust for at least three years otherwise these shares are potentially subject to 
forfeiture. The Company incurs a charge on any Matching shares awarded under the SIP. The charge in 2020 was £0.1m 
(2019: £0.1m).

The number of outstanding share incentives are summarised below:

Incentive plan

Equity-settled:

Long Term Incentive Plan

Spectris Reward Plan

Performance Share Plan

Long Term Incentive Plan (Linked tax-advantaged)

Performance Share Plan (Linked tax-advantaged)

SAYE

Total equity-settled

Cash-settled:

Long Term Incentive Plan Cash

Spectris Reward Plan Cash

Performance Share Plan (Phantom allocations) and Restricted Share Plan

Total cash-settled

Total outstanding

2020
Number 
thousands

2019
Number
thousands

 629 

 57 

 913 

 36 

 70 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 1,326 

 – 

 99 

 5 

1,705

1,430

38

5

114

 157 

 1,862 

 – 

 – 

 217 

 217 

 1,647 

Spectris Book 1.indb   155
Spectris Book 1.indb   155

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

155

Financial StatementsNotes to the AccountsNotes to the Accounts continued

23. Share-based payments continued
Share options outstanding at the end of the year (equity-settled)

Long Term Incentive Plan, Spectris Reward Plan and 
Performance Share Plan Year of grant

2010

2011

2012

2013

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

Remaining
contractual life
of options

Number
thousands

2020

Weighted 
average
exercise price
£

2019

Weighted 
average 
exercise price
£

Number
thousands

PSP

PSP

PSP

PSP

PSP

PSP

PSP

PSP

PSP

 – 

1 year

2 years

3 years

5 years

6 years

7 years

8 years

9 years

LTIP/SRP

10 years

 – 

 6 

 – 

 1 

 2 

 21 

 74 

 321 

 488 

 686 

 1,599 

 – 

0.04

0.04

0.04

0.05

0.05

0.05

0.05

0.05

0.05

0.05

3

9

1

1

3

37

333

377

562

-

1,326

0.04

0.04

0.04

0.04

0.05

0.05

0.05

0.05

0.05

 – 

0.05

The weighted average remaining contractual life of these LTIP, SRP and PSP equity settled awards is 9.06 years (2019: 9.04 
years).

Long Term Incentive Plan, Spectris Reward Plan and 
Performance Share Plan (equity awards)

Number
thousands

Weighted 
average 
exercise price
£

At 1 January

Shares granted

Addition of reinvested dividends

Exercised

Forfeited

At 31 December 

Exercisable at 31 December

1,326

760

11

(231)

(267)

1,599

84

0.05

0.05

 – 

0.05

0.05

0.05

0.05

2020

Weighted
average
fair value at
grant date
£

15.14

2019

Weighted
average
fair value at
grant date
£

24.46

Weighted 
average 
exercise price
£

Number
thousands

1,615

663

30

(396)

(586)

1,326

121

0.05

0.05

 – 

0.05

0.05

0.05

0.05

Long Term Incentive Plan and Performance Share 
Plan (Linked tax-advantaged) 
Year of grant

Remaining
contractual 
life of options

Number
thousands

2020

Weighted 
average
exercise price
£

2019

Weighted 
average
exercise price
£

Number
thousands

2012

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

PSP

PSP

PSP

PSP

PSP

PSP

LTIP

2 years

5 years

6 years

7 years

8 years

9 years

10 years

 – 

 1 

 – 

 3 

 27 

 39 

 36 

 106 

 17.31 

 21.97 

 – 

 26.31 

 26.63 

 26.54 

 22.65 

 25.17 

 – 

 1 

 2 

 23 

 31 

 42 

 – 

 99 

 17.31 

 21.97 

 18.30 

 26.03 

 26.65 

 26.48 

 – 

 26.18 

The weighted average remaining contractual life of the PSP and LTIP (Linked tax-advantaged) awards is 8.98 years  
(2019: 9.11 years).

156 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   156
Spectris Book 1.indb   156

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial Statements23. Share-based payments continued

Long Term Incentive Plan and Performance  
Share Plan (Linked tax-advantaged)

Number
thousands

Weighted 
average 
exercise price
£

At 1 January

Shares granted

Exercised

Forfeited

At 31 December 

Exercisable at 31 December

SAYE 
Year of grant

2016

99

37

(9)

(21)

106

4

26.18

22.65

23.84

26.05

25.17

24.50

2020

Weighted
average
fair value at
grant date
£

4.34

2019

Weighted
average
fair value at
grant date
£

3.19

Weighted 
average 
exercise price
£

Number
thousands

113

47

(17)

(44)

99

4

24.61

26.50

 17.66 

25.75

26.18

19.79

Exercise price
£

Expected
remaining life
of options

19.38

1 year

2020

2019

Number
thousands

Number
thousands

–

–

5

5

There are no outstanding SAYE options as at 31 December 2020. In 2019, the weighted average remaining contractual life of 
the SAYE options was 1 year.

SAYE

At 1 January

Exercised

Forfeited

At 31 December 

Exercisable at 31 December

2020

Weighted
average
exercise price
£

2019

Weighted
average
 exercise price
£

Number
thousands

Number
thousands

5

(5)

–

–

–

19.38

19.38

19.38

–

–

45

(37)

(3)

5

5

18.51

18.33

19.19

19.38

19.38

Share options outstanding at the end of the year (cash-settled)

Long Term Incentive Plan, Spectris Reward Plan, 
Performance Share Plan (Phantom allocations) and 
Restricted Shares Plan  
Year of grant

2017

2018

2019

2020

Remaining
contractual life
of options

Number
thousands

2020

Weighted 
average
exercise price
£

2019

Weighted 
average
exercise price
£

Number
thousands

PSP/RSP

PSP/RSP

PSP/RSP

LTIP/SRP

–

1 year

2 years

3 years

–

 92 

 22 

 43 

 157 

–

 0.05 

 0.05 

 0.05 

 0.05 

83

109

25

–

217

 0.05 

 0.05 

 0.05 

–

 0.05 

The weighted average remaining contractual life of the cash-settled awards is 1.68 years (2019: 1.74 years).

Long Term Incentive Plan, Spectris Reward Plan,  
Performance Share Plan (Phantom allocations) and 
Restricted Shares Plan

Number
thousands

Exercise price
£

At 1 January

Shares granted

Addition of reinvested dividends

Exercised

Forfeited

At 31 December 

Exercisable at 31 December

217

43

5

(83)

(25)

157

–

0.05

0.05

 – 

0.05

0.05

0.05

–

2020

Weighted
average
fair value at
grant date
£

22.45

2019

Weighted
average
fair value at
grant date
£

25.52

Number
thousands

Exercise price
£

374

30

8

(128)

(67)

217

–

0.05

0.05

 – 

0.05

0.05

0.05

–

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

157

Spectris Book 1.indb   157
Spectris Book 1.indb   157

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial StatementsNotes to the AccountsNotes to the Accounts continued

23. Share-based payments continued
Share-based payment expense
Share options are valued using the stochastic option pricing model (also known as the Monte Carlo model) in respect of TSR, 
and the Black-Scholes model for all other options, with support from an independent remuneration consultant. For options 
granted in 2020 and 2019, the fair value of options granted and the assumptions used in the calculation, are as follows:

Equity-settled

Cash-settled

Weighted average share price at date of grant (£)

Weighted average exercise price (£)

Expected volatility

Expected life

Risk-free rate

Expected dividends (expressed as a yield)

Weighted average fair values at date of grant (£):

TSR condition

ROGCE condition

EPS condition

Profit condition

Economic profit condition

Service condition

Weighted average fair values at 31 December (£):

ROGCE condition (cash-settled)

EPS condition (cash-settled)

Profit condition (cash-settled)

Service condition (cash-settled)

Share awards

(Linked tax-advantaged)

LTIP & SRP

2020

22.55

0.05

28.38%

3.36 yrs

0.13%

–

5.86

14.31

14.31

n/a

n/a

22.05

PSP

2019

25.54

0.05

24.78%

3.25 yrs

0.71%

–

14.22

n/a

25.16

25.32

25.50

25.25

LTIP & SRP

2020

22.67

22.65

28.40%

3 yrs

0.11%

–

n/a

4.33

4.33

n/a

n/a

4.40

PSP

2019

25.47

26.50

24.84%

3.05 yrs

0.69%

2.40%

3.49

n/a

3.19

3.20

3.19

3.19

LTIP Cash  
& SRP Cash

PSP 
(Phantom)  
& RSP

2020

25.57

0.05

2019

25.57

0.05

24.76%

24.76%

3 yrs

0.12%

–

–

25.56

25.46

n/a

n/a

25.56

26.71

27.15

27.86

27.75

3 yrs

0.70%

2.40%

n/a

n/a

25.46

25.56

n/a

25.56

n/a

27.99

28.42

28.38

The expected volatility is based on historical volatility over the expected term. The expected life is the average expected 
period to exercise. The risk-free rate of return is the yield on zero-coupon UK government bonds of a term consistent with  
the assumed option life.

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for share options exercised in 2020 was £26.55 (2019: £26.47).  
The weighted average fair value of cash-settled options outstanding at 31 December 2020 is £27.55 (2019: £28.35). The Group 
recognised a total share-based payment charge of £4.1m (2019: £5.9m) in the Consolidated Income Statement, of which 
£2.9m (2019: £3.0m) related to equity-settled share-based payment transactions. 

158 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   158
Spectris Book 1.indb   158

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial Statements24. Acquisitions
2020
The Group completed the acquisition of 100% of IMTEC Gmbh (‘IMTEC’) on 26 October 2020 for a gross consideration of 
£3.7m, including £0.6m of deferred consideration. IMTEC is a mechatronic hardware specialist, the acquisition of which will 
allow HBK’s VI-grade business to position itself to more rapidly scale its global simulator business. The provisional fair value 
of net assets acquired was £2.5m, including £1.0m of intangible assets, £0.5m of net cash and £0.1m of deferred tax liabilities. 
As a result £1.2m of goodwill was generated. There are no material contingent liabilities recognised in accordance with IFRS 3 
(Revised). The fair value of the net assets is provisional, reflecting the timing of the acquisition, and is expected to be finalised 
within 12 months of the acquisition date. The acquisition is included in the HBK segment and cash generating unit.

Analysis of cash outflow in Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

Gross consideration in respect of acquisitions during the year

Adjustment for net cash acquired 

Net consideration in respect of acquisitions during the year

Deferred and contingent consideration on acquisitions included  
in net consideration during the year to be paid in future years 

Cash paid during the year in respect of acquisitions during the year

Cash paid in respect of prior years’ acquisitions

Net cash outflow relating to acquisitions

2020 
£m

3.7

(0.5)

3.2

(0.6)

2.6

8.3

10.9

2019 
£m

3.8

–

3.8

–

3.8

5.9

9.7

25. Business disposals
Businesses disposed 
On 31 January 2020, the Group sold its interest in the rheology range of products to Netzsch Group for consideration of 
£8.8m in cash, generating a profit on disposal of £5.9m. The net assets disposed were £2.1m, and transaction costs were 
£0.8m. The Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows includes £6.9m of net proceeds from this disposal, which consists of 
£8.8m of sales proceeds, offset by £1.1m of tax payments on the disposal and £0.8m of transaction cost related payments. 

On 28 February 2020, the Group sold its interest in the EMS B&K joint venture for total consideration of £17.7m, consisting 
of £16.8m in cash received in 2020 and £0.9m in shares in Envirosuite Limited. The net assets disposed were £18.1m and 
transaction costs in 2020 were £0.1m, resulting in a loss on disposal of £0.5m. The Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 
includes £14.0m of net proceeds related to the EMS B&K joint venture, consisting of £16.8m in cash proceeds from the sale 
of the interest offset by £2.6m payment of deferred consideration relating to the 2018 disposal and £0.2m of transaction cost 
related payments (including £0.1m of costs accrued in 2019).

Also included in profit on disposal of business is £1.0m of transactions costs on the sale of BTG. The Consolidated Statement 
of Cash Flows includes £0.3m of net payments from the sale of BTG. This consists of £1.2m of tax payments on the disposals 
and £0.9m of transaction fees, offset by £1.8m of deferred consideration received in cash.

The disposals in the period did not meet the definition of discontinued operations given in IFRS 5 ‘Non-Current Assets Held 
for Sale and Discontinued Operations’ and, therefore, no disclosures in relation to discontinued operations were made.

Disposal groups held for sale
On 10 December 2020, the Group announced that agreement had been reached for the sale of the Group’s Brüel & Kjær 
Vibro and Millbrook businesses, which form part of the Industrial Solutions operating segment. The transactions were 
subject to customary completion conditions and regulatory approvals. The Millbrook sale completed on 1 February 2021. 
Completion on the sale of Brüel & Kjær Vibro is expected to take place on 1 March 2021.

During 2020, the Group entered into preliminary discussions for the disposal of its Concept Life Sciences’ legacy food testing 
business based in Cambridge, and the sale was completed on 5 January 2021, for sales proceeds of approximately £6m. 
This business forms part of the Malvern Panalytical Platform operating segment.

The above operations, which are expected to be sold within 12 months, have been classified as disposal groups held for sale 
and presented separately in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

The proceeds from the Brüel & Kjær Vibro and ADS businesses are expected to exceed the book value of the related net 
assets and accordingly no impairment losses have been recognised on the classification of these operations as held for sale.

Details of the impairment recognised on classification of the Millbrook business as held for sale are provided in Note 11.

Spectris Book 1.indb   159
Spectris Book 1.indb   159

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

159

Financial StatementsNotes to the AccountsNotes to the Accounts continued

25. Business disposals continued
The major classes of assets and liabilities comprising the operations classified as held for sale at 31 December 2020 are as 
follows:

Goodwill

Other intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Current and deferred tax assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets classified as held for sale

Bank overdrafts

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Current and deferred tax liabilites

Provisions

Retirement benefit obligations

Total liabilities classified as held for sale

Net assets of disposal groups

2020 
£m

16.4

1.5

114.0

3.2

6.5

33.4

3.7

178.7

(2.2)

(21.0)

(11.9)

(0.7)

(1.0)

(0.5)

(37.3)

141.4

The disposal groups held for sale in the period did not meet the definition of discontinued operations given in IFRS 5 
‘Non-Current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations’ and, therefore, no disclosures in relation to discontinued 
operations were made.

26. Cash generated from operations

Cash flows from operating activities

(Loss)/profit after tax

Adjustments for:

Taxation charge

Profit on disposal of businesses

Share of post-tax results of joint venture

Finance costs

Financial income

Depreciation and impairment of property, plant & equipment

Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets

Impairment of non-current receivable from joint venture

Impairment of goodwill

Transaction-related fair value adjustments

Fair value through profit and loss movements on equity investments

Profit on disposal and remeasurements of property, plant and equipment and associated lease liabilities

Equity-settled share-based payment transactions

Note

2020
£m

2019
£m

(17.0)

234.1

8

25

7

7

12

11

11

2

5

6

12.9

(4.4)

–

10.2

(1.8)

108.9

57.9

–

58.4

(2.2)

(23.2)

(0.1)

2.9

25.2

(204.7)

4.9

11.4

(7.9)

57.6

95.2

21.3

35.1

4.0

–

(4.9)

3.0

Operating cash flow before changes in working capital and provisions

202.5

274.3

Decrease in trade and other receivables

Decrease/(increase) in inventories

Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables

(Decrease)/increase in provisions and retirement benefits

Cash generated from operations

160 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

8.0

24.4

24.5

(4.8)

254.6

13.9

(3.3)

(10.0)

2.9

277.8

Spectris Book 1.indb   160
Spectris Book 1.indb   160

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial Statements27. Financial risk management
The Group’s multinational operations and debt financing expose it to a variety of financial risks. In the course of its business, 
the Group is exposed to foreign currency risk, interest rate risk, liquidity risk and credit risk. Financial risk management is an 
integral part of the way the Group is managed. Financial risk management policies are set by the Board of Directors. These 
policies are implemented by a central treasury department that has formal procedures to manage foreign exchange risk, 
interest rate risk and liquidity risk, including, where appropriate, the use of derivative financial instruments. The Group has 
clearly defined authority and approval limits. The central treasury department operates as a service centre to the Group and 
not as a profit centre.

In accordance with its treasury policy, the Group does not hold or use derivative financial instruments for trading or 
speculative purposes. Such instruments are only used to manage the risks arising from operating or financial assets or 
liabilities, or highly probable future transactions. The quantitative analysis of financial risk is included in Note 28.

Foreign currency risk
Foreign currency risk arises both where sale or purchase transactions are undertaken in currencies other than the respective 
functional currencies of Group companies (transactional exposures) and where the results of overseas companies are 
consolidated into the Group’s reporting currency of Sterling (translational exposures). The Group has operations around the 
world which record their results in a variety of different local functional currencies. In countries where the Group does not 
have operations, it invariably has some customers or suppliers that transact in a foreign currency. The Group is therefore 
exposed to the changes in foreign currency exchange rates between a number of different currencies but the Group’s 
primary exposures relate to the US Dollar, Euro, Danish Krone, Chinese Yuan Renminbi and Japanese Yen. Where appropriate, 
the Group manages its foreign currency exposures using derivative financial instruments.

The Group’s translational exposures to foreign currency risks can relate both to the Consolidated Income Statement and 
net assets of overseas subsidiaries. The Group’s policy is not to hedge the translational exposure that arises on consolidation 
of the Consolidated Income Statement of overseas subsidiaries. The Group finances overseas company investments 
partly through the use of foreign currency borrowings in order to provide a natural hedge of foreign currency risk arising 
on translation of the Group’s foreign currency subsidiaries. The quantitative analysis of foreign currency risk is included 
in Note 28.

The Group manages its transactional exposures to foreign currency risks through the use of forward exchange contracts. 
Forward exchange contracts are used to hedge highly probable transactions which can be forecast to occur typically up  
to 18 months into the future. For the hedges of highly probable forecast sales and purchases, as the critical terms (i.e. the 
notional amount, life and the underlying) of the forward exchange contracts and their corresponding hedged items are the 
same, the Group performs a qualitative assessment of effectiveness and it is expected that the value of the forward contracts 
and the value of the corresponding hedged items will systematically change in opposite directions in response to 
movements in the underlying exchange rates.  

The main potential source of hedge ineffectiveness in these hedging relationships is the effect of the counterparty and 
the Group’s own credit risk on the fair value of the forward contracts, which is not reflected in the fair value of the 
hedged item attributable to changes in foreign exchange rates. No other sources of ineffectiveness emerged from these 
hedging relationships. 

The following tables detail the foreign currency forward contracts outstanding at the end of the reporting period, as well as 
information regarding their related hedged items. Foreign currency forward contract assets and liabilities are presented in 
the line ‘Derivative financial instruments’ (either as assets or liabilities) within the Statement of Financial Position.

Hedging instruments – outstanding contracts 

Cash flow hedges

Currency risk – forward exchange contracts

Less than 6 months

6 to 12 months

12 to 18 months

Change in fair value for 
recognising hedge ineffectiveness

Carrying amount of  
the hedging instruments

2020 
£m

2019 
£m

2020 
£m

2019 
£m

1.3

0.4

0.1

1.8

–

1.2

0.2

1.4

1.3

0.4

0.1

1.8

–

1.2

0.2

1.4

Spectris Book 1.indb   161
Spectris Book 1.indb   161

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

161

Financial StatementsNotes to the AccountsNotes to the Accounts continued

27. Financial risk management continued
Hedging instruments – hedged items

Currency risk

Forecast sales

Change in value used for 
calculating hedge effectiveness

Balance in cash flow hedge 
reserve/foreign currency 
translation reserve for  
continuing hedges

2020 
£m

2019 
£m

2020 
£m

2019 
£m

(1.8)

(1.4)

(1.8)

(1.4)

Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk comprises both the interest rate price risk that results from borrowing at fixed rates of interest and also the 
interest cash flow risk that results from borrowing at variable rates. Where appropriate, interest rate swaps are used to 
manage the Group’s interest rate profile.

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk represents the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group’s 
approach to managing this risk is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities 
when due, under both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the 
Group’s reputation. The Group manages this risk through the use of regularly updated cash flow and covenant compliance 
forecasts and a liquidity headroom analysis which is used to determine funding requirements. Adequate committed lines 
of funding are maintained from high-quality investment grade lenders. The facilities committed to the Group as at 
31 December 2020 are set out in Note 17.

Credit risk
Credit risk arises because a counterparty may fail to perform its obligations. The Group is exposed to credit risk on financial 
assets such as cash balances, derivative financial instruments and trade and other receivables.

The Group’s credit risk is primarily attributable to its trade receivables. The amounts recognised in the Consolidated 
Statement of Financial Position are net of appropriate allowances for doubtful receivables, estimated by the Group’s 
management based on whether receivables are past due based on contractual terms, payment history and other available 
evidence of collectability. Trade receivables are subject to credit limits and control and approval procedures in the operating 
companies. Due to its large geographical base and number of customers, the Group is not exposed to material concentrations 
of credit risk on its trade receivables. The quantitative analysis of credit risk relating to receivables is included in Note 15.

Credit risk associated with cash balances and derivative financial instruments is managed centrally by transacting with 
existing relationship banks with strong investment grade ratings. Accordingly, the Group’s associated credit risk is limited. 
The Group has no significant concentration of credit risk.

The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by the carrying amount of each financial asset, including 
derivative financial instruments, as shown in Note 28.

Capital management
The Board considers equity shareholders’ funds, together with undrawn committed debt facilities, as capital for the purposes 
of funding the Group’s operations. Total managed capital at 31 December is:

Equity shareholders’ funds

Undrawn committed debt facilities

2020
£m

2019
£m

 1,238.6 

 1,321.5 

 586.0 

 606.4 

 1,824.6 

 1,927.9 

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares and share 
options are recognised as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effects.

The Board’s policy is to maintain a strong capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and to 
sustain the future development of the business. The Board of Directors monitors both the geographic spread of shareholders 
and the level of dividends to ordinary shareholders.

The Board encourages employees to hold shares in the Company. This is carried out through the Spectris Share Incentive 
Plan in the UK, as well as Long Term Incentive, Performance and Restricted Share Plans. Full details of these schemes are 
given in Note 23.

The main financial covenants in the Company’s debt facilities are the ratio of net debt to adjusted earnings before interest, 
tax, depreciation and amortisation, and the ratio of finance charges to adjusted earnings before interest, tax, amortisation 
and impairment. Covenant testing is completed twice a year based on the half-year and year-end Financial Statements.  
At 31 December 2020, the Company had, and is expected to continue to have, significant headroom under these financial 
covenant ratios.

162 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   162
Spectris Book 1.indb   162

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial Statements27. Financial risk management continued
From time to time the Group purchases its own shares in the market; the timing of these purchases depends on market 
prices. Buy and sell decisions are made on a specific transaction basis by the Board. There were no ordinary share repurchase 
and cancellations in 2020 and 2019.

There were no changes to the Group’s approach to capital management during 2020 and 2019.

Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is subject to externally imposed capital requirements.

LIBOR Reform
The Group is exposed to interest rate benchmarks, most significantly GBP LIBOR, USD LIBOR and EURIBOR (collectively 
‘IBORs’). The exposures arise on non-derivative financial assets and liabilities, including third party debt facilities. 

The Group has closely monitored the market and output from the various industry working groups managing the transition 
to new benchmark interest rates. This includes announcements made by regulators regarding the transition from LIBOR, 
including GBP LIBOR, USD LIBOR and EURIBOR, to the Sterling Overnight Index Average Rate (‘SONIA’), the Secured 
Overnight Financing Rate (‘SOFR’) and the Euro Short-Term Rate (‘ESTR’) respectively. The FCA has made it clear that, by 
the end of 2021, it will no longer seek to persuade or compel banks to submit to LIBOR.

In response to these announcements, the Group has put in place an interest rate benchmark transition programme 
comprised of the following workstreams: risk management, tax, treasury, legal, accounting and systems. The programme 
is under the governance of the Chief Financial Officer, who reports to the Board. 

The key risks for the Group arising from the transition are:

Liquidity Risk: There are fundamental differences between IBORs and the various alternative benchmark rates which the 
Group will be adopting. IBORs are forward looking term rates published for a period (e.g. one month) at the beginning of 
that period and include an inter-bank credit spread, whereas alternative benchmark rates are typically risk free overnight 
rates published at the end of the overnight period with no embedded credit spread. These differences will result in additional 
uncertainty regarding floating rate interest payments which will require additional liquidity management. As the Group is 
currently undrawn against its LIBOR-linked debt facilities, this does not represent a material risk. 

Litigation Risk: If no agreement is reached to implement the interest rate benchmark reform on existing contracts 
(e.g. arising from differing interpretations of existing fallback terms), there is a risk of prolonged disputes with counterparties 
which could give rise to additional legal and other costs. The Group is working closely with its counterparties to avoid this 
from occurring.

Operational Risk: Our current treasury management system is undergoing upgrades to fully manage the transition to 
alternative benchmark rates and there is a risk that such upgrades are not fully functional in time, resulting in additional 
manual procedures which give rise to operational risks. The Group is working closely with its system provider to ensure the 
relevant updates are made in good time. 

Various working groups in the industry are working on fallback provisions for different instruments and IBORs, which the 
Group is monitoring closely. The Group is planning to transition the majority of its IBOR-linked contracts to risk free rates 
through introduction of, or amendments to, fallback clauses in the contracts which will change the basis for determining the 
interest cash flows from IBOR to RFR at an agreed point in time, during 2021.

Non-derivative financial instrument  
prior to transition

Maturing
in

Nominal in
currency (m)

Total nominal
(£m)

Hedge
accounting

Bank syndicated $800m multi-currency Revolving 
Credit Facility

2025

$800.0

£586.0

n/a

Transition
process for
non-derivative
financial
instruments

Discussions
begun with aim
to finalise 
during
2021

Spectris Book 1.indb   163
Spectris Book 1.indb   163

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

163

Financial StatementsNotes to the AccountsNotes to the Accounts continued

28. Financial instruments 
The following tables show the fair value measurement of financial instruments by level following the fair value hierarchy:

•  Level 1: quoted listed stock exchange prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets;
•  Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly  

(i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); and

•  Level 3: inputs for assets and liabilities derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or liability that 

are not based on observable market data. 

Fair value and carrying amount of financial instruments

Trade and other receivables excluding prepayments and contract assets

Trade and other payables excluding contract liabilities and customer advances

Financial instruments included in assets held for sale (see Note 25)

Financial instruments included in liabilities held for sale (see Note 25)

Investments in equity instruments designated at initial recognition at fair value through 
other comprehensive income (see Note 13)

Investments in equity instruments measured at fair value through profit and loss  
(see Note 13)

Forward exchange contract assets

Cash and cash equivalents (excluding £3.7m classified as assets held for sale)

Floating rate borrowings and bank overdrafts (excluding £2.2m classified as liabilities  
held for sale)

Fixed rate borrowings

Forward exchange contract liabilities

Fair value and carrying amount of financial instruments

Trade and other receivables excluding prepayments and contract assets

Trade and other payables excluding contract liabilities and customer advances

Financial instruments included in assets held for sale (other receivable – joint venture)

Forward exchange contract assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Fixed rate borrowings

Forward exchange contract liabilities

Level 1
fair value
£m

Level 2
fair value
£m

Level 3
fair value
£m

2020

Carrying
amount
£m

–

266.3

 (3.1)

 (219.7)

–

–

–

–

1.1

38.3

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

3.7

(2.2)

–

–

1.9

222.2

(13.1)

 (107.4)

 (0.1)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

37.1

(23.2)

1.1

38.3

1.9

222.2

(13.1)

 (104.5)

 (0.1)

206.3

2019

Carrying
amount
£m

Level 2
fair value
£m

Level 3
fair value
£m

 –

 –

18.9

1.5

213.1

 (183.8)

 (0.1)

 –

307.3

 (14.8)

 (222.4)

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

18.9

1.5

213.1

 (179.6)

 (0.1)

138.7

There were no movements between the different levels of the fair value hierarchy in the year.

The fair value of cash and cash equivalents, receivables and payables approximates to the carrying amount because of the 
short maturity of these instruments.

The fair value of floating rate borrowings approximates to the carrying amount because interest rates are at floating rates 
where payments are reset to market rates at intervals of less than one year.

The fair value of fixed rate borrowings is estimated by discounting the future contracted cash flow, using appropriate yield 
curves, to the net present values.

The fair value of forward exchange contracts is determined using discounted cash flow techniques based on readily available 
market data.

164 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   164
Spectris Book 1.indb   164

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial Statements28. Financial instruments continued
The fair value of forward exchange contracts outstanding as at 31 December 2020 is a net asset of £1.8m (2019: net asset  
of £1.4m), of which £1.7m has been credited to the hedging reserve (2019: £1.4m credited) and £0.1m credited to the 
Consolidated Income Statement (2019: nil credited/charged). These contracts mature over periods typically not exceeding 
18 months. A summary of the movements in the hedging reserve during the year is presented below. All of the cash flow 
hedges in 2020 and 2019 were deemed to be effective.

The fair value of investments in equity instruments is calculated using quoted market prices in an active market at the 
balance sheet date.

Analysis of movements in hedging reserve net of tax 

At 1 January

Amounts removed from the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity and included in the Consolidated Income 
Statement during the year

Amounts recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity during the year

At 31 December

2020 
£m

(1.4)

(0.2)

(0.3)

(1.9)

2019 
£m

(3.9)

2.9

(0.4)

(1.4)

The amount included in the Consolidated Income Statement is split between revenue and administrative expenses 
depending on the nature of the hedged item.

Reconciliation of level 3 fair value for deferred and contingent consideration payable on acquisitions and disposals

At 1 January

Deferred and contingent consideration arising from current year acquisitions payable in future years

Deferred and contingent consideration paid in the current year relating to previous years' acquisitions and disposals

Costs charged to the Consolidated Income Statement:

Subsequent adjustments on acquisitions and disposals

Unwinding of discount factor on deferred and contingent consideration

Foreign exchange difference

At 31 December 

2020 
£m

2019 
£m

 (14.8)

 (18.8)

 (0.6)

10.9

2.2

 (0.4)

 (0.4)

(3.1)

–

7.3

 (3.1)

 (0.7)

0.5

(14.8)

The fair value of deferred and contingent consideration is determined by considering the performance expectations of  
the acquired or disposed entity or the likelihood of non-financial integration milestones whilst applying the entity-specific 
discount rates. The unobservable inputs are the projected forecast measures that are assessed on an annual basis. Changes 
in the fair value of deferred and contingent consideration relating to updated projected forecast performance measures are 
recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement within administrative expenses in the Consolidated Income Statement in 
the period that the change occurs.

Deferred and contingent consideration relates to financial (2020: £3.1m, 2019: £8.6m) and non-financial (2020: £nil,  
2019: £6.2m) milestones on current and prior year acquisitions, as disclosed in Note 24. The financial milestones are mainly 
sensitive to risk-adjusted discount rates and annual future revenue targets.

The following table shows the total outstanding contractual forward exchange contracts hedging designated transactional 
exposures split by currencies which have been sold back into the functional currency of the underlying business. These 
contracts typically mature in the next 18 months and, therefore, the cash flows and resulting effect on the Consolidated 
Income Statement are expected to occur within this time period.

Forward exchange contracts at 31 December

Foreign currency sale amount (£m)

Percentage of total:

US Dollar

Euro

Japanese Yen

Other

2020

76.9

35%

16%

25%

24%

2019

124.1

37%

15%

22%

26%

Spectris Book 1.indb   165
Spectris Book 1.indb   165

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

165

Financial StatementsNotes to the AccountsNotes to the Accounts continued

28. Financial instruments continued
A maturity profile of the gross cash flows related to financial liabilities is: 

Maturity of financial liabilities

Due within one year

Due between one and two years

Due between two and five years

Derivative 
financial 
liabilities
£m

Overdrafts
£m

Unsecured 
loans
£m

0.1

–

–

0.1

0.3

–

–

–

107.4

–

0.3

107.4

107.8

2020

Total
£m

0.4

107.4

–

Derivative 
financial 
liabilities
£m

Bank 
loans and 
overdrafts
£m

Unsecured 
loans
£m

0.1

–

–

0.1

–

–

–

–

83.9

1.1

100.1

185.1

2019

Total
£m

84.0

1.1

100.1

185.2

Trade and other payables (Note 18) are substantially due within one year.

It is not expected that the cash flows described above could occur significantly earlier or at substantially different amounts.

Financial assets

Financial liabilities

Interest rate exposure of financial 
assets and liabilities by currency

Fixed rate 
£m

Floating 
rate 
£m

Non- 
interest 
bearing 
£m

Sterling

Euro

US Dollar

Other

30.0

0.5

–

12.1

77.7

12.1

0.6

17.8

42.6

108.2

4.4

12.1

21.4

22.2

60.1

Total
£m

112.1

24.7

22.0

52.1

Fixed rate
£m

 –

 (104.5)

 –

 –

210.9

 (104.5)

Floating 
rate
£m

 –

 –

 –

 (0.3)

 (0.3)

Total
£m

 –

 (104.5)

 –

 (0.3)

 (104.8)

2020 
Net financial 
assets/ 
(liabilities)
£m

112.1

 (79.8)

22.0

51.8

106.1

Financial assets

Financial liabilities

Interest rate exposure of financial  
assets and liabilities by currency

Fixed rate 
£m

Floating 
rate 
£m

Non- 
interest 
bearing 
£m

Sterling

Euro

US Dollar

Other

74.5

0.7

0.5

–

75.7

47.8

6.0

5.3

20.7

79.8

9.3

13.8

16.0

18.5

57.6

Total
£m

131.6

20.5

21.8

39.2

213.1

Fixed rate
£m

 –

 (179.6)

 –

 –

 (179.6)

Floating 
rate
£m

 –

 –

 –

 –

 –

2019 
Net financial 
assets/ 
(liabilities)
£m

131.6

 (159.1)

21.8

39.2

33.5

Total
£m

 –

 (179.6)

 –

 –

 (179.6)

Sensitivity analysis
The tables below show the Group’s sensitivity to foreign exchange rates and interest rates. The US Dollar, Euro, Danish Krone 
and Chinese Yuan Renminbi represent the main foreign exchange translational exposures for the Group. The Group’s 
borrowings are in Euros.

Impact on foreign exchange translational exposures against Sterling

10% weakening in the US Dollar 

10% weakening in the Euro/Danish Krone

10% weakening in the Chinese Yuan Renminbi

Impact of interest rate movements 

1pp increase in interest rates

2020

Decrease/
(increase) 
in profit 
before tax
£m

7.0

7.3

1.9

Decrease/
(increase) 
in equity
£m

88.6

62.7

5.1

Decrease/
(increase)  
in equity
£m

88.8

52.2

4.4

2019

Decrease/
(increase)  
in profit  
before tax
£m

7.4

7.4

2.2

 (1.1)

  (1.1)

 (0.8)

 (0.8)

29. Contingent liabilities
In the normal course of business, Group companies have provided bonds and guarantees through local banking 
arrangements amounting to £15.4m (2019: £15.2m). Contingent liabilities in respect of taxation are disclosed in Note 8.

166 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   166
Spectris Book 1.indb   166

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial Statements30. Lease liabilities 
2019 Undiscounted lease liability maturity analysis under IFRS 16 

Less than one year

One to five years

More than five years

Total undiscounted lease liabilities at 31 December 

Property
£m

Plant and 
equipment
£m

 11.9 

 24.8 

 13.0 

 49.7 

 4.1 

 3.7 

 – 

 7.8 

2020
Total
£m

 16.0 

 28.5 

 13.0 

 57.5 

Property
£m

Plant and 
equipment
£m

 12.6 

 31.3 

 19.4 

 63.3 

 4.6 

 5.7 

 – 

 10.3 

2019
Total
£m

 17.2 

 37.0 

 19.4 

 73.6 

The total cash outflow on lease liabilities made in the year was £21.6m (2019: £20.5m).

31. Capital commitments
At 31 December 2020, the Group had entered into contractual commitments for the purchase of property, plant and 
equipment and software amounting to £5.2m (2019: £12.5m) which have not been accrued.  

32. Related party transactions
The Group has related party relationships with its subsidiaries (a list of all related undertakings is shown in Note 15 of the 
Company Financial Statements) on pages 179 to 182, with its joint venture up to its disposal on 28 February 2021 (see Note 25) 
and with its Executive Directors and members of the Executive Management Committee.

Transactions with key management personnel
The remuneration of key management personnel during the year was as follows:

Short-term benefits

Post-employment benefits

Equity-settled share-based payment expense

2020
£m

5.4 

 0.4 

 0.1 

 5.9 

2019
£m

 5.1 

 0.5 

 1.0 

 6.6 

In accordance with IAS 24 ‘Related Party Disclosures’, key management personnel are those having authority and 
responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group, directly or indirectly. Key management 
personnel comprise the Directors and the other members of the Executive Management Committee.

Further details of the Executive Directors’ remuneration are included in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 78 to 97. 

Transactions with joint venture

Sales to joint venture

Income on receivable (see Note 7)

Loan receivable

Assets classified as held for sale

Trade receivables

Trade payables

There were no other related party transactions in either 2020 or 2019. 

2020
£m

–

–

–

–

–

–

2019
£m

 1.9 

(3.2)

 3.0 

 18.9 

 1.5 

(1.6)

Spectris Book 1.indb   167
Spectris Book 1.indb   167

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

167

Financial StatementsNotes to the AccountsNotes to the Accounts continued

33. Subsidiary undertakings
The table below lists the Group’s principal subsidiary undertakings at 31 December 2020. They operate mainly in the 
countries of incorporation. All of the subsidiaries are involved in the manufacture and sale of highly-specialised measuring 
instruments and controls, together with the provision of services.

Spectris plc holds 100% of the ordinary share capital of all the subsidiaries either directly or indirectly through intermediate 
holding companies.

Name

Engineering Seismology Group Canada Inc

Malvern Panalytical Limited

Millbrook Proving Ground Limited

Servomex Group Limited

Brüel & Kjær Vibro GmbH

Hottinger Brüel & Kjær GmbH

NDC Technologies Inc

Omega Engineering Inc

Particle Measuring Systems Inc

Red Lion Controls Inc

Country of  
incorporation

Canada

England & Wales

England & Wales

England & Wales

Germany

Germany

USA

USA

USA

USA

A full list of subsidiaries is given in Note 15 of the Company Financial Statements on the pages 179 to 182.

34. Government Support
Government grants
Included in the Consolidated Income Statement is £10.0m of grant income from various COVID-19 related government 
support packages (2019: nil). This amount relates to a number of different government support packages, the largest of 
which is £3.0m from China schemes and £2.5m from the Netherlands scheme (phase one). The China schemes provide 
support by reducing certain payroll-related social benefit payments which are ordinarily mandatory and covers the period 
from February 2020 to December 2020. The Netherlands phase one scheme provided support based on the revenue 
decrease in March 2020 to May 2020. There are no material unfulfilled conditions associated with grants recognised in 
the year.

The Group has presented this amount as a credit in administrative expenses in the Consolidated Income Statement. 
Government support grants are recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement on a systematic basis over the periods 
in which the related revenue or expense for which the grants are intended to compensate.

During the year, the Group also received government grants totalling £0.2m in respect of purchases of property, plant 
and equipment and intangible assets (2019: £5.0m).

Other assistance
In April 2020, Spectris successfully applied for access to the Bank of England’s Covid Corporate Financing Facility (‘CCFF’), 
resulting in the ability to raise up to £600m of additional short-term funding, if required, before 23 March 2021 by issuing 
commercial paper for purchase by the Bank under the programme. The Group is under no obligation to utilise the facility 
and, in view of the Group’s other undrawn facilities and current financial position, we do not anticipate accessing the 
programme before its expiry.

35. Events after the balance sheet date
The sale of Concept Life Science’s legacy food testing business completed on 5 January 2021. The sale of the Millbrook 
business completed on 1 February 2021. See Note 25 for further details on these transactions.

In February 2021 the Group proposed the commencement of a £200m share buy-back programme.

168 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   168
Spectris Book 1.indb   168

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial StatementsSpectris plc Statement of Financial Position

As at 31 December 2020

ASSETS

Non-current assets

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Investments in subsidiary undertakings

Deferred tax assets

Current assets

Current tax assets

Other receivables (due after more than one year: £253.2m (2019: £430.7m))

Derivative financial instruments

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

LIABILITIES

Current liabilities

Borrowings

Derivative financial instruments

Other payables

Provisions

Net current (liabilities)/assets

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings

Other payables

Retirement benefit obligations

Total liabilities

Net assets

EQUITY

Share capital

Share premium

Retained earnings

Merger reserve

Capital redemption reserve

Special reserve 

Total equity

Note

2020
£m

2019
£m

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

8

9

12

11

11

11

11

7.3

2.5

1,070.9

2.7

6.0

2.8

1,071.1

3.5

1,083.4

1,083.4

4.0

569.7

2.3

124.5

700.5

4.7

764.3

2.1

130.3

901.4

1,783.9

1,984.8

(8.9)

(2.3)

(693.8)

–

(705.0)

(4.5)

(104.5)

(249.8)

(7.9)

(362.2)

(1,067.2)

716.7

6.0

231.4

441.6

3.1

0.5

34.1

(80.7)

(2.2)

(777.5)

(0.9)

(861.3)

40.1

(98.9)

(206.7)

(15.1)

(320.7)

(1,182.0)

802.8

6.0

231.4

527.7

3.1

0.5

34.1

716.7

802.8

The Company’s loss for the year was £20.8m (2019: profit of £86.4m).

The Financial Statements on pages 169 to 183 were approved by the Board of Directors on 24 February 2021 and were signed 
on its behalf by:

Derek Harding
Chief Financial Officer 

Company Registration No. 02025003

Spectris Book 1.indb   169
Spectris Book 1.indb   169

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

169

Financial StatementsSpectris plc Statement of Changes in Equity

For the year ended 31 December 2020

Share 
capital
£m

Share 
premium
£m

Retained 
earnings
£m

Note

Merger 
reserve
£m

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
£m

Special 
reserve
£m

At 1 January 2020

Loss for the year 

Other comprehensive income:

Re-measurement of net defined 
benefit obligations, net of tax

Total comprehensive loss for the year

Transactions with owners recorded 
directly in equity:

Equity dividends paid

14

Capital contribution relating to  
share-based payments

Share-based payments, net of tax

Utilisation of treasury shares

At 31 December 2020

6.0

231.4

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

527.7

(20.8)

3.1

–

7.0

(13.8)

(75.7)

0.4

2.7

0.3

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.5

34.1

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

6.0

231.4

441.6

3.1

0.5

34.1

716.7

For the year ended 31 December 2019

Note

Share 
capital
£m

Share 
premium
£m

Retained 
earnings
£m

Merger 
reserve
£m

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
£m

Special 
reserve
£m

At 1 January 2019

Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive income:

Re-measurement of net defined 
benefit obligations, net of tax

Total comprehensive income  
for the year

Transactions with owners recorded 
directly in equity:

Equity dividends paid

14

Capital contribution relating to  
share-based payments

Share-based payments, net of tax

Utilisation of treasury shares

At 31 December 2019

6.0

231.4

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

511.3

86.4

(1.6)

84.8

(72.3)

3.1

(0.2)

1.0

3.1

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.5

34.1

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

6.0

231.4

527.7

3.1

0.5

34.1

802.8

Total 
equity
£m

802.8

(20.8)

7.0

(13.8)

(75.7)

0.4

2.7

0.3

Total 
equity
£m

786.4

86.4

(1.6)

84.8

–

(72.3)

3.1

(0.2)

1.0

170 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   170
Spectris Book 1.indb   170

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial StatementsNotes to the Company Accounts

1. Basis of preparation and summary of significant accounting policies
The separate Financial Statements of the Company are presented as required by the Companies Act 2006. As permitted by 
that Act, the separate Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with applicable accounting standards in the 
United Kingdom. In accordance with the exemption provided by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the Company has 
not presented its own Income Statement or Statement of Comprehensive Income.

a) Basis of preparation
These Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure 
Framework’ (‘FRS 101’). The Company’s shareholders were notified in 2015 of the use of the EU-adopted IFRS disclosure 
exemptions and there were no objections to the adoption of FRS 101. 

In preparing these Financial Statements, the Company applies the recognition, measurement and disclosure requirements 
of International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU (‘IFRS’), but makes amendments where necessary in 
order to comply with the Companies Act 2006 and has set out below where advantage of the FRS 101 disclosure exemptions 
has been taken.

The Company has applied the exemptions available under FRS 101 in respect of the following disclosures:

•  A Cash Flow Statement and related notes.
•  Comparative period reconciliations for share capital, property, plant and equipment and intangible assets.
•  Disclosures in respect of transactions with wholly owned subsidiaries.
•  Disclosures in respect of capital management.  
•  The effects of new but not yet effective IFRSs.
•  Disclosures in respect of the compensation of key management personnel.

As the Consolidated Financial Statements of Spectris plc (pages 111 to 168) include the equivalent disclosures, the Company 
has also taken the exemptions under FRS 101 available in respect of the following disclosures:

•  IFRS 2 ‘Share Based Payments’ in respect of Group-settled share-based payments.
•  Certain disclosures required by IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’ and the disclosures required by IFRS 7 ‘Financial 

Instrument Disclosures’.  

The Financial Statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for the revaluation of financial instruments. 
Historical cost is generally based on the fair value of the consideration given in exchange for the assets. The principal 
accounting policies are set out below.

As permitted by s408 of the Companies Act 2006 the Company has elected not to present its own Income Statement or 
Statement of Comprehensive Income for the year. The loss attributable to the Company is disclosed in the footnote to the 
Company’s Statement of Financial Position.

The following accounting policies have been applied consistently in dealing with items which are considered material in 
relation to the Financial Statements.

Significant accounting judgements and estimates
In determining and applying accounting policies, judgement is often required where the choice of specific policy, 
assumption or accounting estimate to be followed could materially affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income 
and expenses, should it later be determined that a different choice be more appropriate.  Estimates and assumptions are 
reviewed on an ongoing basis and are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be 
reasonable under the circumstances.

In the course of preparing these Financial Statements in accordance with the Group’s accounting policies, no judgements 
that have a significant effect on the amounts recognised in the Financial Statements have been made, other than those 
involving estimation.  Management consider the following to be areas of estimation for the Company due to greater 
complexity and/or are particularly subject to uncertainty.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty

Retirement benefit plans
Accounting for retirement benefit plans under IAS 19 (revised) requires an assessment of the future benefits payable in 
accordance with actuarial assumptions. The discount rate and rate of retail price inflation (‘RPI’) assumptions applied in the 
calculation of plan liabilities, which are set out in Note 20 of the Consolidated Financial Statements, represent a key source  
of estimation uncertainty for the Company. Details of the accounting policies applied in respect of retirement benefit plans 
are set out on page 122.

b) Summary of significant accounting policies
Intangible assets
Intangible assets purchased by the Company are capitalised at their cost.

Intangible assets with finite lives are amortised over the useful economic life and assessed for impairment whenever there  
is an indication that the intangible asset may be impaired. The estimated useful economic lives are as follows:

•  Software – 3 to 7 years.

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

171

Spectris Book 1.indb   171
Spectris Book 1.indb   171

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial StatementsNotes to the Company Accounts continued

1. Basis of preparation and summary of significant accounting policies continued
Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. The cost comprises 
the purchase price paid and any costs directly attributable to bringing it into working condition for its intended use.

Depreciation is recognised in the Income Statement on a straight-line basis to write off the cost, less the estimated residual 
value (which is reviewed annually), of property, plant and equipment over its estimated useful economic life. Depreciation 
commences on the date the assets are available for use within the business and the asset carrying values are reviewed for 
impairment when there is an indication that they may be impaired. Land is not depreciated. Estimated useful lives are as 
follows:

•  Freehold property – 20 to 25 years.
•  Office equipment – 3 to 20 years.

Investments
Investments in subsidiaries are stated at historical cost, less provision for any impairment in value.  

Other receivables
Other receivables are carried at original invoice amount (which is considered a reasonable proxy for fair value) and are 
subsequently held at amortised cost less provision for impairment. The provision for impairment of receivables is based on 
lifetime expected credit losses.  Lifetime expected credit losses are calculated by assessing historic credit loss experience, 
adjusted for factors specific to the receivable and operating company.

Cash and cash equivalents
This comprises cash at bank and in hand and short-term deposits held on call or with maturities of less than three months  
at inception.  

Other payables
Other payables are recognised at the amounts expected to be paid to counterparties and subsequently held at amortised cost.

Provisions
A provision is recognised in the Statement of Financial Position when the Company has a present legal or constructive 
obligation as a result of a past event and it is probable that an outflow of resources, that can be reliably measured, will be 
required to settle the obligation. In respect of warranties, a provision is recognised when the underlying products or services 
are sold. Provisions are recognised at an amount equal to the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the 
Company’s liability. A contingent liability is disclosed where the existence of the obligation will only be confirmed by future 
events or where the amount of the obligation cannot be measured with reasonable reliability. Contingent assets are not 
recognised but are disclosed where an inflow of economic benefit is probable. Obligations arising from restructuring plans 
are recognised when detailed formal plans have been established and when there is a valid expectation that such a plan will 
be carried out.

Taxation
Tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises both current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the Income Statement 
except to the extent that it relates to items recognised either in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, in which 
case tax is recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income or the Statement of Changes in Equity, respectively.

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted 
at the Statement of Financial Position date, and any adjustments to tax payable in respect of prior years. Tax positions are 
reviewed to assess whether a provision should be made based on prevailing circumstances. Tax provisions are included 
within current taxation liabilities.

Deferred taxation is provided on taxable temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the 
Financial Statements and their corresponding tax bases. Deferred tax is measured using the tax rates expected to apply 
when the asset is realised or the liability settled based on tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the Statement of 
Financial Position date.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against 
which the asset can be utilised or that they will reverse. Deferred tax assets are reduced to the extent that it is no longer 
probable that the related tax benefit will be realised.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current tax assets against current tax 
liabilities and the deferred taxes relate to the same taxable entity and the same taxation authority.

Foreign currency translation
The functional currency of the Company is Pounds Sterling and is determined with reference to the currency of the primary 
economic environment in which it operates. Transactions in currencies other than the functional currency are initially 
recorded at the functional currency rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in 
foreign currencies are retranslated at the rate of exchange ruling at the Statement of Financial Position date. Exchange gains 
and losses on settlement of foreign currency transactions are translated at the rate prevailing at the date of the transactions, 
or the translation of monetary assets and liabilities at period end exchange rates, and are charged/credited to the Income 
Statement. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are stated at historical cost are 
translated to the functional currency at the foreign exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction.

172 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   172
Spectris Book 1.indb   172

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial Statements1. Basis of preparation and summary of significant accounting policies continued
Financial instruments
Recognition
The Company recognises financial assets and liabilities on its Statement of Financial Position when it becomes a party to the 
contractual provisions of the instrument.

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount is reported in the Statement of Financial Position when there  
is a legally enforceable right to set off the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or realise the 
asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Measurement
When financial assets and liabilities are initially recognised, they are measured at fair value, being the consideration given  
or received plus directly attributable transaction costs.

Originated loans and debtors are initially recognised in accordance with the policy stated above and subsequently  
re-measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Allowance for impairment is estimated on a case-by-
case basis.

The Company uses derivative financial instruments such as forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge risks associated 
with foreign exchange fluctuations. These are designated as cash flow hedges. At the inception of the hedge relationship, 
the Company documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item, along with its risk 
management objectives and its strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. Furthermore, at the inception of the 
hedge and on an ongoing basis, the Company documents whether the hedging instrument that is used in a hedging 
relationship is highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of the hedged item.

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges are 
deferred in equity. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the Income Statement.

Amounts deferred in equity are reclassified to the Income Statement in the periods when the hedged item is recognised  
in the Income Statement, in the same line of the Income Statement as the recognised hedged item. However, when the 
forecast transaction that is hedged results in the recognition of a non-financial asset or a non-financial liability, the gains and 
losses previously deferred in equity are transferred from equity and included in the initial measurement of the cost of the 
asset or liability.

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the Company revokes the hedging relationship, the hedging instrument expires or 
is sold, terminated, or exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. Any cumulative gain or loss deferred in equity  
at that time remains in equity and is recognised when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in the Income 
Statement. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was deferred in 
equity is recognised immediately in the Income Statement.

Derecognition
A financial asset is derecognised when the Company loses control over the contractual rights to the cash flows from the 
asset. This occurs when the rights are realised, expire or are surrendered. A financial liability is derecognised when the 
obligation specified in the contract is discharged, cancelled or expires. Originated loans and debtors are derecognised on 
the date they are transferred by the Company.

Impairment of financial assets
The Company assesses at each Statement of Financial Position reporting date whether there is any objective evidence that 
a financial asset, or group of financial assets, is impaired. A financial asset, or group of financial assets, is deemed to be 
impaired if, and only if, there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that have occurred after 
the initial recognition of the asset (an incurred ‘loss event’) and that loss event has an impact on the estimated future cash 
flows of the financial asset or group of financial assets that can be reliably estimated.

Employee benefits
The Company operates a defined benefit post-retirement benefit plan and a defined contribution pension plan.

Defined benefit plan
The Company’s net obligation recognised in the Statement of Financial Position in respect of its defined benefit plan is 
calculated as the present value of the plan’s liabilities less the fair value of the plan’s assets. The operating and financing 
costs of the defined benefit plan are recognised separately in the Income Statement. Operating costs comprise the current 
service cost, plan administrative expense, any gains or losses on settlement or curtailments, and past service costs where 
benefits have vested. Finance items comprise the unwinding of the discount on the net asset/deficit. Actuarial gains or 
losses comprising changes in plan liabilities due to experience and changes in actuarial assumptions are recognised in other 
comprehensive income.

The amount of any pension fund asset recognised in the Statement of Financial Position is limited to any future refunds from 
the plan or the present value of reductions in future contributions to the plan.

Defined contribution plan
A defined contribution plan is a post-employment benefit plan under which an entity pays fixed contributions into a 
separate entity and will have no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. Obligations for contributions to 
defined contribution pension plans are recognised in the Income Statement in the periods during which services are 
rendered by employees.

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

173

Spectris Book 1.indb   173
Spectris Book 1.indb   173

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial StatementsNotes to the Company AccountsNotes to the Company Accounts continued

1. Basis of preparation and summary of significant accounting policies continued
Short-term benefits
Short-term employee benefit obligations are measured on an undiscounted basis and are expensed as the related service  
is provided. A liability is recognised for the amount expected to be paid under short-term cash bonus or profit-sharing plans 
if the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result of past service provided by the 
employee, and the obligation can be estimated reliably.

Share-based payments
Certain employees of the Company receive part of their remuneration in the form of share-based payment transactions, 
whereby employees render services in exchange for shares or rights over shares (equity-settled transactions). The cost of 
equity-settled transactions with employees is measured at fair value at the date at which they are granted. The fair value  
of share awards with market-related vesting conditions is determined by an external consultant and the fair value at the 
grant date is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period based on the Company’s estimate of shares that will 
eventually vest. The estimate of the number of awards likely to vest is reviewed at each Statement of Financial Position 
reporting date up to the vesting date, at which point the estimate is adjusted to reflect the actual outcome of awards which 
have vested. No adjustment is made to the fair value after the vesting date even if the awards are forfeited or not exercised.

Where it is not possible to incentivise managers of the Company with equity-settled options, they are issued with cash-settled 
options. The charge for these awards is adjusted to reflect the expected and actual levels of options that vest and the fair 
value is based on either the share price at date of exercise or the share price at the Statement of Financial Position date 
if sooner.

Where the Company grants options over its own shares to the employees of its subsidiaries, it recognises an increase in 
the cost of investment in its subsidiaries equivalent to the equity-settled share based payment charge recognised in the 
subsidiary’s Financial Statements with the corresponding credit being recognised directly in equity. In cases where a 
subsidiary is recharged for the share based payment expense, no such increase in investment is recognised which may  
result in a credit in a particular year. 

Dividends
Dividends are recognised as a liability in the period in which they are approved by shareholders.

Treasury shares
Shares held in treasury are treated as a deduction from equity until the shares are cancelled, reissued or disposed. Where 
such shares are subsequently sold or reissued, any consideration received, net of any directly attributable incremental costs 
and related tax effects, is included in equity attributable to the Company’s equity shareholders.

2. Auditor’s remuneration
The details regarding the remuneration of the Company’s auditor are included in Note 5 to the Group Consolidated Financial 
Statements under ‘Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for audit of the Company’s annual accounts’. 

3. Employee costs and other information
Average number of employees on a full-time equivalent basis:

Administrative

Employee costs, including Directors’ remuneration, are as follows:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Defined contribution pension plans

Equity-settled share-based payment expense

Cash-settled share-based payment expense

2020
Number

2019
Number

75 

 80 

2020
£m

12.0

2.4

0.4

2.5

0.1

17.4

2019
£m

 13.8 

 2.5 

 0.5 

 (0.2) 

 0.1 

 16.7 

Directors’ remuneration
Further details of Directors’ remuneration and share options are given in Note 6 to the Group Consolidated Financial 
Statements and in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 78 to 97.  

Tax losses
As at 31 December 2020, the Company had capital tax losses of £16.4m (2019: £16.4m). No provision has been made for 
deferred tax on the basis that there is insufficient evidence that suitable taxable profits will arise in the future against which 
the losses may be offset and the asset recovered.

174 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   174
Spectris Book 1.indb   174

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial Statements4. Intangible assets

Cost

At 1 January 2020

Additions

At 31 December 2020

Accumulated amortisation and impairment

At 1 January 2020

Charge for the year

At 31 December 2020

Carrying amount

At 31 December 2020

At 31 December 2019

5. Property, plant and equipment

Cost

At 1 January 2020

Additions

At 31 December 2020

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

At 1 January 2020

Charge for the year

At 31 December 2020

Carrying amount

At 31 December 2020

At 31 December 2019

6. Investments in subsidiary undertakings

Cost and carrying amount

At 1 January 2020

Movements relating to share options granted to subsidiary employees

At 31 December 2020

Details of the Company’s subsidiaries are given in Note 15. 

Software
£m

 13.0 

 2.5 

 15.5 

 7.0 

 1.2 

 8.2 

 7.3 

 6.0 

Total
£m

 4.8 

 0.1 

 4.9 

 2.0 

 0.4 

 2.4 

 2.5 

 2.8 

Investment 
in subsidiary 
undertakings
£m

 1,071.1 

(0.2) 

 1,070.9 

Freehold 
property
£m

Office 
equipment
£m

 3.4 

–

 3.4 

 1.2 

 0.2 

 1.4 

 2.0 

 2.2 

 1.4 

 0.1 

 1.5 

 0.8 

 0.2 

 1.0 

 0.5 

 0.6 

Spectris Book 1.indb   175
Spectris Book 1.indb   175

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

175

Financial StatementsNotes to the Company AccountsNotes to the Company Accounts continued

7. Other receivables

Current

Amounts owed by Group undertakings

Loans owed by Group undertakings

Loans owed by indirectly held joint venture

Prepayments

Other receivables

Non-current

Loans owed by Group undertakings

Prepayments

Total other receivables

2020
£m

5.2 

306.4 

– 

2.0 

2.9 

2019
£m

1.8

325.4

3.0

1.9

1.5

316.5

333.6

2020
£m

251.4

1.8 

253.2 

2019
£m

428.7

2.0

430.7

569.7 

764.3

All loans owed by Group undertakings are in relation to interest bearing intra-group loans which are formalised 
arrangements on an arm’s length basis. Interest is charged at fixed rates between 2% and 10%. Other amounts owed  
by Group undertakings are non-interest bearing and repayable on demand. 

8. Borrowings

Current

Overdrafts

Interest rate

Repayable date

On demand

Bank loans unsecured – €94.8m

Fixed 2.56%

 14 October 2020

Bank loans unsecured – £50.0m uncommitted facilities

Relevant LIBOR +50bps

On demand

Total current borrowings

Non-current

Bank loans unsecured – €116.2m

Interest rate

Maturity date

Fixed 1.15%

9 September 2022

Bank loans unsecured – $800.0m revolving credit facility

Relevant LIBOR +55bps

31 July 2025

Total non-current borrowings

2020
£m

8.9

–

–

8.9

2020
£m

104.5

–

104.5

2019
£m

 –

80.7

–

80.7

2019
£m

98.9

 –

98.9

Total current and non-current borrowings

113.4

179.6

Further details of borrowings are provided in Note 17 to the Group Consolidated Financial Statements.

9. Other payables

Current

Amounts owed to Group undertakings

Loans owed to Group undertakings

Accruals

Non-current

Loans owed to Group undertakings

2020
£m

1.2 

669.2 

23.4 

693.8 

2020
£m

249.8 

2019
£m

0.7

766.6

10.2

777.5

2019
£m

206.7

All loans owed to Group undertakings are in relation to interest bearing intra-group loans which are formalised 
arrangements on an arm’s length basis. Interest is charged at fixed rates between 0% and 10%. Other amounts owed  
to Group undertakings are non-interest bearing and repayable on demand. 

176 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   176
Spectris Book 1.indb   176

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial Statements10. Provisions

At 1 January 2020

Utilised during the year

At 31 December 2020

Reorganisation
£m

0.9 

(0.9)

–

Provisions are all presented as current liabilities.

Reorganisation provisions relate to committed restructuring plans in place within the business.  Costs are expected to be 
incurred within one year and there is little judgement in determining the amount.

11. Share capital and reserves

Allotted, called-up and fully paid

Issued and fully paid (ordinary shares of 5p each): 
At 1 January and 31 December

Number of 
shares
Millions

121.2

2020

£m

 6.0 

Number of 
shares
Millions

121.2

2019

£m

 6.0 

No ordinary shares were issued upon exercise under share option schemes during the year (2019: nil).

Share options have been granted to subscribe for ordinary shares of Spectris plc. Full details of share options currently in 
issue, including those issued during the year, together with information regarding the basis of calculation of the share-based 
payment expense, is contained in Note 23 to the Group Consolidated Financial Statements. 

At 31 December 2020, the Company held 4,934,567 treasury shares (2019: 5,182,366).  During the year 247,799 of these shares 
were issued to satisfy options exercised by, and SIP Matching shares awarded to, employees which were granted under the 
Group’s share schemes (2019: 453,787). 

The Group has an employee benefit trust (EBT) which operates the Spectris Share Incentive Plan (‘SIP’) to all eligible  
UK-based employees. The EBT holds shares in Spectris plc for the purposes of the SIP, further details of which are disclosed  
in the Directors’ Remuneration Report. At 31 December 2020, the EBT held 52,924 shares which were purchased from the 
market during the year (31 December 2019: 33,780). The costs of funding and administering the plan are charged to the 
income statement in the period to which they relate.  

Distributable reserves at 31 December 2020 are £414.9m (2019: £501.4m).

Other reserves
Movements in reserves are set out in the Statement of Changes in Equity. The retained earnings reserve also includes own 
shares purchased by the Company and treated as treasury shares. The nature and purpose of other reserves forming part  
of equity are as follows:

Merger reserve
This reserve arose on the acquisition of Servomex Limited in 1999, a purchase satisfied substantially by the issue of share 
capital and therefore eligible for merger relief under the provisions of Section 612 of the Companies Act 2006.

Capital redemption reserve 
This reserve records the historical repurchase of the Company’s own shares. 

Special reserve
The special reserve was created historically following the cancellation of an amount of share premium for the purpose of 
writing off goodwill. The special reserve is not distributable.

Spectris Book 1.indb   177
Spectris Book 1.indb   177

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

177

Financial StatementsNotes to the Company AccountsNotes to the Company Accounts continued

12. Retirement benefit plan
The Company participates in, and is the sponsoring employer of the UK Group defined benefit plan. The plan provides 
pensions in retirement, death in service and in some cases disability benefit to members. The pension benefit is linked 
to members’ final salary at retirement and their service life. Since 31 December 2009, the UK plan has been closed to 
new members. 

In accordance with IAS 19 (Revised 2011), there were no Company contributions made to the defined benefit plan during 
the year (2019: nil).

Further details of the Spectris Pension Plan (UK) including all disclosures required under FRS 101 are contained in Note 20 
to the Group Consolidated Financial Statements. 

13. Contingent liabilities
The cross-guarantee arrangements to support trade finance facilities are included in Note 29 of the Group Consolidated 
Financial Statements.

Where the Company enters into financial guarantee contracts to guarantee the indebtedness of other companies within 
its group the Company considers these to be insurance arrangements in accordance with the requirements of IFRS 4 and 
accounts for them as such. In this respect, the Company treats the guarantee contract as a contingent liability until such 
time as it becomes probable that the Company will be required to make a payment under the guarantee. 

In the normal course of business, the Company has provided bonds and guarantees through local banking arrangements 
amounting to £15.2m (2019: £15.2m).

14. Dividends

Amounts recognised and paid as distributions

Final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2018 of 40.5p per share

Interim dividend for the year ended 31 December 2020 of 21.9p (2019: 21.9p) per share

Additional Interim dividend for the year ended 31 December 2020 of 43.2p per share

Amounts arising in respect of the year

Interim dividend for the year ended 31 December 2020 of 21.9p (2019: 21.9p) per share

Additional interim dividend for the year ended 31 December 2020 of 43.2p per share

Proposed final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2020 of 46.5p per share

2020
£m

–

25.5

50.2

75.7

2020
£m

25.5

50.2

54.1

129.8

2019
£m

46.9

25.4

–

72.3

2019
£m

25.4

–

–

25.4

On 6 April 2020 the Group announced the withdrawal of the £50.1m proposed 2019 final dividend of 43.2p per share and the 
£175.0m proposed special dividend of 150.0p per share. On 4 August 2020 the Group declared an additional £50.2m interim 
dividend of 43.2p per share, which was paid on 2 October 2020.

The proposed final dividend is subject to approval by shareholders at the AGM on 14 May 2021 and has not been included as  
a liability in these Financial Statements. 

178 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   178
Spectris Book 1.indb   178

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial Statements15. Related undertakings
In accordance with Section 409 of the Companies Act 2006, detailed below is a full list of related undertakings as at 
31 December 2020.

All entities listed below have their registered office in their country of incorporation.

Subsidiaries
All wholly owned subsidiaries listed below are owned through intermediate holding companies, unless otherwise indicated.

Shareholdings are held in the class of ordinary shares, unless otherwise indicated.

Name

Registered address

Country of  
incorporation

Agenda 1 Analytical Services Limited8

Heritage House, Church Road, Egham, England, TW20 9QD

England & Wales

Aquila Biomedical Limited

2 James Lindsay Place, Dundee, Scotland, DD1 5JJ

BK Vibro America Inc7

2243 Park Place, Suite A, Minden Nevada 89423

Bruel & Kjaer North America Inc

3079 Premiere Parkway, Suite 120, Duluth, GA 20097

Bruel & Kjaer Polska Sp z.o.o.

ul. Goraszewska 12, PL-02-910 Warszawa

Scotland

USA

USA

Poland

Bruel & Kjaer UK Limited 1 

Brüel & Kjær Vibro A/S7

Brüel & Kjaer Vibro GmbH7

Bruel & Kjaer VTS Limited3

Jarman Way, Royston, Hertfordshire, SG8 5BQ

England & Wales

Skodsborgvej 307B, Naerum, 2850

Leydheckerstrasse 10, D-64293, Darmstadt

Denmark

Germany

Jarman Way, Royston, Hertfordshire, SG8 5BQ

England & Wales

Burnfield Limited

Heritage House, Church Road, Egham, Surrey, TW20 9QD

England & Wales

CAS Clean-Air-Service AG

Reinluftweg 1, Zurich, CH-9630

Switzerland

Concept Life Sciences (Discovery) Limited

Heritage House, Church Road, Egham, England, TW20 9QD

England & Wales

Concept Life Sciences (Environmental  
Consulting) Limited

Heritage House, Church Road, Egham, England, TW20 9QD

England & Wales

Concept Life Sciences (Holdings) Limited3

Heritage House, Church Road, Egham, England, TW20 9QD

England & Wales

Concept Life Sciences (Laboratories) Limited

Heritage House, Church Road, Egham, England, TW20 9QD

England & Wales

Concept Life Sciences (Midco) Limited

Heritage House, Church Road, Egham, England, TW20 9QD

England & Wales

Concept Life Sciences Analytical & Development 
Services Limited8

Concept Life Sciences Integrated Discovery 
& Development Services Limited

Heritage House, Church Road, Egham, England, TW20 9QD

England & Wales

Heritage House, Church Road, Egham, England, TW20 9QD

England & Wales

Concept Life Sciences Limited

Heritage House, Church Road, Egham, England, TW20 9QD

England & Wales

CLS Analytics Limited

Heritage House, Church Road, Egham, England, TW20 9QD

England & Wales

CXR Biosciences Limited

2 James Lindsay Place, Dundee Technopole, Dundee, DD1 5JJ

DISCOM Elektronische Systeme und 
Komponenten GmbH

Maschmühlenwag 81, Gottingen, 37081

Engineering Seismology Group Canada Inc.

20 Hyperion Court, Kingston, ON, K7K 7K2

ESG USA Inc

HBK FiberSensing SA

HBM nCode Federal LLC2

HBM Prenscia Inc

HBM Prenscia Pte. Ltd.

HBM Prenscia s.p. z.o.o.

10815 Woodedge Dr, Houston, Texas 77070

Rua Vasconcelos Costa 277, Moreira, Maia

100 Research Blvd, Starkville, Mississippi

5210 E Wlliams Cir, 2nd Floor, Suite 240, Tucson Arizona 85711

31 Kaki Bukit Road 3, 064-0/05 Techlink 417818

ul. Wronia, nr 45, lok. 200, Warsaw 00-870, Warsaw

Hottinger Baldwin Measurements, Inc.

19 Bartlett Street, Marlborough, Massachusetts 01752

Hottinger Brüel & Kjær A/S

Skodsborgvej 307, DK-2850, Nærum

Hottinger Bruel & Kjaer Austria GmbH

Lemboeckgasse 63/2, A-1230, Wien, Vienna

Hottinger Bruel & Kjaer Benelux B.V.

Schutweg 15a, Waalwijk, 5145 NP

Hottinger Bruel & Kjaer Co., Ltd

106 Henshan Road, Suzhou New District, Suzhou, 
Jiangsu Province, 215009

Scotland

Germany

Canada

USA

Portugal

USA

USA

Singapore

Poland

USA

Denmark

Austria

Netherlands

China

Spectris Book 1.indb   179
Spectris Book 1.indb   179

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

179

Financial StatementsFinancial StatementsNotes to the Company AccountsNotes to the Company Accounts continued

15. Related undertakings continued

Name

Registered address

Hottinger Bruel & Kjaer France SAS

46 rue du Champoreux, F-91540 Mennecy, Cedex

Hottinger Brüel & Kjær GmbH

Im Tiefen See 45, Darmstadt, D-64293

Hottinger Brüel & Kjaer Ibérica, S.L.U.

Calle Teide número 5, San Sebastián de los Reyes, Madrid

Hottinger Bruel & Kjaer Italy SRL

Milano (MI), Via Pordenone 8, Milan 20132

Hottinger Bruel & Kjær Norway AS

Rosenholmveien 25, Trollasen, 1414

Country of  
incorporation

France

Germany

Spain

Italy

Norway

Hottinger Bruel & Kjaer UK Limited

Technology Centre, Advanced Manufacturing Park, Brunel Way, 
Catcliffe, Rotherham, South Yorkshire, S60 5WG

England & Wales

IMTEC GmbH

Am Rosengarten 1, 14621 Schönwalde-Glien OT Wansdorf

International Applied Reliability Symposium LLC2 5210 E Williams Cir, 2nd Floor, Suite 240, Tucson Arizona 85711

Germany

USA

LLC Spectris CIS2

Building 1, Usacheva Street, Moscow 119048

Russian Federation

Malvern Instruments Nordic Oy

Kumitehtaankatu, 5 04260, Kerava, Asianajotoimisto OY

Malvern Panalytical B.V.

Lelyweg 1, 7602EA, Almelo

Malvern Panalytical GmbH

Nürnbergerstr 113, D 34123 Kassel

Malvern Panalytical Inc

117 Flanders Road, Westborough Massachusetts 01581-1042

Malvern Panalytical Limited

Enigma Business Park, Grovewood Road, Malvern, 
Worcestershire, WR14 1XZ

Malvern Panalytical Nordic AB5

Vallongatan 1, 752 28 Uppsala

Malvern Panalytical S.A.S.

24 Rue Émile Baudot, Bâtiment le Phénix 91120 Palaiseau

Malvern Panalytical srl

Via Cadore 21, Lissone, 20851

Malvern Panalytical (Pty) Limited

Malvern-Aimil Instruments Pvt Limited

Unit 4, Bush Hill Office Park, Jan Frederick Avenue, Randpark 
Ridge, 2169

Naimex House, A-8, Mohan Co-operative Industrial Estate, 
Mathura Road, New Delhi – 110044

Millbrook European Holdings Limited6

Millbrook, Bedford, MK45 2JQ

Millbrook Proving Ground Limited6

Millbrook, Bedford, MK45 2JQ

Millbrook Revolutionary Engineering GmbH6

Hermann-Köhl-Strasse 7, 28199 Bremen

Millbrook Revolutionary Engineering Inc6

36865 Schoolcraft #1, Livonia, Michigan 48150

Millbrook Special Vehicles Limited6

Millbrook, Bedford, MK45 2JQ

Millbrook US Inc6

MPG Finland Oy6

Nanosight Limited

36865 Schoolcraft #1, Livonia, Michigan 48150

c/o Tilisakut Oy, Kauppakatu 12, Kuopio, 70100

Enigma Business Park, Grovewood Road, Malvern, 
Worcestershire, WR14 1XZ

NDC Technologies GmbH

Im Tiefen See 45, Darmstadt, D-64293

NDC Technologies Limited

Bates Road, Maldon, Essex, CM9 5FA

NDC Technologies S.A.

NDC Technologies SARL

NDC Technologies S.R.L.

NDC Technologies, Inc.

Rue H Goossens 16, B-4431 Loncin

2 Chemin du Moulin 94450 Limeil-Brévannes

Corso Cristoforo Colombo, 33 Gallarate (VA), CAP 21013

8001 Technology Blvd, Dayton, Ohio 45424

Finland

Netherlands

Germany

USA

England & Wales

Sweden

France

Italy

South Africa

India

England & Wales

England & Wales

Germany

USA

England & Wales

USA

Finland

England & Wales

Germany

England & Wales

Belgium

France

Italy

USA

Newport Electronics Limited

One Omega Drive, Northbank, Irlam, Manchester, M44 5BD

England & Wales

Novisim Limited

Jarman Way, Royston, Hertfordshire, SG8 5BQ

Omega Engineering GmbH

Daimlerstrasse 26, Deckenpfronn, 75392

England & Wales

Germany

Omega Engineering Limited4

One Omega Drive, Northbank, Irlam, Manchester, M44 5BD

England & Wales

Omega Engineering, Inc.

800 Connecticut Avenue, Norwalk, Connecticut 06854

USA

180 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   180
Spectris Book 1.indb   180

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial Statements15. Related undertakings continued

Name

Registered address

Omega Technologies Limited4

PANalytical Limited1

One Omega Drive, Riverbend Technology Centre, Northbank, 
Irlam, Manchester, M44 5BD

Enigma Business Park, Grovewood Road, Malvern, 
Worcestershire, WR14 1XZ

Particle Measuring Systems Germany GmbH

Im Tiefen See 45, Darmstadt, D-64293

Particle Measuring Systems S.R.L.

Via di Grotte Portella, Frascati, Rome, 34-00044

Particle Measuring Systems, Inc.

5475 Airport Boulevard, Boulder, Colorado 80301

Country of  
incorporation

England & Wales

England & Wales

Germany

Italy

USA

Peakdale Chemistry Services Limited

Heritage House, Church Road, Egham, England, TW20 9QD

England & Wales

Peakdale Inc

117 Flanders Road, Westborough, Massachusetts 01581

USA

Peakdale Molecular Limited

Heritage House, Church Road, Egham, England, TW20 9QD

England & Wales

Pixirad Imaging Counters S.r.l.

Via Cadore 21, Lissone, 20851

Red Lion Controls B.V.

Red Lion Controls, Inc.

ReliaSoft India Private Limited

Softwareweg 9, 3821 BN Amersfoort

20 Willow Springs Cir, York Pennsylvania 17406

New No.16, Old No.21, Cenotaph 1st Street, Alwarpet, 
Chennai, 600 018

Revolutionary Engineering (Shanghai) Co Ltd6

Room 316, 3/F, Building 1, No.169 Shengxia Road and No. 1658 
Zhangdong Road, Shanghai Pilot Free Trade Zone

Italy

Netherlands

USA

India

China

USA

RightHook Inc

SAL Food Limited

45 Jackson Street, San Jose, CA 95112-5102

Heritage House, Church Road, Egham, England, TW20 9QD

England & Wales

SAL Laboratories Limited

69a Killyman Street, Moy, Dungannon, BT71 7EA

Northern Ireland

Scientific Analysis Laboratories Limited8

Heritage House, Church Road, Egham, England, TW20 9QD

England & Wales

Servomex B.V.

Servomex Company

Servomex GmbH

P O Box 406, 2700 AK, W Dreeslaan 436, 2729 NK Zoetermeer

Netherlands

12300 Dairy Ashford Road #400, Sugar Land, Texas 77478

Im Tiefen See 45, Darmstadt, D-64293

USA

Germany

Servomex Group Limited

Jarvis Brook, Crowborough, East Sussex, TN6 3FB

England & Wales

Servomex S.A.

23 Rue de Roule, Paris, 75001

Spectraseis Canada Inc.

1900, 520 – 3rd Avenue S.W., Calgary, AB, T2P 0R3

Spectraseis Inc

Spectris Analytics US Inc.

Spectris Australia Pty Ltd

Spectris Canada Inc.

Spectris China Limited

Spectris Co., Ltd.

10815 Woodedge Dr, Houston, Texas 77070

3411 Silverside Road, Tatnall Building #104, Wilminron, New 
Castle County, Delaware 19810

Suite 2, 6-10 Talavera Road, PO Box 349, North Ryde,  
New South Wales 2113

4921 Place Olivia, St-Laurent, Quebec, H4R 2V6

Room 08, 20/F., China Shipbuilding Tower, 650 Cheung Sha Wan 
Road, Cheung Sha Wan, Kowloon, Hong Kong

Tsukasa-machi Bldg, 2-6 Kanda Tsukasa-machi, Chiyoda-ku, 
Tokyo, 101-0048

Spectris Denmark ApS

Skodsborgvej 307, Naerum, DK-2850

Spectris Do Brasil Instrumentos Eletronicos Ltda. Rua Laguna 276, Santo Amaro, CEP 04728-000, Sao Paulo SP

Spectris Funding B.V.

Lelyweg 1, 7602EA, Almelo

Spectris Germany GmbH

Im Tiefen See 45, Darmstadt, D-64293

France

Canada

USA

USA

Australia

Canada

Hong Kong

Japan

Denmark

Brazil

Netherlands

Germany

Spectris Group Holdings Limited1, 4

Heritage House, Church Road, Egham, Surrey, TW20 9QD

England & Wales

Spectris Holdings Inc.

117 Flanders Road, Westborough Massachusetts 01581

USA

Spectris Book 1.indb   181
Spectris Book 1.indb   181

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

181

Financial StatementsFinancial StatementsNotes to the Company AccountsNotes to the Company Accounts continued

15. Related undertakings continued

Name

Spectris Inc.

Registered address

117 Flanders Road, Westborough Massachusetts 01581

Spectris Instrumentation and Systems  
Shanghai Ltd.

Bldg 9,No. 88, Lane 2888, HuaNing Road, MingHang District, 
Shanghai, 201108

Country of  
incorporation

USA

China

Spectris Korea Ltd.

7th & 8th Fl, SH Energy Building, 16-6 Sunae-Dong, Bundang-Gu, 
Seongnam-City Kyeonggi-Do

Korea, Republic of

Spectris Mexico, S. De R.L. De C.V.

Av. Pedro Ramirez Vazquez No. 200-13, Nivel 1, Col. Valle Oriente, 
San Pedro Garza Garcia, C.P. 66269

Spectris Netherlands B.V.

Lelyweg 1, 7602 EA Almelo

Spectris Netherlands Cooperatief W.A.1, 2

Lelyweg 1, 7602 EA Almelo

Mexico

Netherlands

Netherlands

Spectris Pension Trustees Limited 1

Heritage House, Church Road, Egham, Surrey, TW20 9QD

England & Wales

Spectris Pte Ltd

31 Kaki Bukit Road 3, Techlink #04-05/07, 417818

Spectris Taiwan Limited

13F-1, No. 128, Sec. 3, Min Sheng E. Road, Taipei

Spectris Technologies Private Limited

202 Anarkali Complex, Jhandelwalan Extension, Opp Videcon 
Tower, New Delhi 110 055

Singapore

Taiwan

India

Spectris UK Holdings Limited3

Heritage House, Church Road, Egham, Surrey, TW20 9QD

England & Wales

Spectris US Holdings Limited

Heritage House, Church Road, Egham, Surrey, TW20 9QD

England & Wales

Starlight USA Inc

Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, 
Delaware 19801

United States

System Level Simulation Inc.

25 Villa Perico, Rancho Santa Margarita, CA 92688

United States

Test World Holding Oy6

Testitie 1, 9980 Ivalo 

Test World Oy6

PL 167, Nellimintie 569, Ivalo, 99801

The Omnicon Group Inc

50 Engineers Rd, Hauppage, New York 11788

VI-grade AG

VI-grade GmbH

VI-grade Japan Ltd.

VI-grade Limited

VI-grade s.r.l.

Vintage Star Inc

Neustrasse 2, 8590 Romanshorn

Im Tiefen See 45, Darmstadt, D-64293

9-1, Shinjuku-ku 3 Chome, Shinjuku, Tokyo

Heritage House, Church Road, Egham, Surrey, TW20 9QD

England & Wales

Via Galileo Galilei 42, 33010 Tavagnacco (Udine)

Italy

1010 Dale Street North, Saint Paul, Minnesota 55117-5603

United States

Finland

Finland

USA

Switzerland

Germany

Japan

Viscotek Europe Limited

Heritage House, Church Road, Egham, Surrey, TW20 9QD

England & Wales

Zhuhai Omec Instruments Co., Ltd

Floor 1-3, No 9 R&D Main Building, Keji No 1 Road, Scientific & 
Technical Innovation Sea Shore, New High Tech Zone, Zuhai, 
Guangdong Province

China

Notes
1  Wholly owned by Spectris plc.
2  All LLC, Cooperatief and other non-equity owned entities listed are wholly owned and controlled by Spectris plc directly or indirectly through 

intermediate holding companies.

3  Share capital consists of ordinary shares and deferred shares.
4  Share capital consists of ordinary shares and redeemable shares.
5  In liquidation.
6  The Millbrook business was sold as at 1 February 2021.
7  The BK Vibro business has been divested and is expected to close on 1 March 2021.
8  The CLS food testing business was sold on 5 January 2021.

182 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   182
Spectris Book 1.indb   182

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Financial Statements15. Related undertakings continued
UK registered subsidiaries exempt from audit
UK incorporated subsidiaries which have taken exemption from audit per Section 479A of the Companies Act 2006 for the 
year ended 31 December 2020 are listed below.

Spectris plc will guarantee the debts and liabilities of the companies claiming the statutory audit exemption at the balance 
sheet date of £16.3m in accordance with Section 479C of the Companies Act 2006. The Company has assessed the 
probability of loss under the guarantee as remote.

Name

Bruel & Kjaer VTS Limited

Burnfield Limited

Concept Life Sciences (Discovery) Limited

Concept Life Sciences (Environmental Consulting) Limited

Concept Life Sciences (Holdings) Limited

Concept Life Sciences (Laboratories) Limited

Concept Life Sciences (Midco) Limited

CXR Biosciences Limited

Hottinger Bruel & Kjaer UK Limited

Nanosight Limited

NDC Technologies Limited

Novisim Limited

Omega Engineering Limited

Omega Technologies Limited

Panalytical Limited

Peakdale Molecular Limited

Scientific Analysis Laboratories Limited

Spectris UK Holdings Limited

Spectris US Holdings Limited

VI-grade Limited

Registered number

1539186

1522736

9046575

9046580

9046553

9046586

9046568

SC211745

1589921

4599525

630998

5269664

2564017

2775272

1005071 

9643723

9771469

4451903

4451883

8245242

Spectris Book 1.indb   183
Spectris Book 1.indb   183

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 

183

Financial StatementsNotes to the Company AccountsAdditional information

Additional information

Shareholder Information
Financial calendar

Q1 trading update

Annual General Meeting

Record date for 2020 final dividend

Record date for participation in the Dividend Reinvestment Plan for the final dividend

22 April 2021

14 May 2021

14 May 2021

9 June 2021

13 May 2021

30 June 2021

29 July 2021

21 October 2021

February 2022

Major shareholders as at 31 December 2020

Shareholding in 
Spectris shares

Percentage of  
issued share  
capital

MFS Investment Management

Fidelity Management & Research

BlackRock

11,630,799

7,381,087

7,340,718

Sprucegrove Investment Management

5,635,849

UBS Asset Management

Vanguard Group

Liontrust Asset Management

Royal London Asset Management

5,392,666

5,185,261

4,616,429

3,591,391

Schroder Investment Management

3,484,265

10.01

6.35

6.32

4.85

4.64

4.46

3.97

3.09

3.00

Email news service
To receive details of press releases and other announcements 
as they are issued, register with the mail alert service on the 
Company’s website at www.spectris.com

Cautionary statement
This Annual Report may contain forward-looking 
statements. These statements can be identified by the fact 
that they do not relate only to historical or current facts. 
Without limitation, forward-looking statements often use 
words such as anticipate, target, expect, estimate, intend, 
plan, goal, believe, will, may, should, would, could or other 
words of similar meaning. These statements may (without 
limitation) relate to the Company’s financial position, 
business strategy, plans for future operations or market 
trends. No assurance can be given that any particular 
expectation will be met or proved accurate and 
shareholders are cautioned not to place undue reliance on 
such statements because, by their very nature, they may be 
affected by a number of known and unknown risks, 
uncertainties and other important factors which could 
cause actual results to differ materially from those currently 
anticipated. Any forward-looking statement is made on the 
basis of information available to Spectris plc as of the date of 
the preparation of this Annual Report. All forward-looking 
statements contained in this Annual Report are qualified by 
the cautionary statements contained in this section. Other 
than in accordance with its legal and regulatory obligations, 
Spectris plc disclaims any obligation to update or revise any 
forward-looking statement contained in this Annual Report 
to reflect any change in circumstances or its expectations.

Ex-dividend date for final dividend

2020 final dividend payable

2021 half-year results

Q3 trading update

2021 full-year results

Company Secretary
Mark Serföző
Email: cosec@spectris.com

Head of Corporate Affairs
Siobhán Andrews
Email: investor.relations@spectris.com

Registered office
Spectris plc
Heritage House
Church Road
Egham
Surrey
TW20 9QD
England

Tel: +44 (0)1784 470470
Email: info@spectris.com
Company registered in England, No. 2025003

Auditor
Deloitte LLP

Banker
National Westminster Bank plc

Solicitor
Slaughter and May

Brokers
Jefferies Hoare Govett
J P Morgan Cazenove

Financial PR adviser
FTI Consulting

Registrar
Equiniti Limited
Aspect House
Spencer Road
Lancing
West Sussex
BN99 6DA

The registrars provide a range of shareholder services  
online at www.shareview.co.uk

Share price information
The Company’s ordinary shares are listed on the London 
Stock Exchange. The latest share price is available via the 
Company’s website at www.spectris.com

184 

Spectris plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Spectris Book 1.indb   184
Spectris Book 1.indb   184

24/03/2021   12:11
24/03/2021   12:11

This report is printed on Heaven 42  
and UPM Fine Offset.

Both stocks are made of FSC® certified 
and other controlled material.

They are also EMAS accredited.

Printed sustainably in the UK by 
Pureprint, a Carbon Neutral company 
with FSC® Chain of custody and an  
ISO 14001-certified environmental 
management system recycling over 
100% of all dry waste.

If you have finished with this document 
and no longer wish to retain it, please 
pass it on to other interested readers  
or dispose of it in your recycled waste. 
Thank you.

Design and production 

00 Spectris AR2020 Cover_AW.indd   6
00 Spectris AR2020 Cover_AW.indd   6

06/04/2021   17:20
06/04/2021   17:20

S
p
e
c
t
r
i
s
p
c
A
n
n
u
a

l

l

R
e
p
o
r
t
a
n
d
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s
2
0
2
0

l

V
a
u
e
b
e
y
o
n
d
m
e
a
s
u
r
e

Spectris plc  
Heritage House,  
Church Road, Egham,  
Surrey TW20 9QD  
England

www.spectris.com

00 Spectris AR2020 Cover_AW.indd   1
00 Spectris AR2020 Cover_AW.indd   1

06/04/2021   17:20
06/04/2021   17:20